The Mikado's Empire
The Mikado's Empire
The Mikado's Empire
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
to
Japanese lovers of knowledge in every age:
the dead,
who rst kindled the sacred re, who passed on the torch;
the martyrs,
who suered death for their loyalty, patriotism, devotion to
national unity, restoration, and regeneration;
the students,
who, in noble thirst for truth, found honored graves in alien soil;
the living,
with whom rests the future of their beautiful land,
this sketch of their country and people, made in the interest of
truth, and set down without extenuation or malice, is, with
fraternal regard, dedicated by their comrade and friend,
the author.
Contents
the orthography and
pronunciation of japanese words ix
preface xi
preface to the second edition xvii
i. The Background 1
ii. The Aborigines 13
iii. Materials of History 25
iv. Japanese Mythology 33
v. The Twilight of Fable 49
vi. Sujin, the Civilizer 57
vii. Yamato-Dak, the Conqueror of the Kuant 67
viii. The Introduction of Continental Civilization 77
ix. Life in Ancient Japan 89
x. The Ancient Religion 101
xi. The Throne and the Noble Families 109
xii. The Beginning of Military Domination 127
xiii. Yoritomo and the Minamoto Family 139
xiv. Creation of the Dual System of Government 157
xv. The Glory and the Fall of the Hj Family 165
xvi. Buddhism in Japan 181
xvii. The Invasion of the Mongol Tartars 199
xviii. The Temporary Mikadoate 205
xix. The War of the Chrysanthemums 211
xx. The Ashikaga Period 219
xxi. Life in the Middle Ages 225
479
Preface
apan, once in the far-o Orient, is now our nearest Western neighbor. Her people walk our streets; her youth sit, peers and rivals of
our students, in the class-room; her art adorns our homes, and has
opened to us a new Gate Beautiful. The wise men from the West
are, at this writing, opening their treasures of tea, silk, gold-lacquer,
bronzes, and porcelain at the rst centennial of our nations birth.
We hail the brightness of the rising of this rst among Asiatic
nations to enter modern life, to win and hold a place among the
foremost peoples of the earth. It is time that a writer treated Japan as
something else than an Oriental puzzle, a nation of recluses, a land
of fabulous wealth, of universal licentiousness or of Edenic purity,
the fastness of a treacherous and ckle crew, a Paradise of guileless
children, a Utopia of artists and poets. It is time to drop the license
of exaggeration, and, with the light of common day, yet with sympathy and without prejudice, seek to know what Dai Nippon is and
has been.
It has been well said by a literary critic and reader of all the books
on the subject that to write a good history of Japan is dicult, not
so much from lack of materials, but from the dierences in psychology. Th is I realize. My endeavor, during eight years living contact
with these people, has been, from their language, books, life, and
xi
xii
Preface
xiii
Japan; Captain Matsumura Junzo, of the Japanese navy. Among others were the two sons of Iwakura Tomomi, Junior Prime Minister of
Japan; and two young nobles of the Shimadzu family of Satsuma. I
also met Prince Adzuma, nephew of the mikado, and many of the
prominent men, ex-daimis, Tokugawa retainers, soldiers in the war
of 1868, and representatives of every department of service under the
old shgunate and new National Government. Six white marble shafts
in the cemetery at New Brunswick, New Jersey, mark the restingplace of Kusukab Tar, of Fukui, and his fellow-countrymen, whose
devotion to study cost them their lives. I was invited by the Prince
of Echizen, while Regent of the University, through the American
superintendent, Rev. G. F. Verbeck, to go out to organize a scientic
school on the American principle in Fukui, Echizen, and give instruction in the physical sciences. I arrived in Japan, December 29th, 1870,
and remained until July 25th, 1874. During all my residence I enjoyed
the society of cultivated scholars, artists, priests, antiquaries, and
students, both in the provincial and national capitals. From the living
I bore letters of introduction to the prominent men in the Japanese
Government, and thus were given to me opportunities for research and
observation not often aorded to foreigners. My facilities for regular
and extended travel were limited only by my duties. Nothing Japanese
was foreign to me, from palace to beggars hut. I lived in Dai Nippon
during four of the most pregnant years of the nations history. Nearly
one year was spent alone in a daimis capital far in the interior, away
from Western inuence, when feudalism was in its full bloom, and
the old life in vogue. In the national capital, in the time well called
the owering of the nation, as one of the instructors in the Imperial
University, having picked students from all parts of the empire, I was
a witness of the marvelous development, reforms, dangers, pageants,
xiv
and changes of the epochal years 1872, 1873, and 1874. With pride I may
say truly that I have felt the pulse and heart of New Japan.
I have studied economy in the matter of Japanese names and titles,
risking the charge of monotony for the sake of clearness. The scholar
will, I trust, pardon me for apparent anachronisms and omissions. For
lack of space or literary skill, I have had, in some cases, to condense
with a brevity painful to a lover of fairness and candor. The title justies the emphasis of one idea that pervades the book.
In the department of illustrations, I claim no originality, except in
their selection. Many are from photographs taken for me by natives
in Japan. Those of my artist-friend, zawa, were nearly all made
from life at my suggestion. I have borrowed many ne sketches from
native books, through Aim Humbert, whose marvelously beautiful
and painstaking work, Japon Illustr, is a mine of illustration. Few
artists have excelled in spirit and truth Mr. A. Wirgman, the artist
of The London Illustrated News, a painter of real genius, whose works
in oil now adorn many home parlors of ex-residents in Japan and
whose gems, ne gold, and dross ll the sprightly pages of The Japan
Punch. Many of his sketches adorn Sir Rutherford Alcocks book on
the vicissitudes of diplomatists, commonly called The Capital of the
Tycoon, or Three Years in Japan. I am indebted both to this gentleman
and to Mr. Laurence Oliphant, who wrote the charming volume,
Lord Elgins Mission to China and Japan, for many illustrations, chiey
from native sketches. Th rough the liberality of my publishers, I am
permitted to use these from their stores of plates. I believe I have in
no case reproduced old cuts without new or correct information that
will assist the general reader or those who wish to study the various
styles of the native artists, ve of which are herein presented. Hokusai,
the Dickens, and Kano, the Audubon of Japanese art, are well represented. The photographs of the living and of the renowned dead, from
Preface
xv
xvi
is Ain; and that in this fact lies the root of the marvelous dierence in
the psychology of the Japanese and their neighbors, the Chinese.
Can a nation be born at once? With God all things are possible.
W. E. G.
New York, May 10th, 1876.
[The illustrations were almost omitted with regret in this edition.
The publisher.]
new issue of this work having been called for in a little over four
months from the date of its publication, the author has endeavored to render the second edition more worthy than the rst. Th is
has been done by the addition of valuable matter in the appendix and
foot-notes, and the recasting of a few pages, on which original has
been substituted for compiled matter.
Critics have complained that in Book i, the line between the mythical, or legendary, and the historic period has not been clearly drawn.
A writer in The Japan Mail of November 25th, 1876, says:
After an introductory chapter on the physical features of the country, the author plunges into the dense mists of the historic and
the prehistoric ages, where he completely loses his way for about
a millennium and a half, until he at length strikes into the true
path, under the guidance of the Nihon Guai Shi.
Did the critic read Chapter iii? The author, before essaying the
task, knew only too well the diculties of the work before him. He
made no attempt to do the work of a Niebuhr for Japan. His object
was not to give an infallible record of absolute facts, nor has he pretended to do so. He merely sketched in outline a picture of what
xvii
xviii
xix
As regards the position of the Japanese language, it gives no dubious response. Japanese has all the structural and syntactical peculiarities common to the Alatyan or Ural-Altaic group; and the evidence of the physiognomical tests points unmistakably to the same
origin for the people. The short, round skull, the oblique eyes, the
prominent cheek-bones, the dark-brown hair, and the scant beard,
all proclaim the Mantchus and Coreans, as their nearest congeners.
In fact, it is no longer rash to assert is certain that the Japanese are
a Tungusic race, and their own traditions and the whole course of
their history are incompatible with any other conclusion than that
Corea is the route by which the immigrant tribes made their passage into Kiushiu from their ancestral Mantchurian seats.
The brevity of the chapter on the Ashikaga period, which has been
complained of, arose, not from any lack of materials, but because the
writer believed that this epoch deserved a special historian. Another
reason that explains many omissions, notably, that of any detailed
reference to Japanese art, is, that this volume is not an encyclopedia.
The author returns his hearty thanks to his Japanese friends, and
to the critics whose scrutiny has enabled him in any way to improve
the work.
W. E. G.
NEW YORK, January 10th, 1877
The Background
mountain mass. On the main island,* a solid backbone of mountainous elevations runs continuously from Rikuoku to Shinano, whence
it branches o into subordinate chains that are prolonged irregularly
to Nagato and into Kiushiu and Shikoku. Speaking generally, the
heights of the mountains gradually increase from the extremities to
the centre. In Saghalin, they are low; in Yezo, they are higher: increasing gradually on the north of the main island, they culminate in the
centre in the lofty ranges of Shinano, and the peaks of Nantaizan,
Yatsugadak, Hakuzan (nine thousand feet high), and Fuji, whose
summit is over twelve thousand feet above the sea. Thence toward the
south they gradually decrease in height. There are few high mountains
along the sea-coast. The land slopes up gradually into hills, thence
into lesser peaks, and nally into lofty ranges.
As Fuji, with his tall satellites, sweeps up from the land, so Japan
itself rises up, peak-like, from the sea. From the shores the land
plunges abruptly down into deep water. Japan is but an emerged crest
of a submarine mountainperhaps the edge of hard rock left by the
submergence of the earth-crust which now oors the Sea of Japan and
the Gulf of Tartary. There seems little reason to doubt that Saghalin,
Yezo, Hondo, and Kiushiu were in geologic ages united together,
forming one island. Surrounded on all sides by swift and variable
currents, the islands everywhere on the sea-borders exhibit the eect
of their action. At most points the continual detritus is such as to seriously encroach on the land area, and the belief holds among certain
native sea-coast dwellers, strengthened by the traditional tales of past
* Dai Nippon, or Nihon, means Great Japan, and is the name of the entire
empire, not of the main island. The foreign writers on Japan have almost
unanimously blundered in calling the largest island Niphon. Hondo is the
name given to the main island in the Military Geography of Japan (Heiyo
Nippon Chiri Yoshi, Tki, 1872) published by the War Department, and
which is used in this work throughout.
The Background
ravages, that in process of time the entire country, devoured by successive gnawings of the ocean, will nally sink into its insatiable maw.
The geological formations of the countrythe natural foundations
are not as yet accurately determined. Enough, however, is known to give
us a fair outline of fact, which future research and a thorough survey
must ll up.* Of the soil, more is known.
Even in a natural state, without articial fertilization, most of the
tillable land produces good crops of grain or vegetables. On myriads
* Baron Richthofen, in a paper read before the Geological Society of Berlin,
June 4th, 1873, thus generalizes the geology of Japan: The west and east portion of the aggregate body of the Japanese islands is in every way the direct
continuation of the mountain system which occupies the south-eastern portion
of China, the axial chain of which extends from the frontier of Annam to the
island of Chusan, in the direction of W. 30 S.,E. 30 N. It is accompanied on
either side by a number of parallel chains. The prolongation of this group of
linear chains passes through the island of Kiushiu to the great bend of Japan
(Suruga and Shinano). Th rough Kiushiu and the southern part of the main
island, the structure of the hills and the rocks of which they are made up
(chiey Silurian and Devonian strata, accompanied by granite) and the lines
of strike are the same as those observed in South-eastern China. This system
is intersected at either end by another, which runs S.S.W., N.N.E. On the
west it commences in Kiushiu, and extends southward in the direction of the
Liu Kiu Islands, while on the east it constitutes the northern branch of the
main island, and, with a slight deviation in its course, continues through the
islands of Yezo and Saghalin. A third system, which properly does not belong
to Japan, is indicated by the S.W. and N.E. line of the Kuriles.
The above outline throws light on the distribution of volcanoes. The rst
system, where it occupies the breadth of the country for itself alone, is as free
from volcanoes, or any accumulation of volcanic rocks, as it is in South-eastern China. The second system is accompanied by volcanoes. But the greatest
accumulation of volcanic rocks, as well as of the extinct volcanoes, is found in
the places of interference, or those regions where the lines of the two systems
cross each other, and, besides, in that region where the third system branches
o from the second. To the same three regions the volcanoes which have been
active in historic times have been conned.
In the geological structure of Kiushiu, the longer axis is from N. to S., but
intersected by several solid bars made up of very ancient rocks, and following the
of rice-elds, which have yielded richly for ages, the fertility is easily
maintained by irrigation and the ordinary application of manure, the
natives being procient in both these branches of practical husbandry.
The rivers on such narrow islands, where steep mountains and
sharply excavated valleys predominate, are of necessity mainly useless for navigation. Ordinarily they are little more than brooks that
ow lazily in narrow and shallow channels to the sea. After a storm,
in rainy weather, or in winter, they become swollen torrents, often
strike of W. 30S., E. 30N. They form high mountain barriers, the most central
of which, south of the provinces of Higo and Bungo, rises to over seven thousand feet, and is extremely wild and rugged. In Satsuma, the various families
of volcanic rocks have arrived at the surface in exactly the same order of succession as in the case of Hungary, Mexico, and many other volcanic regions,
viz., rst, propylite, or trachytic greenstone; second, andesite; third, trachyte
and rhyolite; fourth, the basaltic rocks. The third group was not visited by him.
Thomas Antisell, M.D., and Professor Benjamin J. Lyman, M.E., and Henry S.
Munroe, M.E., American geologists in Yezo, have also elucidated this interesting problem. From the rst I quote. The mountain systems of Yezo and farther
north are similar to those in the northern part of the main island. There are in
Yezo two distinct systems of mountains. One, coming down directly from the
north, is a continuation of the chain in Karafto (Saghalin), which, after passing
down south along the west shore of Yezo, is found in Rikuoku, Ugo, Uzen, and
farther south. The second enters Yezo from the Kuriles Islands and Kamtchatka,
running N. 2025E., and S. 2025W., and crossing in places the rst system. It
is from the existence and crossing of these chains that Yezo derives its triangular
form. The two systems possess very dierent mineral contents for their axes.
The rst has an essentially granitic and feldspathic axis, produced, perhaps, by
shrinkage, and is slow of decomposition of its minerals forming the soils. The
second has an axis, plutonic or volcanic, yielding basalts, traps, and diorites,
decomposing readily, producing deep and rich soils. Hence the dierent kinds
of vegetation on the two chains. Where the two chains cross, also, there is found
a form of country closed up in the north and east by hills, the valleys opening
to the south and west. Th is volcanic chain is secondary in the main island of
Japan; but in Yezo and in Kiushiu it attains great prominence.
Professor Benjamin S. Lyman, an American geologist, has also made valuable surveys and explorations in Yezo, the results of which are given in the
Reports of Horace Capron and his Foreign Assistants, Tki. 1875.
The Background
miles wide sweeping resistlessly over large tracts of land which they
keep perpetually desolatewildernesses of stones and gravel, where
fruitful elds ought to be. The area of land kept permanently waste in
Japan on this account is enormous. The traveler, who to-day crosses
a clear brook on a plank, may to-morrow be terried at a roaring
ood of muddy water in which neither man, beast, nor boat can live a
moment. There are, however, some large plains, and in those we must
look to nd the navigable rivers. In the mountains of Shinano and
Kdzuk are found the sources of most of the streams useful for navigation on the main island. On the plains of the Kuant (from Suruga
to Iwaki), shiu (Rikuchiu and Rikuzen), Mino, and Echigo, are a
few rivers on which one may travel in boats hundreds of miles. One
may go by water from Tki to Niigata by making a few portages, and
from zaka to the end of Lake Biwa by natural water. In the northern part of Hondo are several long rivers, notably the Kitagami and
Sakata. In Yezo is the Ishikari. In Shikoku are several ne streams,
which are large for the size of the islands. Kiushiu has but one or two
of any importance. Almost every one of these rivers abounds in sh,
aording, with the surrounding ocean, an inexhaustible and easily
attainable supply of food of the best quality. Before their history
began, the aboriginal islanders made this brain-nourishing food their
chief diet, and through the recorded centuries to the quick-witted
Japanese proper it has been the daily meat.
In the geologic ages volcanic action must have been extremely violent, as in historic time it has been almost continual. Hundreds, at least,
of mountains, now quiet, were once blazing furnaces. The ever-greenery
that decks them to-day reminds one of the ivy that mantles the ruins,
or the owers that overgrow the neglected cannon on the battle-eld.
Even within the memory of men now living have the most awful and
deadly exhibitions of volcanic desolation been witnessed. The annals
of Japan are replete with the records of these ame-and-lava-vomiting
mountains, and the most harrowing tales of human life destroyed and
human industry overwhelmed are truthfully portrayed by the pencil
of the artist and the pen of the historian in the native literature. Even
now the Japanese count over twenty active and hundreds of dormant
volcanoes. As late as 1874, the volcano of Taromai, in Yezo, whose
crater had long since congealed, leaving only a few pung solfataras,
exploded, blowing its rocky cap far up into the air, and scattering a rain
of ashes as far as the sea-shore, many miles distant. Even the nearly
perfect cone of Shiribshi, in Yezo, is but one of many of natures colossal ruins. Asama yama, never quiet, pus o continual jets of steam,
and at this moment of writing is groaning and quaking, to the terror
of the people around it. Even the superb Fuji, that sits in lordly repose
and looks down over the lesser peaks in thirteen provinces, owes its
matchless form to volcanic action, being clothed by a garment of lava
on a throne of granite. Hakuzan, on the west coast, which uprears its
form above the clouds, nine thousand feet from the sea-level, and holds
a lakelet of purest water in its bosom, once in re and smoke belched
out rocks and ulcered its crater jaws with oods of white and black lava.
Not a few of these smoking furnaces by day are burning lamps by night
to the mariner. Besides the masses and elds of scoria one everywhere
meets, other evidences of the erce unrest of the past are noticed. Beds
of sulphur abound. Satsuma, Liu Kiu, and Yezo are noted for the large
amount they easily produce. From the sides of Hakuzan huge crystals
of sulphur are dug. Solfataras exist in active operation in many places.
Sulphur-springs may be found in almost every province. Hot-springs
abound, many of them highly impregnated with mineral salts, and
famous for their geyser-like rhythm of ebb and ow. In Shinano and
Echigo the people cook their food, and the farmer may work in his
elds by night, lighted by the inammable gas which issues from the
ground, and is led through bamboo tubes.
The Background
Japan from the Asiatic continent, but the indigenous plants and those
imported by natural means are very numerous.
The timber of the main island, Kiushiu, and Shikoku is superb in
appearance and growth, of great variety, beauty, and adaptability to
the uses of man. Yezo is one vast boom and lumber yard. Thirty-six
varieties of useful timber-trees, including true oak, are found there.
The Kuriles also aord rich supplies, and are capable of becoming to
the empire proper what forest-clad Norway is to England. Yamato,
on the main-land, is also famous for its forests, ranging from tallest
evergreen trees of great size, neness of grain, and strength of bre, to
the soft and easily whittled pines; but the incessant demands for ring
and carpentry make devastating inroads on the growing timber. Split
wood for cooking, and charcoal for warmth, necessitate the system
of forestry long in vogue in some parts of the empire requiring a tree
to be planted for every one cut down; and nurseries of young forest
trees are regularly set out, though the custom is not universal. Most
of the trees and many of the plants are evergreen, thus keeping the
islands clothed in perpetual verdure, and reducing the visual dierence between winter and summer, in the southern half of Hondo, at
least, to a nearly tropical minimum.
The various varieties of bamboo, graceful in appearance, and by its
strength, symmetry, hollowness, and regularity of cleavage, adapted
to an almost endless variety of uses, are almost omnipresent, from the
scrub undergrowth in Yezo to that cultivated in luxuriant groves in
Satsuma so as to be almost colossal in proportion. There is, however,
as compared with our own country, a deciency of fruit-trees and
edible vegetables. The rst use of most of the bread grains and plants is
historic. In very ancient times it is nearly certain that the soil produced
very little that could be used for food, except roots, nuts, and berries.
The Background
This is shown both by tradition and history, and also by the fact that
the names of vegetables in Japan are mostly foreign.
The geographical position of the Japanese chain would lead us to
expect a ora American, Asiatic, and semi-tropical in its character. The
rapid variations of temperature, heavy and continuous rains, succeeded
by scorching heats and the glare of an almost tropical sun, are accompanied and tempered by strong and constant winds. Hence we nd
semi-tropical vegetable forms in close contact with Northern temperate
types. In general the predominant nature of the Japan ora is shrubby
rather than herbaceous.*
The geographical position of Japan hardly explains the marked resemblance of its ora to that of Atlantic America, on the one hand, and
that of the Himalaya region, on the other. Such, however, is the fact:
* In the Enumeratio Plantarum, which treats of all the known exogens and
conifers in Japan, 1,699 species are enumerated, distributed in 643 genera,
which are collocated in 122 orders. In other words, an imperfect botanical
survey of the Nippon chain of islands shows that in it are represented nearly
half the natural orders, ten percent of the genera, and nearly three percent of
the species of dicotyledons known to exist on the surface of the globe. Future
research must largely increase the number of species.
Very large and splendidly illustrated works on botany exist in the Japanese
language. The native botanists classify according to the Linnan system. In
their Enumeratio Plantarum (Paris, 1874), Drs. A. Franchet and L. Savatier
have given a rsum of all the known dicotyledonous plants in Japan. It is
a work of great research and conscientious accuracy. I have seen excellent
and voluminous native works, richly illustrated, on ichthyology, conchology, zology, entomology, reptilology, and mineralogy. Some of these works
are in ninety volumes each. Ten thousand dollars were spent by a wealthy
scholar in Mino in the publication of one of them. They would not satisfy
the requirements of the exact science of this decade, but they constitute an
invaluable thesaurus to the botanical investigator. I am indebted for most of
the information concerning the Japanese ora to a paper in the Japan Mail of
10
the Japanese ora resembles that of Eastern North America more than
that of Western North America or Europe.
The fauna of the island is a very meagre one, and it is also quite
probable that the larger domestic animals have been imported. Of wild
beasts, the bear, deer, wolf, badger, fox, and monkey, and the smaller
ground animals, are most probably indigenous. So far as studied,
however, the types approach those of the remote American rather than
those of the near Asiatic continent.
It is most probable, and nearly certain, that prehistoric Japan did
not possess the cow, horse, sheep, or goat. Even in modern Japan, the
poverty of the fauna strikes the traveler with surprise. The birds are
mostly those of prey. Eagles and hawks are abundant. The crows, with
none to molest their ancient multitudinous reign, are now, as always
in the past, innumerable. The twittering of a noticeably small number of the smaller birds is occasionally heard; but bird-song seems to
have been omitted from the catalogue of natural glories of this island
September 25th, 1875, from the pen of a competent reviewer of Dr. Savatiers
great work.
The results of Dr. Asa Grays investigations of the herbarium brought to the
United States by the Perry expedition are summed up as follows:
48 percent had corresponding European representatives,
37 percent had corresponding Western North American representatives,
61 percent had corresponding Eastern North American representatives;
while
27 percent were identical with European species,
20 percent were identical with Western North American species,
23 percent were identical with Eastern North American species.
Dr. Grays report was drawn up in 1858, when Japanese botany was little
known, and considerable alteration might be made in his gures; but there
can be little doubt that the general result would be the same.
The Background
11
empire. Two birds, the stork and heron, now, as anciently, tread the
elds in stately beauty, or strike admiration in the beholder as they sail
in perfect grace in mid-air. The wild ducks and geese in ocks have,
from time immemorial, summered in Yezo and wintered in Hondo.
The domestic fowls consist almost entirely of ducks and chickens.
The others have, doubtless, been imported. Of sea-birds there are
legions on the uninhabited coasts, and from the rocks the shermen
gather harvests of eggs.
Surrounding their land is the great reservoir of food, the ocean.
The seas of Japan are probably unexcelled in the world for the multitude and variety of the choicest species of edible sh. The many
bays and gulfs indenting the islands have been for ages the happy
hunting-grounds of the sherman. The rivers are well stocked with
many varieties of fresh-water sh. In Yezo the nest salmon exist in
inexhaustible supply, while almost every species of edible shell-sh,
mollusca and crustacea, enlivens the shores of the islands, or fertilizes the soil with its catacombs. So abundant is sh that sh-manure
is an article of standard manufacture, sale, and use. The variety and
luxuriance of edible sea-weed are remarkable.
The aspects of nature in Japan, as in most volcanic countries, comprise a variety of savage hideousness, appalling destructiveness, and
almost heavenly beauty. From the mountains burst volcanic eruptions;
from the land come tremblings; from the ocean rises the tidal wave;
over it blows the cyclone. Floods of rain in summer and autumn give
rise to inundations and land-slides. During three months of the year
the inevitable, dreaded typhoon may be expected; as the invisible
agent of hideous ruin. Along the coast the winds and currents are
very variable. Sunken and emerging rocks line the shore. All these
make the dark side of nature to cloud the imagination of man, and
to create the nightmare of superstition. But Natures glory outshines
her temporary gloom, and in presence of her cheering smiles the past
12
* For statistics relating to nearly all the subjects treated of in this chapter, see
appendices at the end of this volume.
II
The Aborigines*
n seeking the origin of the Japanese people, we must take into consideration the geographical position of their island chain, with reference to its proximity to the main-land, and its situation in the ocean
currents. Japanese traditions and history may have much to tell us
concerning the present people of Japanwhether they are exclusively
an indigenous race, or the composite of several ethnic stocks. From a
study, however imperfect, of the language, physiognomy, and bodily
characteristics, survivals of ancient culture, historic geology, and the
relics of mans struggle with nature in the early ages, and of the actual
varieties of mankind now included within the mikados dominions,
we may learn much of the ancestors of the present Japanese.
* I use the term aborigines for the sake of convenience, being by no means
absolutely sure that those I so designate were the rst people in situ. It has
been conjectured and held by some native scholars that there was in Japan a
pre-Ain civilization; though of this there is scarcely a shadow of proof, as
there is proof for an ancient Malay civilization higher than the present condition of the Malays. By the term aborigines I mean the people found on the
soil at the dawn of history.
In compiling this chapter I have used, in addition to my own material
and that derived from Japanese books, students, and residents in Yezo, the
careful notes of the English travelers, Captains Bridgeford and Blakiston,
and Mr. Ernest Satow, and the reports and verbal accounts of the American
13
14
The Aborigines
15
Japan, and ows north-east toward the shores of America. With the
variable winds, cyclones, and sudden and violent storms continually
arising, for which the coasts of Eastern Asia are notorious, it is easily seen that the drifting northward from the Malay Archipelago of
boats and men, and sowing of the shores of Kiushiu, Shikoku, and
the western shores of Hondo with people from the south and west,
must have been a regular and continuous process. This is shown to be
the fact in Japanese history, in both ancient and modern times, and is
taking place nearly every year of the present century.
It seems most probable that the savages descended from the north,
tempted south by richer sheries and a warmer climate, or urged on
by successive immigrations from the continent. There is abundant
evidence from Japanese history of the habitation of the main island by
the Ains, the savages whose descendants now occupy Yezo. Shikoku
and Kiushiu were evidently peopled by mixed races, sprung of the
waifs from the various shores of Southern Asia. When the conquerors
landed in Kiushiu, or, in sacred Japanese phrase, when our divine
ancestors descended from heaven to the earth, they found the land
peopled by savages, under tribal organizations, living in villages, each
governed by a head-man. Conquering rst the aborigines of Kiushiu
and Shikoku, they advanced into the main island, fought and tranquilized the Ains, then called Ebisu, or barbarians, and xed their
capital not far from Kito. The Ains were not subjugated in a day,
however, and continual military operations were necessary to keep
them quiet. Only after centuries of ghting were they thoroughly
subdued and tranquilized. The traveler to-day in the northern part
of the main island may see the barrows of the Ainos bones slain by
Japanese armies more than a millennium ago. One of these mounds,
near Morioka, in Rikuchiu, very large, and named Yezo mori (Ain
mound), is especially famous, containing the bones of the aborigines
slaughtered, heaps upon heaps, by the Japanese shgun (general),
16
Tamura, who was noted for being six feet high, and for his many
bloody victories over the Ebisu.
For centuries more, the distinction between conquerors and conquered, as between Saxon and Norman in England, was kept up; but
at length the fusion of races was complete, and the homogeneous
Japanese people is the result. The remnants of Ains in Yezo, shut o
by the straits of Tsugaru from Hondo, have preserved the aboriginal
blood in purity.
The traditional origin of the Ains, said to be given by themselves,
though I suspect the story to be an invention of the conquerors, or of
the Japanese, is as follows: A certain prince, named Kamui, in one
of the kingdoms in Asia, had three daughters. One of them having
become the object of the incestuous passion of her father, by which her
body became covered with hair, quit his palace in the middle of the
night, and ed to the sea-shore. There she found a deserted canoe, on
board which was only a large dog. The young girl resolutely embarked
with her only companion to journey to some place in the East. After
many months of travel, the young princess reached an uninhabited
place in the mountains, and there gave birth to two children, a boy
and a girl. These were the ancestors of the Ain race. Their ospring
in turn married, some among each other, others with the bears of the
mountains. The fruits of this latter union were men of extraordinary
valor, and nimble hunters, who, after a long life spent in the vicinity
of their birth, departed to the far north, where they still live on the
high and inaccessible table-lands above the mountains; and, being
immortal, they direct, by their magical inuences, the actions and
the destiny of men, that is, the Ains.
The term Ain is a comparatively modern epithet, applied by the
Japanese. Its derivation, as given by several eminent native scholars
whom I have consulted, is from inu, a dog. Others assert that it is
The Aborigines
17
18
The Aborigines
19
20
the back and sides to the shoulders. It is of a true black, whereas the
hair of the Japanese, when freed from unguents, is of a dark or reddish brown, and I have seen distinctly red hair among the latter. The
beard and mustaches of the Ains are allowed to attain their fullest development, the former often reaching the length of twelve or
fourteen inches. Hence, Ains take kindly to the hairy foreigners,
Englishmen and Americans, whose bearded faces the normal Japanese
despise, while to a Japanese child, as I found out in Fukui, a man with
mustaches appears to be only a dragon without wings or tail. Some,
not all, of the older men, but very few of the younger, have their bodies and limbs covered with thick black hair, about an inch long. The
term hairy Kuriles, applied to them as a characteristic hairy race,
is a mythical expression of book-makers, as the excessively hirsute
covering supposed to be universal among the Ains is not to be found
by the investigator on the ground. Their skin is brown, their eyes are
horizontal, and their noses low, with the lobes well rounded out. The
women are of proportionate stature to the men, but, unlike them, are
very ugly. I never met with a handsome Ain female, though I have
seen many of the Yezo women. Their mouths seem like those of ogres,
and to stretch from ear to ear. This arises from the fact that they tattoo a wide band of dirty blue, like the woad of the ancient Britons,
around their lips, to the extent of three-quarters of an inch, and still
longer at the tapering extremities. The tattooing is so completely
done, that many persons mistake it for a daub of blue paint, like the
articial exaggeration of a circus clowns mouth. They increase their
hideousness by joining their eyebrows over the nose by a fresh band
of tattooing. This practice is resorted to in the case of married women
and females who are of age, just as that of blackening the teeth and
shaving the eyebrows is among the Japanese.
They are said to be faithful wives and laborious helpmates, their
moral qualities compensating for their lack of physical charms. The
The Aborigines
21
women assist in hunting and shing, often possessing equal skill with
the men. They carry their babies pickapack, as the Japanese mothers,
except that the strap passing under the child is put round the mothers
forehead. Polygamy is permitted.
Their weapons are of the rudest form. The three-pronged spear is
used for the salmon. The single-bladed lance is for the bear, their most
terrible enemy, which they regard with superstitious reverence. Their
bows are simply peeled boughs, three feet long. The arrows are one
foot shorter, and, like those used by the tribes on the coast of Siberia
and in Formosa, have no feather on the shaft. Their pipes are of the
same form as those so common in Japan and China; and one obtained
from an Ain came from Santan, a place in Amurland.
The Ains possess dogs, which they use in hunting, understand the
use of charcoal and candles, make excellent baskets and wicker-work
of many kinds; and some of their ne bark-cloth and ornamented
weapons for their chiefs show a skill and taste that compare very
favorably with those exhibited by the North American Indians. Their
oars, having handles xed crosswise, or sculls made in two pieces, are
almost exactly like those of the Japanese. Their river-canoes are dug
out of a log, usually elm. Two men will fashion one in ve days. For
the sea-coast, they use a frame of wood, lacing on the sides with bark
bre. They are skillful canoe-men, using either pole or paddle.
The language of the Ain is rude and poor, but much like the
Japanese. It resembles it so closely, allowing for the fact that it is
utterly unpolished and undeveloped, that it seems highly probable it
is the original of the present Japanese tongue. They have no written
character, no writing of any sort, no literature. A further study may
possibly reveal valuable traditions held among them, which at present
they are not known by me to have.
In character and morals, the Ains are stupid, good-natured, brave,
honest, faithful, peaceful, and gentle. The American and English travelers
22
The Aborigines
23
They insert several of these in the ground at certain places, which they
hold sacred. The Ains also deify mountains, the sea, which furnishes
their daily food, bears, the forests, and other natural objects, which
they believe to possess intelligence. These wands with the curled
shavings are set up in every place of supposed danger or evil omen.
The traveler in Yezo sees them on precipices, gorges of mountains,
dangerous passes, and river banks.
When descending the rapids of a river in Yezo, he will notice that
his Ain boatmen from time to time will throw one of these wands
into the river at every dangerous point or turning. The Ains pray
raising their hands above their heads. The Buddhist bonzes have in
vain attempted to convert them to Buddhism. They have rude songs,
which they chant to their kami, or gods, and to the deied sea, forest, mountains, and bears, especially at the close of the hunting and
shing season, in all aairs of great importance, and at the end of the
year. The following is given as a specimen:
To the sea which nourishes us, to the forest that protects us, we
present our grateful thanks. You are two mothers that nourish the
same child; do not be angry if we leave one to go to the other.
The Ains will always be the pride of the forest and the sea.
The inquirer into the origin of the Japanese must regret that as
yet we know comparatively little of the Ains and their language.
Any opinion hazarded on the subject may be pronounced rash. Yet,
after a study of all the obtainable facts, I believe they unmistakably
point to the Ains as the primal ancestors of the Japanese; that the
mass of the Japanese people of to-day are substantially of Ain stock.
An infusion of foreign blood, the long eects of the daily hot baths
and the warm climate of Southern Japan, of Chinese civilization, of
24
III
Materials of History
efore attempting a brief sketch of Japanese history, it may be interesting to the reader to know something of the sources of such
history, and the character and amount of the materials. A dynasty of
rulers who ostentatiously boast of twenty-ve centuries of unbroken
succession should have solid foundation of fact for their boast. The
august representatives of the mikado Mutsuhito,* the one hundred
and twenty-third of the imperial line of Dai Nippon, who, in the
presence of the President and Congress of the United States, and of
the sovereigns of Europe, claimed the immemorial antiquity of the
Japanese imperial rule, should have credentials to satisfy the foreigner
and silence the skeptic.
In this enlightened age, when all authority is challenged, and a
century after the moss of oblivion has covered the historic grave of
* Mutsuhito (meek man), the present emperor, is the second son of the
mikado Komei (18471867), whom he succeeded, and the Empress Fujiwara
Asako. He was born November 3d, 1850. He succeeded his father February
3d, 1867; was crowned on the 28th day of the Eighth month, 1868; and was
married on the 28th of the Twelfth month, 1868, to Haruko, daughter of
Ichij Tadaka, a noble of the second degree of the rst rank. She was born
on the 17th of the Fourth month, 1850. The dowager-empress Asako, mother
of the emperor, is of the house of Kuj, and was born on the 14th day of the
Twelfth month, 1833.
25
26
the doctrine of divine right, the Japanese still cling to the divinity of
the mikado, not only making it the dogma of religion and the engine
of government, but accrediting their envoys as representatives of, and
asking of foreign diplomatists that they address his imperial Japanese
majesty as the King of Heaven (Tenn). A nation that has passed
through the successive stages of aboriginal migration, tribal government, conquest by invaders, pure monarchy, feudalism, anarchy, and
modern consolidated empire, should have secreted the material for
much interesting history. In the many lulls of peace, scholars would
arise, and opportunities would oer, to record the history which previous generations had made. The foreign historian who will bring the
necessary qualications to the task of composing a complete history of
Japan, i.e., knowledge of the languages and literature of Japan, China,
Corea, and the dialects of the Malay Archipelago, Siberia, and the
other islands of the North Pacic, historical insight, sympathy, and
judicial acumen, has before him a virgin eld.
The body of native Japanese historical writings is rich and solid. It is
the largest and most important division of their voluminous literature.
It treats very fully the period between the rise of the noble families from
about the ninth century until the present time. The real history of the
period prior to the eighth century of the Christian era is very meagre.
It is nearly certain that the Japanese possessed no writing until the sixth
century a.d. Their oldest extant composition is the Kojiki, or Book
of Ancient Traditions. It may be called the Bible of the Japanese.
It comprises three volumes, composed a.d. 711, 712. It is said to have
been preceded by two similar works, written respectively in a.d. 620
and a.d. 681; but neither of these has been preserved. The rst volume
treats of the creation of the heavens and earth; the gods and goddesses,
called kami; and the events of the holy age, or mythological period. The
Materials of History
27
second and third give the history of the mikados* from the year 1 (660
b.c.) to the 1288th of the Japanese era. It was rst printed during a.d.
16241642. The Nihongi, completed a.d. 720, also contains the Japanese
cosmogony, records of the mythological period, and brings down the
annals of the mikado to a.d. 699.
These are the oldest books in the language. Numerous and very
valuable commentaries upon them have been written. They contain so
much that is fabulous, mythical, or exaggerated, that their statements,
especially in respect of dates, can not be accepted as true history.
According to the Kojiki, Jimmu Tenn was the rst emperor; yet it is
extremely doubtful whether he was a historical personage. The best
foreign scholars and critics regard him as a mythical character. The
accounts of the rst mikados are very meagre. The accession to the
throne, marriage and death of the sovereign, with notices of occasional
rebellions put down, tours made, and worship celebrated, are recorded,
and interesting glimpses of the progress of civilization obtained.
* The term mikado is in general adhered to throughout this work. Other
titles found in the native literature, and now or formerly in common use, are,
Tenshi (Son of Heaven); Tenn, or Ten (Heaven-king); Kotei (Sovereign
Ruler of Nations); Kinri (The Forbidden Interior); Dairi (Imperial Palace);
Chotei (Hall of Audience); -, or Dai (Great King); Uji (The Great
Family); Gosho (Palace). In using these titles, the common people add sama, a
respectful term, after them. Several of them, as is evident, were used originally
to denote places. It was quite common for the people in later time to speak of
the mikado as Miako sama, or Uy sama (Superior Lord), in distinction from
the shgun, whom they designated as Yedo sama. The Chinese characters
employed to express the term mikado mean Honorable Gate, an idea akin to
the Turkish Sublime Porte. Satow, however, derives it from mi, great, august,
awful; and to (do in composition), place; the notion being that the mikado is
too far above ordinary mortals to be spoken of directly. Hence the Gate of the
Palace is used as a gure for him. So, also, Ren-ka (Base of the Chariot, or
Below the Palanquin); and Hei-ka (Foot of the Throne, or of the Steps leading
to the Das), are used to denote the imperial person. A term anciently used
was Nin (King of Men).
28
Materials of History
29
The Japanese are intensely proud of their history, and take great care
in making and preserving records. Memorial-stones, keeping green the
memory of some noted scholar, ruler, or benefactor, are among the most
striking sights on the highways, or in the towns, villages, or templeyards, betokening the desire to defy the ravages of oblivion and resist
the inevitable tooth of Time.
Almost every large city has its published history; towns and villages have their annals written and preserved by local antiquarians;
family records are faithfully copied from generation to generation;
diaries, notes of journeys or events, dates of the erections of buildings, the names of the ociating priests, and many of the subscribing worshipers, are religiously kept in most of the large Buddhist
temples and monasteries. The bonzes (Jap. bzu) delight to write of
the lives of their saintly predecessors and the mundane aairs of their
patrons. Almost every province has its encyclopedic history, and every
high-road its itineraries and guide-books, in which famous places
and events are noted. Almost every neighborhood boasts its Old
Mortality, or local antiquary, whose delight and occupation are to
know the past. In the large cities professional story-tellers and readers
gain a lucrative livelihood by narrating both the classic history and
the legendary lore. The theatre, which in Japan draws its subjects for
representation almost exclusively from the actual life, past or present, of the Japanese people, is often the most faithful mirror of actual
history. Few people seem to be more thoroughly informed as to their
own history: parents delight to instruct their children in their national
lore; and there are hundreds of childs histories of Japan.
Besides the sober volumes of history, the number of books purporting to contain truth, but which are worthless for purposes of historical
investigation, is legion. In addition to the motives, equally operative in
other countries for the corruption or distortion of historical narrative,
30
was the perpetual desire of the Buddhist monks, who were in many
cases the writers, to glorify their patrons and helpers, and to damn
their enemies. Hence their works are of little value. So plentiful are
these garbled productions that the buyer of books always asked for
jitsu-roku, or true records, in order to avoid the zu-zan, or editions
of Zu, so called from Zu, a noted Chinese forger of history.
In the chapters on the history of Japan, I shall occasionally quote
from the text of some of the standard histories in literal translation.
I shall feel only too happy if I can imitate the terse, vigorous, and
luminous style of the Japanese annalists. The vividness and pictorial
detail of the classic historians fascinate the reader who can analyze
the closely massed syntax. Many of the pages of the Nihon Guai Shi,
especially, are models of compression and elegance, and glow with the
chastened eloquence that springs from clear discernment and conviction of truth, gained after patient sifting of facts, and groping through
diculties that lead to discovery. Many of its sentences are epigrams.
To the student of Japanese it is a narrative of intensest interest.
The Kojiki and Nihongi, which give the only records of very ancient
Japan, and on which all other works treating of this period are based,
can not be accepted as sober history. Hence, in outlining the events
prior to the second century of the Christian era, I head the chapters,
not as the Dawn of History, but the Twilight of Fable. From these
books, and the collections of ancient myths (Koshi Seibun), as well as
the critical commentaries and explanations of the Japanese rationalists, which, by the assistance of native scholars, I have been able to
consult, the two following chapters have been compiled.*
* In the following chapters, I use throughout the modern names of places and
provinces, to avoid confusion. The ancient name of Kiushiu was Tsukushi,
which was also applied to the then united provinces of Chikuzen and Chikugo.
Buzen and Bungo were anciently one province, called Toyo. Higo and Hizen
are modern divisions of Hi no kuni (The Land of Fire). Tamba, corrupted
Materials of History
31
from Taniwa, and Tango (Back of Taniwa) were formerly one. Kadzusa and
Shimsa, contracted from Kami-tsu-fusa and Shimo-tsu-fusa (kami, upper;
shimo, lower; tsu, ancient form of no; fusa, a proper name, tassel), were once
united. Kdzuke and Shimotsuk, formed like the preceding, were Upper
and Lower K. All the region north of Echizen, known and unknown,
including Echizen, Etchiu, Echigo, Kaga, Noto, Uzen, and Ugo, was included
under the name Koshi no kuni. Later synonyms for Kiushiu are Saikoku
(Western Provinces), or Chinzei in books. Chiugoku (Central Provinces) is
applied to the region from Tamba to Nagato. Kamigata is a vague term for
the country around and toward Kito.
The Language.The apparatus for the study of the Japanese language and
the critical examination of its texts is now, thanks to Anglo-Japanese scholars,
both excellent and easily accessible. The following are such: GrammarsW.
G. Astons Grammar of the Spoken Language (Nagasaki, 1869), and Grammar of
the Written Language of Japan, with a short Chrestomathy; London, 1872: second
edition, 1877. E. Satows Kuaiwa Hen, 25 Exercises in the Yedo Colloquial, for the
Use of Students, with Notes, 4 vols; Yokohama, 1873. J. J. Ho man, A Japanese
Grammar; Leiden, 1868: second edition, 1876. S. R. Brown, Colloquial Japanese;
Shanghai, 1863. Prendergasts Mastery System, adapted to the Study of Japanese or
English; Yokohama, 1875. DictionariesJ. C. Hepburn, Japanese-English and
English-Japanese; Shanghai, 1867: second edition, with grammatical introduction; Shanghai, 1872: pocket edition, New York, 1873. Satow and Ishibashi,
English-Japanese Dictionary of the Spoken Language; London, 1876. See also
valuable papers by Messrs. Satow, Aston, Dallas, Edkins, and Chamberlain,
in the Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan.
IV
Japanese Mythology
n the beginning all things were in chaos. Heaven and earth were
not separated. The world oated in the cosmic mass, like a sh in
water, or the yolk in an egg. The ethereal matter sublimed and formed
the heavens, the residuum became the present earth, from the warm
mold of which a germ sprouted and became a self-animate being,
called Kuni-toko-tachi no mikoto.* Two other beings of like genesis
appeared. After them came four pairs of beings (kami). These were
all single (hitori-gami, male, sexless, or self-begotten).
* It will be seen at once that the Japanese scheme of creation starts without
a Creator, or any First Cause; and that the idea of space apart from matter is
foreign to the Japanese philosophical system. Mikoto (masc.), mikami (fem.),
mean augustness. It is not the same term as mikado. No is the particle of.
The opening sentence of the Kojiki is as follows: At the time of the beginning of heaven and earth there existed three hashira-gami (pillar or chief
kami, or gods). The name of one kami was Am-no-naka-nushi-no-kami (Lord
of the Middle of Heaven); next, Taka-mi-musubi-no-kami (High Ineable
Procreator); next, Kami-musubi-no-kami (Ineable Procreator). These three,
existing single, hid their bodies (died, or passed away, or became pure spirit
[?]). Next, when the young land oated like oil moving about, there came into
existence, sprouting upward like the ashi (rush) shoot, a kami named Umajiashikabi-kikoji-no-kami (Delightful Rush-sprout); next, Am-no-toko-tachino-kami. These two chief kami, existing single, hid their bodies. Next, came
into existence these three, Kuni-no-toko-tachi-no-mikoto, etc., etc.
33
34
Japanese Mythology
35
other large, and many thousand small ones, became the Everlasting
Great Japan.* At Izanamis rst conception, the female essence in
being more powerful, a female child was born, greatly to the chagrin
of the father, who wished for male ospring. The child was named
Ama-terasu mikami, or, the Heaven-illuminating Goddess. She
shone beautifully, and lighted the heavens and the earth. Her father,
therefore, transferred her from earth to heaven, and gave her the
ethereal realm to rule over. At this time the earth was close to heaven,
* The various names of Japan which I have found in the native literature, or
have heard in colloquial use, are as follows: 1. Nihon, or Nippon, compounded
of the words ni, nichi, or nitsu (sun, day) and hon (root, origin, beginning);
hence Sunrise, Dawn, or Dayspring. Japan is the foreigners corruption of the
Chinese Ji-pun, or Ji-puan. The name may have been given by the Chinese
or Coreans to the land lying east of them, whence the sun rose, or by the
conquerors coming from Manchuria, by way of Corea eastward. Or, it may
have arisen anciently among the natives of the western provinces of Japan. It
is found in Chinese books from the time of the Tang dynasty (618905 A.D.).
2. Dai Nihon Koku (Country of Great Japan). 3. Yashima no Kuni (Country
of the Eight Great Islands), created by Izanagi and Izanami. 4. Onogorojima
(Island of the Congealed Drops), which fell from the jeweled falchion or spear
of Izanagi. 5. Shiki Shima (Outspread Islands), a name common in poetry, and
referring to their being spread out like stepping-stones in a Japanese garden.
6. Toyohara Akitsu Kuni (Country between Heaven and Earth). 7. Toyoakitsu
Kuni (Dragon-y-shaped Country), from the resemblance to this insect with
its wings outspread. 8. Toyo Ashiwara Kuni (Fertile Plain of Sweet Flags). 9.
Yamato no Kuni (Land of Great Peace). The same characters are read Wa
Koku by the Chinese, and sometimes by the Japanese. 10. Fuso Koku. Fuso is
the name of a tree which is fabled to petrify; hence, an emblem of national
stability. 11. On Koku (Honorable Country). 12. Shin Koku (Land of the Holy
Spirits). 13. Kami no Kuni (The God-land, or Land of the Gods). 14. Horai
no Kuni (Land of the Elixir of Immortality), an allusion to the legend that
a Chinese courtier came to Japan in search of the elixir of immortality. He
brought a troop of young men and maidens with him. Dying in Japan, he was
buried in Kii, and the young couples, marrying, colonized Japan. 15. Ko Koku
(The Mikados Empire), Land ruled by a Theocratic Dynasty. 16. Tei Koku
Nihon (The Empire ruled by a Theocratic Dynasty, or, Japan, the Empire
governed by Divine Rulers).
36
and the goddess easily mounted the pillar, on which heaven rested,
to her kingdom.
The second child was also a female, and was called Tsuki no kami,
and became the Goddess of the Moon. The third child, Hiruko
(leech), was a male, but not well formed. When three years old, being
still unable to stand, his parents made an ark of camphor-wood, and
set him adrift at sea. He became the rst sherman, and was the God
of the Sea and of Storms.
After two girls and a cripple had thus been born, the father was
delighted with the next fruit of his spouse, a ne boy, whom they
named Sosano no mikoto. Of him they entertained the highest
hopes. He grew up, however, to be a most mischievous fellow, killing
people, pulling up their trees, and trampling down their elds. He
grew worse as he grew up. He was made ruler over the blue sea; but
he never kept his kingdom in order. He let his beard grow down over
his bosom. He cried constantly; and the land became a desert, the
rivers and seas dried up, and human beings died in great numbers.
His father, inquiring the reason of his surly behavior, was told that he
wished to go to his mother, who was in the region under the earth. He
then made his son ruler over the kingdom of night. The august scapegrace still continued his pranks, unable to refrain from mischief. One
day, after his sister, the Sun-goddess, had planted a eld with rice, he
turned a wild horse loose, which trampled down and spoiled all her
work. Again, having built a store-house for the new rice, he de led it
so that it could not be used. At another time, his sister was sitting at
her loom, weaving. Sosano, having skinned a live horse by drawing
its skin o from the tail to the head, ung the reeking hide over the
loom, and the carcass in the room. The goddess was so frightened
that she hurt herself with the shuttle, and, in her wrath, retired to a
cave, closing the mouth with a large rock. Heaven, earth, and the four
quarters became enshrouded in darkness, and the distinction between
Japanese Mythology
37
day and night ceased. Some of the turbulent and ill-mannered gods
took advantage of the darkness to make a noise like the buzzing of
ies, and the confusion was dreadful.
Then all the gods (eight hundred thousand in number) assembled
on the heavenly river-plain of Yasu, to discuss what was to be done
to appease the anger of the great goddess. The wisest of the gods was
intrusted with the charge of thinking out a stratagem to entice her
forth. The main part of the plan was to make an image of the selfimprisoned goddess, which was to be more beautiful than herself,
and thus excite at once her curiosity and her jealousy. It was to be a
round mirror like the sun.
A large rock from near the source of the river was taken to form an
anvil. To make the bellows, they took the whole skin of a deer, and,
with iron from the mines of heaven, the blacksmith-god made two
mirrors, which successively failed to please the gods, being too small.
The third was large and beautiful, like the sun.
The heavenly artisans now prepared to make the nest clothes
and jewelry, and a splendid palace for the Sun-goddess, when she
should come out. Two gods planted the paper-mulberry and hemp,
and prepared bark and bre; while three other gods wove them into
coarse, striped, and ne cloth, to deck her dainty limbs. Two gods,
the rst carpenters, dug holes in the ground with a spade, erected
posts, and built a palace. Another deity, the rst jeweler, made a string
of magatama (curved jewels), the material for a necklace, hair-pins,
and bracelets. Two other gods held in their hands the sacred wands,
called tama-gushi.
Two gods were then appointed to nd out, by divination, whether
the goddess was likely to appear. They caught a buck, tore out a bone
from one of its forelegs, and set it free again. The bone was placed in
a re of cherry-bark, and the crack produced by the heat in the blade
of the bone was considered a satisfactory omen.
38
Japanese Mythology
39
40
then removed the Sun-goddess to her new palace, and put a straw rope
around it to keep o evil gods. Her wicked brother was punished by
having each particular hair of his head pulled out, and his nger and
toe nails extracted. He was then banished.
Izanamis fth child, the last in whose conception the two gods
shared, was a son, called the God of Wild Fire. In bringing him
forth the goddess suered great pain; and from the matter which
she vomited in her agony sprung the God and Goddess of Metal.
She afterward created the gods of Clay and Fresh Water, who were
to pacify the God of Fire when inclined to be turbulent. Izanami
had enjoined her consort not to look at her during her retirement,
but he disregarded her wish. She ed from him, and departed to the
nether regions. Izanagi, incensed at the God of Fire, clove him in
three pieces with his sword. From these fragments sprung the gods
of Thunder, of Mountains, and of Rain. He then descended into the
region of night to induce Izanami to come back to the earth. There
he met his consort, who would not return. He found the region to be
one of perpetual and indescribable foulness, and, before he left, he
saw the body of his wife had become a mass of putrefaction. Escaping
into the upper world, he washed himself in the sea, and, in the act of
escape and purication, many gods were created. According to one
version, Amaterasu was produced out of his left eye, and Sosanoo
out of his nose. Those deities created out of the lth from which he
cleansed himself became the wicked gods, who now war against the
good gods and trouble mankind. The God of Clay and the Goddess
of Fresh Water married. Their ospring was Naka musubi. From his
head grew the mulberry and silk-worm, and from his navel sprung
the ve cereals, rice, wheat, beans, millet, and sorghum.
Another legend, changing the sex of Sosano, says the Sun-goddess
spoke to Sosano (the Moon-goddess), who reigned jointly with her
over the high plain of heaven, and said, I have heard that there is a
Japanese Mythology
41
42
Japanese Mythology
43
talismans. Should you at any future time desire to see me, look in
this mirror. Govern this country with the pure lustre that radiates
from its surface. Deal with thy subjects with the gentleness which
the smooth rounding of the stone typies. Combat the enemies of
thy kingdom with this sword, and slay them on the edge of it.
44
Japanese Mythology
45
46
child of the rst pair, is now worshiped as the God of Daily Food,
sh being the staple of Japanese diet. He is usually represented as a
jolly angler, with a red sh (tai) under one fat arm, and a rod and line
under the other. One need not go far from Kito to nd the identical
spots of common earth which the fertile imagination of the children
of Nippon has transgured into celestial regions. Thus, the prototype
of the dry bed of the river Ame no yasu is now to be seen in front of
the city of Kito, where the people still gather for pleasure or public
ceremony. The land of roots, to which Sosano was banished, is a
region evidently situated a few miles north-west of Kito. The dancing
of Suzum before the cavern is imitated in the pantomimic dance still
seen in every Japanese village and city street. The mirror made from
iron in the mines of heaven by the Blacksmith god was the original
of the burnished disks before which the Japanese beauty of to-day,
sitting for hours on knee and heels, and nude to the waist, heightens
her charms. A mask of Suzum, representing the laughing face of
a fat girl, with narrow forehead, having the imperial spots of sable,
and with black hair in rifts on her forehead, cheeks pued out, and
dimpled chin, adorns the walls of many a modern Japanese house, and
notably on certain festival days, and on their many occasions of mirth.
The stranger, ignorant of its symbolic import, could, without entering the palace, nd its prototype in ve minutes, by looking around
him, from one of the jolly fat girls at the well or the rice-bucket. The
magatama jewels, curved and perforated pieces of soapstone occasionally dug up in various parts of Japan, show the work of the nger
of man, and ancient pictures depict the chiefs of tribes decked with
these adornments. In the preparations made to attract forth the Sungoddess, we see the origin of the arts of music by wind and stringed
instruments, dancing, divination, adornment, weaving, and carpentry.
To this day, when the Japanese female is about to sweep, draw water,
or perform household duties, she binds up her sleeves to her armpits,
Japanese Mythology
47
with a string twisted over her shoulders, like the sleeve-binder of the
dancing goddess. Before Shint shrines, trees sacred to the kami, at
New-years-day before gates and doors, and often in childrens plays,
one sees stretched the twisted ropes of rice-straw. In the month of
August especially, but often at the fairs, festivals, and on holidays,
the wand of waving jewels, made by suspending colored paper and
trinkets to a branch of bamboo, and something like a Christmastree, is a frequent sight. The gohei is still the characteristic emblem
seen on a Shint shrine. All these relics, trivial and void of meaning
to the hasty tourist, or the alien, whose only motive for dwelling on
the island is purely sordid, are, in the eye of the native, and the intelligent foreigner, ancient, sacred, and productive of innocent joy, and
to the latter, sources of fresh surprise and enjoyment of a people in
themselves intensely interesting.
etween the long night of the unknown ages that preceded the advent
of the conquerors, and the morning of what may be called real history, there lies the twilight of mythology and fabulous narration.
The mythology of Nippon, though in essence Chinese, is Japanese
in form and coloring, and bears the true avor of the soil from whence
it sprung. The patriotic native or the devout Shintist may accept the
statements of the Kojiki as genuine history; but in the cold, clear eye
of an alien they are the inventions of men shaped to exalt the imperial family. They are a living and luxurious growth of fancy around
the ruins of facts that in the slow decay of time have lost the shape by
which recognition is possible. Chinese history does indeed, at certain
points, corroborate what the Japanese traditions declare, and thus gives
us some sure light; but for a clear understanding of the period antedating the second century of the Christian era, the native mythology and
the fabulous narrations of the Kojiki are but as moonlight.
Jimmu Tenno, the rst mikado, was the fth in descent from the
Sun-goddess. His original name was Kan Yamato Iware Hiko no
mikoto. The title Jimmu Tenn, meaning spirit of war, was posthumously applied to him many centuries afterward. When the Kojiki
was compiled, pure Japanese names only were in use. Hence, in that
book we meet with many very long quaint names and titles which,
49
50
51
and men that resembled colossal spiders were encountered and overcome. Even wicked gods had to be fought or circumvented. His path
was to Usa, in Buzen; thence to Okada; thence by ship through the
windings of the Suwo Nada, a part of the Inland Sea,* landing in Aki.
Here he built a palace, and remained seven years. He then went to
the region of Bizen, and, after dwelling there eight years, he sailed
to the East. The waves were very rough and rapid at the spot near the
* The Inland Sea (Sto Uchi) is a name which has been given by foreigners, and
adopted by the Japanese, who until modern times had no special name for it as a
whole. Indeed, the whole system of Japanese geographical nomenclature proves
that the generalizations made by foreigners were absent from their conceptions.
The large bays have not a name which unies all their parts and limbs into one
body. The long rivers possess each, not one name, but many local appellations
along their length. The main island was nameless, so were Shikoku and Kiushiu
for many centuries. Yezo, to the native, is a region, not an island. Even for the
same street in a city a single name, as a rule, is not in use, each block receiving
a name by itself. Th is was quite a natural proceeding when the universe, or all
beneath heaven, meant Japan. The Sto Uchi has been in Japanese history what
the Mediterranean was to the course of empire in Europe, due allowance being
made for proportions, both physical and moral. It extends nearly east and west two
hundred and forty miles, with a breadth varying from ten to thirty miles, with
many narrow passages. It has six divisions (nada), taking their names from the
provinces whose shores they wash. It contains a vast number of islands, but few
known dangers, and has a sea-board of seven hundred miles, densely populated,
abounding with safe and convenient anchorages, dotted with many large towns
and provincial capitals and castled cities, and noted for the active trade of its
inhabitants. It communicates with the Pacic by the channels of Kii on the east,
Bungo on the south, and by the Straits of Shimonoski (the Gibraltar of Japan),
half a mile wide, on the west. It can be navigated safely at all seasons of the year
by day, and now, under ordinary circumstances, by night, thanks to the system of
light-houses thoroughly equipped with the latest instruments of optical science,
including dioptric and catoptric, xed and revolving, white and colored lights, in
earthquake-proof towers, erected by English engineers in the service of the mikados Government. The tides and currents of the Sto Uchi are not as yet perfectly
known, but are found to be regular at the east and west entrances, the tidewaves coming from the Pacic. In many parts they run with great velocity. The
52
53
were dicult, and the way unknown; but by act of one of the gods,
Michi no Omi no mikoto, who interposed for their guidance, a gigantic
crow, having wings eight feet long, went before the host, and led the
warriors into the rich land of Yamato. Here they were not permitted
to rest, for the natives fought stoutly for their soil.
On one occasion the clouds lowered, and thick darkness brooded
over the battle-eld, so that neither of the hosts could discern each
other, and the con ict staved. Suddenly the gloom was cleft by the
descent from heaven of a bird like a hawk, which, hovering in a ood
of golden e ulgence, perched upon the bow of Jimmu. His adversaries, dazzled to blindness by the awful light, ed in dismay. Jimmu,
being now complete victor, proceeded to make his permanent abode,
and xed the miako, or capital, at Kashiwabara, some miles distant
from the present site of Kito. Here he set up his government, and
began to rule over all the lands which he had conquered. Peace was
celebrated with rejoicings, and religious ceremonies of imposing
magnicence. He distributed rewards to his soldiers and ocers, and
chose his chief captains to be rulers over provinces, apportioning them
lands, to be held in return for military service. It will be noticed that
this primal form of general government was a species of feudalism.
Such a political system was of the most rudimentary kind; only a little
better than the Council of the Six Nations of the Iroquois, or was
similar to that of the Aztecs of Mexico.
The country being now tranquilized, weapons were laid aside,
and attention was given to the arts of peace. Among the rst things
accomplished was the solemn deposit of the three sacred emblems
mirror, sword, and ballin the palace. Sacrices were oered to
the Sun-goddess on Torimino yama.
Jimmu married the princess Tatara, the most beautiful woman in
Japan, and daughter of one of his captains. During his life-time his
chief energies were spent in consolidating his power, and civilizing
54
55
* Dr. J. J. Homan, who has written the best Japanese grammar yet published,
in expressing the exact date given in the Kojiki, in terms of the Julian style, says
the 19th of February (660 b.c.) was the day of Jimmus ascension. Professor F.
Kaiser has found out by calculation that at eight a.m. on that day of the said
year there was a new moon at the miako. Therefore, says this grammarian,
leaping on the wings of his own logic to a tremendous conclusion, and settling
down into assured satisfaction, the correctness of the Japanese chronology
may not be called in question. (See page 173, and note of A Japanese Grammar,
J. J. Ho man, Leyden, 1868.)
VI
58
59
having grown old in their search, Yamato him* continued it, and
nally, after many changes, they were deposited in their present place
a.d. 4. Copies of the mirror and sword were, however, made by Sjin,
and placed in a separate building within the palace called the place of
reverence. This was the origin of the chapel still connected with the
mikados imperial palace.
From the most early time the dwelling and surroundings of the
mikado were characterized by the most austere simplicity, quite like
the Shint temples themselves, and the name miya was applied to
both. In imagining the imperial palace in Japan, the reader on this
side the Pacic must dissolve the view projected on his mind at the
mention of the term palace. Little of the stateliness of architecture
or the splendor and magnicence of the interior of a European palace belongs to the Japanese imperial residence. A simple structure,
larger than an ordinary rst-class dwelling, but quite like a temple
in outward appearance, and destitute of all meretricious or artistic
ornamentation within, marks the presence of royalty, or semi-divinity, in Japan. Even in Kito, for centuries, the palace, except for its
size and slightly greater elevation, could not be distinguished from
the residences of the nobles, or from a temple. All this was in keeping with the sacredness of the personage enshrined within. For vain
mortals, sprung from inferior or wicked gods, for upstart generals, or
low traders bloated with wealth, luxury and display were quite seemly.
Divinity needed no material show. The circumstances and attributes
of deity were enough. The indulgence in gaudy display was opposed
to the attributes and character of the living representative of the
Heavenly Line. This rigid simplicity was carried out even after death.
* The su x him after female proper names means princess. It is still used
by the ladies of the imperial family, and by the daughters of the court nobles.
Maye, with no, was also added to names of ladies of rank.
60
February 3
Beginning of Autumn
August 7
Rainwater
February 19
Local Heat
August 23
March 5
White Dew
September 8
March 20
Middle of Autumn
September 23
Clear Weather
April 5
Cold Dew
October 8
61
the people at the extremities of the country in contact with each other.
Communication between Corea and Kiushiu was rendered not only
possible, but promised to be regular and protable. We read that, during
his reign, an envoy, bringing presents, arrived from Mimana, in Corea,
b.c. 33. Six years later, it is recorded that the prince, a chief of Shiraki,
in Corea, came to Japan to live. It is evident that these Coreans would
tell much of what they had seen in their own country, and that many
useful ideas and appliances would be introduced under the patronage of
this enlightened monarch. Sjin may be also called the father of Japanese
agriculture, since he encouraged it by edict and example, ordering canals
to be dug, water-courses provided, and irrigation to be extensively carried on. Water is the rst necessity of the rice-farmer of Asia. It is to
him as precious a commodity as it is to the miner of California. Rice
must be sown, transplanted, and grown under water. Hence, in a country
where this cereal is the staple crop, immense areas of irrigated elds are
necessary. One of the unique forms of theft in rice-countries, which, in
popular judgment, equals in iniquity the stealing of ore at the mines,
or horses on the prairies, is the drawing off water from a neighbors
eld. In those old rude times, the Japanese water-thief, when detected,
received but little more mercy than the horse-robber in the West. The
immense labor necessary to obtain the requisite water-supply can only be
appreciated by one who has studied the umes of California, the tanks
Seed Rain
April 20
Fall of Hoar-frost
October 23
Beginning of Summer
May 5
Beginning of Winter
November 7
Little Plenty
May 20
Little Snow
November 22
December 7
June 5
Great Snow
June 21
December 22
Little Heat
July 6
Little Frost
January 6
Great Heat
July 23
Great Frost
January 20
62
63
64
65
of treatment. They are the nai and guai, the inner and the outer, the
interior and exterior of the palace, or the throne and the empire.
Thus the Nihon Guai Shi, by Rai Sany, or External History of
Japan, treats of the events, chiey military, outside the palace. His
other work, Nihon Seiki, treats rather of the aairs of the forbidden
interior of the palace. In those early days this conception had not
been elaborated.
The mikado from ancient times has had two crests, answering to
the coats of arms in European heraldry. One is a representation of a
chrysanthemum (kiku), and is used for government purposes outside
the palace. It is embroidered on ags and banners, and printed on
ocial documents. Since the Restoration, in 1868, the soldiers of
the imperial army wear it as a frontlet on their caps. The other crest,
representing a blossom and leaves of the Paulownia imperialis (kiri),
is used in business personal to the mikado and his family. The ancient
golden chrysanthemum has, since 1868, burst into new bloom, like
the owering of the nation itself, and has everywhere displaced the
trefoil of the parvenus of later feudalism the Tokugawas, the only
military vassals of the mikado who ever assumed the preposterous
title of Tycoon.
VII
Yamato-dak,
the Conqueror of the Kuant*
67
68
the delighted voluptuary drew his prize by the hand into his own tent.
Instead of a yielding girl, he found more than his match in the heroic
youth, who seized him, held him powerless, and took his life. For this
valorous eort he received the name Yamato-Dak, or, the Warlike.
Thirteen years after this victory, a.d. 110, the tribes in eastern Japan
revolted, and Yamato-Dak went to subdue them. He stopped at the
shrine of the Sun-goddess in Is, and, leaving his own sword under
a pine-tree, he obtained from the priestess the sacred sword, one of
the holy emblems enshrined by Sjin. Armed with this palladium,
he penetrated into the wilds of Suruga, to ght the Ains, who ed
before him from the plains into the woods and mountain fastnesses.
The Ain method of warfare, like that of our North American Indians,
was to avoid an encounter in the open eld, and to ght in ambush
from behind trees, rocks, or in the rank undergrowth, using every
artice by which, as pursued, they could in ict the greatest damage
upon an enemy with the least loss and danger to themselves. In the
lore of the forest they were so well read that they felt at home in the
most tangled wilds. They were able to take advantage of every sound
and sign. They were accustomed to disguise themselves in bear-skins,
and thus act as spies and scouts. Fire was one of their chief means of
attack. On a certain occasion they kindled the underbrush, which is
still seen so densely covering the uncleared portions of the base of Fuji.
The ames, urged by the wind, threatened to surround and destroy the
Japanese armya sight which the Ains beheld with yells of delight.
The Sun-goddess then appeared to Yamato-Dak, who, drawing the
divinely bestowed swordMurakumo, or Cloud-clustercut the
grass around him. So invincible was the blade that the ames ceased
advancing and turned toward his enemies, who were consumed, or
ed defeated. Yamato-Dak then gratefully acknowledging to the
gods the victory vouchsafed to him, changed the name of the sword
to Kusanagi (Grass-mower).
69
70
71
of the princes of the blood uses Adzuma as his surname; and the exConfederate iron-clad ram Stone-wall, now of the Japanese navy, is
christened Adzuma-kuan.
To cross the then almost unknown mountains of Shinano was a
bold undertaking, which only a chief of stout heart would essay.* To
travel in the thinly populated mountainous portions of Japan even
at the present time, at least to one accustomed to the comfort of the
palace-cars of civilization, is not pleasant. In those days, roads in the
Kuant were unknown. The march of an army up the slippery ascents,
through rocky de les, over lava-beds and river torrents, required as
much nerve and caution as muscle and valor. To their superstitious
fancies, every mountain was the abode of a god, every cave and de le
the lurking-place of spirits. Air and water and solid earth were populous with the creatures of their imagination. Every calamity was the
manifestation of the wrath of the local gods; every success a proof
that the good kami were specially favoring them and their leaders.
The clouds and fogs were the discomting snares of evil deities to
cause them to lose their path. The asphyxiating exhalations from
* The cold in winter in the high mountain regions of Shinano is severe, and
res are needed in the depth of summer. Heavy falls of snow in winter make
traveling tedious and dicult. I went over this part of Yamato-Daks journey
in 1873, completing a tour of nine hundred miles. As I have gone on foot over
the mountain tgs (passes) from Takata, in Echigo, to Tki, in Musashi,
and likewise have been a pedestrian up and over the pass of St. Bernard, I
think, all things considered, the achievement of Yamato-Dak fully equal in
courage, skill, daring, patience, and romantic interest to that of Napoleon. The
tourist to-day who makes the trip over this route is rewarded with the most
inspiring views of Fuji, Asama yama, Yatsugadak, and other monarchs in this
throne-room of nature in Japan. In the lowlands of Kdzuk also is the richest
silk district in all Japan, the golden cocoons, from which is spun silver thread,
covering the oors of almost every house during two summer months, while
the deft ngers of Japanese maidens, pretty and otherwise, may be seen busily
engaged in unraveling the shroud of the worm, illustrating the living proverb,
With time and patience even the mulberry-leaf becomes silk.
72
volcanoes, or from the earth, which to this day jet out inammable
gas, were the poisonous breath of the mountain gods, insulted by the
daring intrusion into their sacred domain. On one occasion the god of
the mountain came to Yamato-Dak, in the form of a white deer, to
trouble him. Yamato-Dak, suspecting the animal, threw some wild
garlic in its eye, causing it to smart so violently that the deer died.
Immediately the mountain was shrouded in mist and fog, and the path
disappeared. In the terror and dismay, a white doga good kami in
disguiseappeared, and led the way safely to the plains of Mino.
Again the host were stricken by the spirit of the white deer. All the
men and animals of the camp were unable to stand, stupeed by the
mephitic gas discharged among them by the wicked kami. Happily,
some one bethought him of the wild garlic, ate it, and gave to the men
and animals, and all recovered. At the present day in Japan, partly in
commemoration of this incident, but chiey for the purpose of warding o infectious or malarious diseases, garlic is hung up before gates
and doors in time of epidemic, when an attack of disease is apprehended. Thousands of people believe it to be fully as ecacious as a
horseshoe against witches, or camphor against contagion. Descending
to the plains of Mino, and crossing through it, he came to Ibuki
yama, a mountain shaped like a truncated sugar-loaf, which rears its
colossal at head in awful majesty above the clouds. Yamato-Dak
attempted to subdue the kami that dwelt on this mountain. Leaving
his sword, Grass-mower, at the foot of the mountain, he advanced
unarmed. The god transformed himself into a serpent, and barred his
progress. The hero leaped over him. Suddenly the heavens darkened.
Losing the path, Yamato-Dak swooned and fell. On drinking of a
spring by the way, he was able to lift up his head. Henceforward it was
called Sam no idzumi, or the Fountain of Recovery. Reaching tsu,
in Is, though still feeble, he found, under the pine-tree, the sword
73
74
and his apple; but I consider him to have been a historical personage,
and his deeds a part of genuine history.
Go Kinai (Five Home Provinces)
Yamashiro, or Joshiu
Yamato, or Washiu
Kawachi, or Kashiu
Idzumi, or Senshiu
Settsu, or Sesshiu
Tkaid (Eastern-sea Region)
Iga, or Ishiu
Is, or Seishiu
Shima, or Shishiu
Owari, or Bishiu
Mikawa, or Sanshiu
Ttmi, or Enshiu
Suruga, or Sunshiu
Idzu, or Dzushiu
Kai, or Kshiu
Sagami, or Sshiu
Musashi, or Bushiu
Awa, or Bshiu
Kadzusa, or Sshiu
Shimsa, or Sshiu
Hitachi, or Jshiu
Tzand (Eastern-mountain Region)
mi, or Gshiu
Mino, or Noshiu
Hida, or Hishiu
Shinano, or Shinshiu
Kdzuk, or Jshiu
Shimotsuk, or Yashiu
Iwashi, or shiu
Iwashiro, or shiu
Rikuzen, or shiu
Rikuchiu, or shiu
Michinoku, or shiu
Uzen, or Ushiu
Ugo, or Ushiu
Hokurikud (Northern-land Region)
Wakasa, or Jakushiu
Echizen, or Esshiu
Kaga, or Kashiu
Noto, or Nshiu
Etchiu, or Esshiu
Echigo, or Esshiu
Sado (island), or Sashiu
Sanind (Mountain-back Region)
Tamba, or Tanshiu
Tango, or Tanshiu
Tajima, or Tanshiu
Inaba, or Inshiu
Hki, or Hakushiu
Idzumo, or Unshiu
Iwami, or Sekishiu
Oki (islands)
Sanyd (Mountain-front Region)
Harima, or Banshiu
Mimasaka, or Sakushiu
Bizen, or Bishiu.
Bitchiu, or Bishiu
Bingo, or Bishiu
Aki, or Geishiu
Suw, or Bshiu
Nagato, or Chshiu
Buzen, or Hshiu
Bungo, or Hshiu
Hizen, or Hishiu
Higo, or Hishiu
Hiuga, or Nisshiu
zumi, or Gushiu
Satsuma, or Sasshiu
The Two Islands
Tsushima, or Taishiu
Iki, or Ishiu.
75
VIII
78
79
80
privilege on that day. The pious Jingu prepared to invade Corea; but
wishing another indication of the will of the kami, she on one occasion immersed her hair in water, saying that, if the gods approved
of her enterprise, her tresses would become dry, and be parted into
two divisions. It was as she desired. Her luxuriant black hair came
from the water dry, and parted in two. Her mind was now xed.
She ordered her generals and captains to collect troops, build ships,
and be ready to embark. Addressing them, she said: The safety or
destruction of our country depends upon this enterprise. I intrust the
details to you. It will be your fault if they are not carried out. I am a
woman, and young; I shall disguise myself as a man, and undertake
this gallant expedition, trusting to the gods, and to my troops and
captains. We shall acquire a wealthy country. The glory is yours, if we
succeed; if we fail, the guilt and disgrace shall be mine. Her captains,
with unanimity and enthusiasm, promised to support her and carry
out her plans. The enterprise was a colossal one for Japan at that time.
Although the recruiting went on in the various provinces, and the
ships were built, the army formed slowly. Chang at the delay, but not
discouraged, again she had recourse to the ecacy of worship and an
appeal to the gods. Erecting a tabernacle of purication, with prayers
and lustrations and sacrices she prayed the kami to grant her speedy
embarkation and success. The gods were propitious. Troops came in.
The army soon assembled, and all was ready, a.d. 201.
Before starting, Jingu issued orders to her soldiers, as follows:
No loot.
Neither despise a few enemies nor fear many.
Give mercy to those who yield, but no quarter to the stubborn.
Rewards shall be apportioned to the victors; punishments shall
be meted to the deserters.
81
Then the words of the gods came, saying, The Spirit of Peace
will always guide you and protect your life. The Spirit of War will go
before you and lead your ships.
Jingu again returned thanks for these fresh exhibitions of divine
favor, and made her nal preparations to start, when a new impediment
threatened to delay hopelessly the expedition, or to rob it of its soul and
leader, the Amazonian chief. She discovered that she was pregnant.
Again the good favor of the gods enabled her to triumph over the
obstacles which nature, or the fate of her sex, might throw in the path
of her towering ambition. She found a stone which, being placed in her
girdle, delayed her accouchement until her return from Corea.
It does not seem to have been perfectly clear in the minds of those
ancient libusters where Corea was, or for what particular point of
the horizon they were to steer. They had no chart or compass. The
sun, stars, and the ight of birds were their guides. In a storm they
would be helpless. One sherman had been sent to sail westward and
report. He came back declaring there was no land to be seen. Another
man was dispatched, and returned, having seen the mountains on
the main-land. The eet sailed in the Tenth month. Winds, waves,
and currents were all favorable. The gods watched over the eet, and
sent shoals of huge shes to urge on the waves that by their impact
lifted the sterns and made the prows leap as though alive. The ships
beached safely in Southern Corea, the Japanese army landed in the
glory of sunlight and the grandeur of war in splendid array. The king
of this part of Corea had heard from his messengers of the coming
of a strange eet from the East, and, terried, exclaimed, We never
knew there was any country outside of us. Have our gods forsaken
us! The invaders had no ghting to do as they expected. It was a
bloodless invasion. The Coreans came, holding white ags, and surrendered, oering to give up their treasures. They took an oath that
they would be tributary to Japan, that they would never cause their
82
83
84
the elevation of woman in Japan. Haply, it may come to pass that this
lady in peaceful life may do more for the good and glory of the empire
than even the renowned queen-regent, Jingu Kg.
The early centuries of the Christian era, from the third to the
eighth, mark that period in Japanese history during which the future
development and character of the nation were mightily inuenced
by the introduction, from the continent of Asia, of the most potent
factors in any civilization. They were letters, religion, philosophy,
literature, laws, ethics, medicine, science, and art. Heretofore the
rst unfoldings of the Japanese intellect in the composition of sacred
hymns, odes, poems, myths, and tradition had no prop upon which
to train, and no shield against oblivion but the unassisted memory.
The Japanese were now to have records. Heretofore religion was
simply the rude ospring of human imagination, fear, and aspiration, without doctrinal systems, moral codes, elaborate temples, or
sacerdotal caste. Henceforth the Japanese were to be led, guided,
and developed in morals, intellect, and worship by a religion that
had already brought the nations of Asia under its swaya strong,
overpowering, and aggressive faith, that was destined to add Japan
to its conquests. Buddhism, bringing new and greater sanctions,
penalties, motives, and a positive theology and code of morals, was
to develop and broaden the whole nature of the individual man, and
to lead the entire nation forward. Chinese philosophy and Confucian
morals were to form the basis of the education and culture of the
Japanese statesman, scholar, and noble, to modify Shint, and with
it to create new ideals of government, of codes, laws, personal honor,
and household ordering. Under their inuence, and that of circumstances, have been shaped the unique ideals of the samurai; and by it
a healthy skepticism, amidst dense superstition, has been maintained.
The coming of many immigrants brought new blood, ideas, opinions,
methods, improvements in labor, husbandry, social organization.
85
Japan received from China, through Corea, what she is now receiving
from America and Europea new civilization.
For nearly a century after the birth of jin, the record of events
is blank. In 249 a.d. a Japanese general, Arata, was sent to assist one
state of Corea against another. Occasional notices of tribute-bearers
arriving from Corea occur. In 283 a number of tailors, in 284 excellent horses, were sent over to Japan. In 285, Wani, a Corean scholar,
came over to Japan, and, residing some time at the court, gave the
mikados son instruction in writing. If the Nihongithe authority for
the date of Wanis arrival in Japancould be trusted in its chronology, the introduction of Chinese writing, and probably of Buddhism,
would date from this time; but the probabilities are against positive
certainty on this point. If it be true, it shows that the rst missionary conquest of this nation was the work of four centuries instead
of as many decades. Wani died in Japan, and his tomb stands near
zaka. In a.d. 403 a court annalist was chosen. Envoys and tributebearers came, and presents were exchanged. In 462 mulberry-trees
were plantedevidently brought, together with the silk-worm, for
whose sustenance they were intendedfrom China or Corea. Again,
tailors in 471, and architects in 493, and learned men in 512, arrived.
An envoy from China came in 522. The arrival of fresh immigrants
and presents from Corea in 543 is noted. In 551, during a famine in
Corea, several thousand bushels of barley were dispatched thither
by Japan. In 552, a company of doctors, diviners, astronomers, and
mathematicians from Corea came to live at the Japanese court. With
them came Buddhist missionaries. This may be called the introduction of continental civilization. Beginning with Jingu, there seems to
have poured into the island empire a stream of immigrants, skilled
artisans, scholars, and teachers, bringing arts, sciences, letters and
written literature, and the Buddhist religion. Th is was the rst of
three great waves of foreign civilization in Japan. The rst was from
86
China, through Corea in the sixth; the second from Western Europe,
in the fteenth century; the third was from America, Europe, and the
world, in the decade following the advent of Commodore Perry. These
innovations were destined to leaven mightily the whole Japanese
nation as a lump. Of these none was so powerful and far-reaching in
eects as that in the sixth century, and no one element as Buddhism.
This mighty force was destined to exert a resistless and unifying
inf luence on the whole people. Nothing, among all the elements
that make up Japanese civilization, has been so potent in forming
the Japanese character as the religion of Buddha. That the work of
these new civilizers may be fully appreciated, let us glance at life in
Dai Nippon before their appearance.*
* The Empress Jingu, after her return, made a very important change in the
divisions of the empire. Seimu Tenn (a.d. 131190) had divided the empire
into provinces, the number of which was thirty-two in all, the land above
the thirty-eighth parallel being still unknown, and inhabited by the wild
tribes of Ains. Jingu, imitating the Corean arrangement, divided the empire
into ve home provinces, and seven do, or circuits, naming them in relation
to their direction from the capital. These are analogous to our Eastern,
Middle, Southern, Western, Trans-Mississippi, and Pacic-coast
divisions of States. The ve home provinces (Go Kinai) are Yamashiro,
Yamato, Kawachi, Idzumi, and Settsu. The Tkaid, or Eastern-sea Circuit,
comprised the provinces skirting the Pacic Ocean from Iga to Hitachi,
including Kai.
The Tzand, or Eastern-mountain Circuit, included those provinces from
mi to the end of the main island, not on the Sea of Japan, nor included
within the Tkaid.
The Hokurikud, or Northern-land Circuit, comprised the provinces
from Wakasa to Echigo inclusive, bordering on the Sea of Japan, and Sado
Island.
The Sanind, or Mountain-back Circuit, comprised with the Oki group of
islands the provinces from Tamba to Iwami, bordering on the Sea of Japan.
The Sanyd, or Mountain-front Circuit, comprised the provinces from
Harima to Nagato (or Chshiu) bordering the Inland Sea.
87
88
IX
90
sea-coast, to sh. With a soil that repaid generously the rude agriculture of that day, an ample food-supply in the sea, without severe labor,
or exorbitant tribute to pay, the conquered tribes, when once quieted,
lived in happiness, content, and peace. The government of them was
the easiest possible. The invaders from the very beginning practiced
that system of concubinage which is practical polygamy, and lled
their harems with the most attractive of the young native females. The
daughter of the former chief shared the couch of the conqueror, and
the peasant became the wife of the soldier, securing that admixture
of races that the merest tyro in ethnology notices in modern Japan.
In certain portions, as in the extreme north of Hondo, the Ain type
of face and head and the general physical characteristics of skin, hair,
eyes, and form, have suered the least modication, owing to later
conquest and less mixture of foreign blood. In Southern and Central
Japan, where the fusion of the races was more perfect, the oval face,
oblique eyes, aquiline nose, prominent features, and light skin prevail. Yet even here are found comparatively pure specimens of the
Malay and even Nigrito races, besides the Ain and Corean types.
The clod-hopper, with his at, round face, upturned nose, expanded
at the roots and wide and sunken at the bridge, nostrils round, and
gaping like the muzzle of a proboscidian, bears in his veins the nearly
pure blood of his aboriginal ancestors. Intellectually and physically,
he is the developed and improved Ainthe resultant of the action
upon the original stock of the soil, food, climate, and agricultural life,
prolonged for more than twenty centuries.
In the imperial family, and among the kug, or court-nobles, are
to be oftener found the nearest approach to the ideal Japanese of
high birth. Yet even among these, who claim twenty-ve centuries
of semi-divine succession, and notably among the daimis, or territorial noblesthe parvenus of feudalismthe grossly sensual cast,
the animal features, the beastly expression, the low type, the plebeian
91
92
93
94
95
centuries of toil. The face of nature has been smoothed; the unkempt
luxuriance of forest and undergrowth has been sobered; the courses
of rivers have been bridled; the once inaccessible sides of mountains
graded, and their summits crossed by the paths of the traveler or
pilgrim. The earth has been honey-combed by miners in quest of its
metallic wealth.
In the primeval landscape of Japan there were no meadows, hedges,
cattle, horses, prairies of ripening rice, irrigated elds, and terraced
gulches. Then also, as now, the landscape was nude of domestic animal life. Instead of castled cities, fortied hills, gardens, and hedges,
were only thatched villages, or semi-subterranean huts. There were no
roads, no dikes. No water-courses had been altered, no slopes or hills
denuded of timber. The plethora of nature was unpruned; the scrub
bamboo, wild owers, or grass covered the hills. The great plains of
the East and North were luxuriant moors, covered with grass, reeds,
or bamboo, populous with wild animal life. No laden junks moved up
the rivers. The mulberry and tea plantations had not yet been set out.
The conquerors found a virgin soil and a land of enrapturing beauty.
They brought with them, doubtless, a knowledge of agriculture and
metals. Gradually the face of nature changed. The hunter became
a farmer. The women learned to spin and weave cotton and hemp.
Division of labor began. The artisan and merchant appeared. Arts,
sciences, skilled agriculture, changed the face of the land. Society
emerged from its savage state, and civilization began.
As yet there was no writing. All communications were oral, all teachings handed down from father to son. Memory was the only treasury
of thought. There is, indeed, shown in Japan at the present day a socalled ancient Japanese alphabetthe kami, or god, letters which it
is asserted the ancient Japanese used. Th is assertion is voided of truth
by the testimony of the best native scholars to the contrary. No books
or ancient inscriptions exist in this character. I have myself sought in
96
97
The wife, and one or more servants, of the deceased lord committed
suicide, and were inhumed with him. The mikado Suinin, son of Sjin,
attempted (b.c. 2) to abolish the cruel rite by imperial edict. Yet the old
fashion was not immediately abandoned. In a.d. 3, the empress died.
Nomi no Tsukun, a courtier, having made some clay images, succeeded in having these substituted for the living victims. This was the
birth of Japanese art. Henceforth these rst products of mans unfolding genius stood vicarious for the breathing beings they simulated. For
this reform, the originator was given the honorable designation, Haji
(ha, clay; shi, ji, teacher = clay-image teacher, or artist).
The domestic life and morals of those days deserve notice. There
were no family names. The institution of marriage, if such it may be
called, was upon the same basis as that among the modern Ains or
North American Indians. Polygamy was common. Marriage between
those whom we consider brothers and sisters was frequent, and a thing
not to be condemned. Children of the same fathers by dierent mothers were not considered fraternally related to each other, and hence
could marry; but marriage between a brother and sister born of the
same mother was prohibited as immoral.
The annexed illustration is taken from a native work, and represents a chief or nobleman in ancient Japan. It will be noticed that
beards and mustaches were worn in those days. The artist has depicted
his subject with a well-wrinkled face to make him appear venerable,
and with protruding cheeks to show his lusty physique, recalling the
ideals of Chinese art, in which the men are always portly and massive,
while the women are invariably frail and slender. His pose, expression, folded arms, and dress of gured material (consisting of one long
loose robe with owing sleeves, and a second garment, like very wide
trousers, girded at the waist with straps of the same material) are all
to be seen, though in modied forms, in modern Japan. The fashions
of twenty centuries have changed but slightly. Suspended from his
98
99
100
tor. In his custody were the three sacred symbols. It was by superior
intellect and the dogmatism of religion, as well as with superior valor,
weapons, and skill, that a handful of invaders conquered and kept a
land populated by millions of savages.
To the eye of a foreigner and a native of Japan, this imperfect picture of primitive Japan which I have given appears in very dierent
lights. The native who looks at this far-o morning of Great Japan,
the Holy Country, sees his ancestors only through the atmosphere
in which he has lived and breathed. The dim religious light of reverent teaching of mother, nurse, father, or book falls on every object
to reveal beauty and conceal defects. The rose-tints which innocent childhood casts upon every object here makes all things lovely.
Heaven lies about his countrys infancy. The precepts of his religion
make the story sacred, and forbid the prying eye and the sandaled
foot. The native loves, with passionate devotion, the land that nursed
his holy ancestors, and thrills at the oft-told story of their prowess and
their holy lives. He makes them his model of conduct.
The foreigner, in cold blood and with critical eye, patiently seeks
the truth beneath, and, regarding not the dogma which claims to
rest upon it, looks through dry light. To the one Nippon is the Land
of the Gods, and the primal ages were holy. To the other, Japan is
merely a geographical division of the earth, and its beginnings were
from barbarism.
101
102
dant and representative of the gods who created the heavens and earth
(Japan). Hence, the imperative duty of all Japanese is to obey him.
Its principles, as summed up by the Department of Religion, and
promulgated throughout the empire so late as 1872, are expressed in
the following commandments;
1. Thou shalt honor the Gods, and love thy country
2. Thou shalt clearly understand the principles of Heaven and the
duty of man
3. Thou shalt revere the Mikado as thy sovereign, and obey the
will of his court
The chief characteristic, which is preserved in various manifestations, is the worship of ancestors, and the deication of emperors,
heroes, and scholars. The adoration of the personied forces of nature
enters largely into it. It employs no idols, images, or e gies in its
worship. Its symbols are the mirror and the gohei strips of notched
white paper depending from a wand of wood. It teaches no doctrine of
the immortality of the soul, though it is easy to see that such a dogma
may be developed from it, since all men (Japanese) are descended from
the immortal gods. The native derivation of the term for man is hito
(light-bearer); and the ancient title of the mikados heir-apparent
was light-inheritor. Fire and light (sun) have from earliest ages been
the objects of veneration.
Shint has no moral code, no accurately dened system of ethics or belief. The leading principle of its adherents is imitation of
the illustrious deeds of their ancestors, and they are to prove themselves worthy of their descent by the purity of their lives. A number
of salient points in their mythology are recognized as maxims for
their guidance. It expresses great detestation of all forms of uncleanness, and is remarkable for the fullness of its ceremonies for bodily
103
104
people, which are more eectual than those of his subjects. Washing
the hands and rinsing out the mouth, the worshiper repeats prayers,
of which the following is an example: O God, that dwellest in the
high plain of heaven, who art divine in substance and in intellect, and
able to give protection from guilt and its penalties, to banish impurity,
and to cleanse us from uncleannesshosts of gods, give ear and listen
to these our petitions. Or this: I say with awe, deign to bless me by
correcting the unwitting faults which, seen and heard by you, I have
committed; by blowing o and clearing away the calamities which
evil gods might in ict; by causing me to live long, like the hard and
lasting rock; and by repeating to the gods of heavenly origin, and to
the gods of earthly origin, the petitions which I present every day,
along with your breath, that they may hear with the sharp-earedness
of the forth-galloping colt.
The oerings, most commonly laid with great ceremony by the
priest, in white robes, before the gods, were fruit and vegetables in
season, sh and venison. At night they were removed, and became the
property of the priest. Game and fowls were oered up as an act of
worship, but with the peculiarity that their lives were not sacriced.
They were hung up by the legs before the temple for some time, and
then permitted to escape, and, being regarded as sacred to the gods,
were exempt from harm. The new rice and the products furnished by
the silk-worm and the cotton-plant were also dedicated.
Before each temple stood a torii, or bird-rest. This was made of two
upright tree-trunks. On the top of these rested a smoother tree, with
ends slightly projecting, and underneath this a smaller horizontal
beam. On this perched the fowls oered up to the gods, not as food,
but as chanticleers to give notice of day-break. In later centuries
the meaning of the torii was forgotten, and it was supposed to be a
gateway. The Buddhists attached tablets to its cross-beam, painted or
coppered its posts, curved its top-piece, made it of stone or bronze,
105
and otherwise altered its character. Resembling two crosses with their
ends joined, the torii is a conspicuous object in the landscape, and a
purely original work of Japanese architecture.
All the miyas were characterized by rigid simplicity, constructed
of pure wood, and thatched. No paint, lacquer, gilding, or any meretricious ornaments were ever allowed to adorn or de le the sacred
structure, and the use of metal was avoided. Within, only the gohei
and the daily oerings were visible. Within a closet of purest wood is a
case of wood containing the august spirit-substitute, or gods-seed,
in which the deity enshrined in the particular temple is believed to
reside. This spirit-substitute is usually a mirror, which in some temples
is exposed to view. The principal Shint temples are at Is, in which
the mirror given by Amaterasu to Ninigi, and brought down from
heaven, was enshrined. Some native writers assert that the mirror was
the goddess herself; others, that it merely represented her. All others
in Japan are imitations or copies of this original.
The priests of Shint are designated according to their rank. They
are called kannushi (shrine-keepers). Sometimes they receive titles
from the emperor, and the higher ranks of the priesthood are court
nobles. They are, in the strictest sense of the word, Government
ocials. The oce of chief minister of religion was hereditary in the
Nakatomi family. Ordinarily they dress like other people, but are
robed in white when ociating, or in court-dress when at court. They
marry, rear families, and do not shave their heads. The oce is usually
hereditary. Virgin priestesses also minister at the shrines.
After all the research of foreign scholars who have examined the
claims of Shint on the soil, and by the aid of the language, and the
sacred books and commentators, many hesitate to decide whether
Shint is a genuine product of Japanese soil, or whether it is not
closely allied with the ancient religion of China, which existed before
the period of Confucius. The weight of opinion inclines to the latter
106
belief. Certain it is that many of the Japanese myths are almost exactly
like those of China, while many parts of the cosmogony can be found
unaltered in older Chinese works. The Kojiki (the Bible of the Japanese
believers in Shint) is full of narrations; but it lays down no precepts,
teaches no morals or doctrines, prescribes no ritual. Shint has very
few of the characteristics of a religion, as understood by us. The most
learned native commentators and exponents of Shint expressly maintain the view, that Shint has no moral code. Motori, the great modern revivalist of Shint, teaches, with polemic emphasis, that morals
were invented by the Chinese because they were an immoral people;
but in Japan there was no necessity for any system of morals, as every
Japanese acted aright if he only consulted his own heart. The duty
of a good Japanese consists in obeying the commands of the mikado
without questioning whether these commands are right or wrong. It
was only immoral people, like the Chinese, who presumed to discuss
the character of their sovereigns. Among the ancient Japanese, government and religion were the same.*
* In this chapter, I have carefully endeavored to exclude mere opinions and
conjectures, and to give the facts only. I append below the views held by
gentlemen of cosmopolitan culture, and earnest students of shinto on the soil,
whose researches and candor entitle them to be heard.
Shint, as expounded by Motori, is nothing else than an engine for reducing the people to a condition of mental slavery.Ernest Satow, English, the
foremost living Japanese scholar, and a special student of Shint.
There is good evidence that Shinto resembles very closely the ancient religion of the Chinese. A distinction should be drawn between the Shinto
of ancient times and the doctrine as developed by writers at the court of the
mikado in modern times. The sword and dragon, the thyrsus sta and ivy,
the sta of sculapius and snakes, most probably had the same signicance
as the Japanese gohei; and, as Siebold has remarked, it symbolized the union
of the two elements, male and female. The history of the creation of the
world, as given by the Japanese, bore the closest resemblance to the myths
of China and India; while little doubt existed that these (symbol and myth)
were imported from the West, the diculty being to x the date. Little was
107
XI
rom the beginning of the Japanese empire, until the century after
the introduction of Buddhism, the mikados were the real rulers of
their people, having no hedge of division between them and their subjects. The palace was not secluded from the outer world. No screen hid
the face of the monarch from the gaze of his subjects. No bureaucracy
rose, like a wall of division, between ruler and ruled. No hedge or net
of ocialdom hindered free passage of remonstrance or petition. The
mikado, active in word and deed, was a real ruler, leading his armies,
directing his Government. Those early days of comparative national
poverty when the mikado was the warrior-chief of a conquering tribe;
and, later, when he ruled a little kingdom in Central Japan, holding
the distant portions of his quasi-empire in tribute; and, still later,
when he was the head of an undivided empiremark the era of his
personal importance and energy. Then, in the mikado dwelt a manly
soul, and a strong mind in a strong body. Th is era was the golden
age of the imperial power. He was the true executive of the nation,
initiating and carrying out the enterprises of peace or war. As yet,
no military class had arisen to make themselves the arbiters of the
throne; as yet, that throne was under no proprietorship; as yet, there
was but one capital and centre of authority.
109
110
111
Twelve orders were instituted, with symbolic names, after the Chinese
customsuch as Virtue, Humanity, Propriety, etc.distinguished by
the colors of the caps worn. In 649, this system was changed for that
having nine ranks, with two divisions. In each of the last six were two
subdivisions, thus in reality making thirty grades. The rst grade was
a posthumous reward, given only to those who in life had held the
second. Every ocer, from the prime minister to the ocial clerks,
had a rank attached to his oce, which was independent of birth or
age. All ocers were presented, and all questions of precedence were
settled, in accordance with this rank.
The court ocials, at rst, had been very few, as might be imagined
in this simple state of society without writing. The Jin Gi Kuan, which
had existed from very ancient times, supervised the ceremonies of
religion, the positions being chiey held by members of the Nakatomi
family. This was the highest division of the Government. In a.d. 603,
with the introduction of orders of nobility, the form of government
was changed from simple feudalism to centralized monarchy, with
eight ministries, or departments of state, as follows:
1. Nakatsukasa no Sh (Department of the Imperial Palace)
112
Buddhism. The Dai J Kuan, created a.d. 786, superintended the eight
boards and ruled the empire by means of local governors appointed
from the capital. In it were four ministers:
1. Dai J Dai Jin (Great Minister of the Great Government)
2. Sa Dai Jin (Great Minister of the Left)
3. U Dai Jin (Great Minister of the Right)
4. Nai Dai Jin (Inner Great Minister)
Of the eight departments, that of War ultimately became the most
important. A special department was necessary to attend to the public
manners and forms of society, etiquette being more than morals, and
equal to literary education. The foreign relations of the empire were
then of so little importance that they were assigned to a bureau of the
above department. The treasury consisted of imperial store-houses
and granaries, as money was not then in general use. Rice was the
standard of value, and all taxes were paid in this grain.
The introduction of these orders of nobility and departments of
state from China brought about the change from the species of feudalism hitherto existing to centralized monarchy, the rise of the noble
families, and the xing of ocial castes composed, not, as in most
ancient countries, of the priestly and warrior classes, but, as in China,
of the civilian and military.
The seeds of the medival and modern complex feudalism, which
lasted until 1872, were planted about this time. A division of all the
able-bodied males into three classes was now made, one of which
was to consist of regular soldiers permanently in service. Th is was
the military class, from which the legions kept as garrisons in the
remote provinces were recruited. The unit of combination was the
go, consisting of ve men. Two go formed a kua, ve kua a tai, two
tai a rio, ten rio a dan. These terms may be translated le, squad,
113
114
115
letters, and the cultivation of honor and chivalry were possible, and
by which that brightest type of the Japanese man, the samurai, was
produced. This is the class which for centuries has monopolized arms,
polite learning, patriotism, and intellect of Japan. They are the men
whose minds have been ever open to learn, from whom sprung the
ideas that once made, and which later overthrew, the feudal system,
which wrought the mighty reforms that swept away the shgunate
in 1868, restored the mikado to ancient power, who introduced those
ideas that now rule Japan, and sent their sons abroad to study the
civilization of the West. To the samurai Japan looks to-day for safety
in war, and progress in peace. The samurai is the soul of the nation. In
other lands the priestly and the military castes were formed. In Japan
one and the same class held the sword and the penliberal learning
and secular culture. The other classthe agriculturalremained
unchanged. Left to the soil to till it, to live and die upon it, the
Japanese farmer has remained the same to-day as he was then. Like
the wheat that for successive ages is planted as wheat, sprouts, beards,
and lls as wheat, the peasant, with his horizon bounded by his riceelds, his water-courses, or the timbered hills, his intellect laid away
for safe-keeping in the priests hands, is the son of the soil; caring
little who rules him, unless he is taxed beyond the power of esh and
blood to bear, or an overmeddlesome ocialdom touches his land to
transfer, sell, or re-divide it: then he rises as a rebel. In time of war,
he is a disinterested and a passive spectator, and he does not ght.
He changes masters with apparent unconcern. Amidst all the ferment
of ideas induced by the contact of Western civilization with Asiatic
within the last two decades, the farmer stolidly remains conservative: he knows not, nor cares to hear, of it, and hates it because of the
heavier taxes it imposes upon him.
To support the military, a certain portion of rice was set apart
permanently as revenue, and given as wages to the soldiers. This is the
116
origin of the pensions still enjoyed by the samurai, and the burden of
the Government and people, which in 1876, after repeated reductions,
amounts to nearly $18,000,000.
Let us notice how the noble families originated. To this hour
these same families, numbering one hundred and fty-ve in all,
dwell in Tki or Kito, intensely proud of their high descent from
the mikados and the heavenly gods, glorying in their pedigree more
* In the above sketch by Hokusai, the farmer, well advanced in life, bent
and bald is looking dubiously over a piece of newly tilled land, perhaps just
reclaimed, which he defends from the birds by the device of strings holding
strips of thin wood and bamboo stretched from a pole. With his ever-present
bath-towel and headkerchief on his shoulders, his pipe held behind him, he
stands in meditative attitude, in his old rice-straw sandals, run down and out
at the heels, his well-worn cotton coat, darned crosswise for durability and
economy, wondering whether he will see a full crop before he dies, or whether
he can pay his taxes, and ll his childrens mouths with rice. The writing at
side is a proverb which has two meanings: it may be read, A new eld gives a
small crop, or Human life is but fty years. In either case, it has pregnant
signicance to the farmer. The pathos and humor are irresistible to one who
knows the life of these sons of toil.
117
than the autochthons of Greece gloried in their native soil. The existence of this feeling of superiority to all mankind among some of the
highest ocials under the present mikados government has been
the cause of bitter quarrels, leading almost to civil war. Under the
altered circumstances of the national life since 1868, the ocials of
ancient lineage, either unable to conceal, or desirous of manifesting
their pride of birth, have on various occasions stung to rage the rising
young men who have reached power by sheer force of merit. Between
these self-made men, whose minds have been expanded by contact
with the outer world, and the high nobles nursed in the atmosphere
of immemorial antiquity, and claiming descent from the gods, an
estrangement that at times seems irreconcilable has grown. As the
chasm between the forms and spirit of the past and the present widens, as the modern claims jostle the ancient traditions, as vigorous
parvenuism challenges eete antiquity, the diculty of harmonizing
these tendencies becomes apparent, adding another to the catalogue
of problems awaiting solution in Japan. I have heard even high ocers
under the Government make the complaint I have indicated against
their superiors; but I doubt not that native patience and patriotism
will heal the wound, though the body politic must suer long.
The kug, or court nobles, sprung from mikados. From the rst,
polygamy was common among both aborigines and conquerors. The
emperor had his harem of many beauties who shared his couch. In
very ancient times, as early as Jimmu, it was the custom to choose
one woman, called kg, who was wife or empress in the sense of
receiving special honor, and of having her ospring most likely to
succeed to the throne. In addition to the wife, the mikado had twelve
concubines, whose ospring might ll the throne in case of failure
of issue by the wife. To guard still further against desinence, four
families of imperial descent were afterward set apart, from which an
heir to the throne or a husband of the mikados daughter might be
118
sought. In either case the chosen one became mikado. Only those
sons, brothers, or grandsons of the sovereign, to whom the title was
specially granted by patent, were called princes of the blood. There
were ve grades of these. Surnames were anciently unknown in Japan;
individuals only having distinguishing appellatives. In 415, families
were rst distinguished by special names, usually after those of places.
Younger sons of mikados took surnames and founded cadet families.
The most famous in the Japanese peerage are given below. By long
custom it came to pass that each particular family held the monopoly
of some one high oce as its prerogative. The Nakatomi family was
formerly charged with the ceremonies of Shint, and religious oces
became hereditary in that family. The Fujiwara (Wistaria meadow)
family is the most illustrious in all Japan. It was founded by Kamatari,
who was regent of the empire (a.d. 645649), who was said to have
been descended from Am no ko yan no mikoto, the servant of the
grandfather of Jimmu. The inuence of this family on the destinies
of Japan, and the prominent part it has played in history, will be fully
seen. At present ninety-ve of the one hundred and fty-ve families
of kug are of Fujiwara name and descent. The oce of Kuambaku,
or Regent, the highest to which a subject could attain, was held by
members of this family exclusively. The Sugawara family, of which
six families of kug are descendants, is nearly as old as the Fujiwara.
Its members have been noted for scholarship and learning, and as
teachers and lecturers on religion.
The Taira family was founded by Takamochi, great grandson of the
Emperor Kuammu (a.d. 782805), and became prominent as the great
military vassals of the mikado. But ve kug families claim descent
from the survivors.
The Minamoto family was founded by Tsunmoto, grandson of the
Emperor Seiwa (839880). They were the rivals of the Taira. Seventeen
families of kug are descended from this old stock. The oce of Sei-i
119
120
121
122
The miako is beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole empire of
Japan. The tone of reverential tenderness, of exulting joy, the sparkling
of the eyes with which Japanese invariably speak of Kito, witness to
the fact of its natural beauty, its sacred and classic associations, and
its place in the aections of the people. The city stands on an elliptical plain walled in on all sides by evergreen hills and mountains, like
the oor of a huge attened crater no longer choked with lava, but
mantled with owers. On the south the river Kamo, and on the north,
east, and west, owing in crystal clearness, the auents of Kamo
curve around the city, nearly encircle it, uniting at the south-west to
form the Yodo River. Through the centre and in several of the streets
the branches of the river ow, giving a feeling of grateful coolness in
the heats of summer, and is the source of the cleanliness characteristic
of Kito. The streets run parallel and cross at right angles, and the
whole plan of the city is excellent. The mikados palace is situated in
the north-eastern quarter. Art and nature are wedded in beauty. The
monotony of the clean squares is broken by numerous groves, temples,
monasteries, and cemeteries. On the mountain overlooking the city
peep out pagodas and shrines. The hill-slopes blossom with gardens.
The suburbs are places of delight and loveliness. The blue Lake of
Biwa, the tea-plantations of Uji, the thousand chosen resorts of picnic
groups in the adjacent shady hills, the resorts for ramblers the leafy
walks for the poet, the groves for the meditative student or the pious
monk, the thousand historical and holy associations invest Kito with
an interest attaching to no other place in Japan. Here, or in its vicinity,
have dwelt for seventeen centuries the mikados of Japan.
As the children and descendants of the mikados increased at the
capital there was formed the material for classes of nobility. It was to
the interest of these nobles to cherish with pride their traditions of
divine descent. Their studied exaltation of the mikado as their head
was the natural consequence. The respect and deference of distant
123
124
125
XII
ith rank, place, and power as the prizes, there were not wanting rival contestants to dispute the monopoly of the Fujiwara.
The prosperity and domineering pride of the scions of this ancient
house, instead of overawing those of younger families that were forming in the capital, served only as spurs to their pride and determination to share the highest gifts of the sovereign. It may be easily
supposed that the Fujiwara did not attain the summit of their power
without the sacrice of many a rival aspirant. The looseness of the
marriage tie, the intensity of ambition, the greatness of the prizehe
throne itselfmade the court ever the fruitful soil of intrigue, jealousies, proscription, and even the use of poison and the dagger. The
fate of many a noble victim thus sacriced on the altars of jealousy
and revenge forms the subject of the most pathetic passages of the
Japanese historians, and the tear-compelling scenes of the romance
and the drama. The increase of families was the increase of feuds.
Arrogance and pride were matched by craft and subtlety that nally
led to quarrels which rent the nation, to civil war, and to the almost
utter extinction of one of the great families.
The Sugawara were the most ancient rivals of the Fujiwara. The
most illustrious victim of court intrigue bearing this name was
Sugawara Michizan. Th is polished courtier, the Beauclerc of his
127
128
age, had, by the force of his talents and learning, risen to the position
of inner great minister. As a scholar, he ranked among the highest
of his age. At dierent periods of his life he wrote, or compiled, from
the oldest records various histories, some of which are still extant.
His industry and ability did not, however, exempt him from the jealous annoyances of the Fujiwara courtiers, who imbittered his life by
poisoning the minds of the emperor and courtiers against him. One of
them, Tokihira, secured an edict banishing him to Kiushiu. Here, in
the horrors of poverty and exile, he endeavored to get a petition to the
mikado, but failed to do so, and starved to death, on the 25th day of
the Second month, 903. Michizan is now known by his posthumous
name of Tenjin. Many temples have been erected in his honor, and
students worship his spirit, as the patron god of letters and literature.
Children at school pray to him that they may become good writers,
and win success in study. Some of his descendants are still living.
When Michizan died, the Sugawara were no longer to be dreaded as
a rival family. Another brood were springing up, who were destined to
become the most formidable rivals of the Fujiwara. More than a century
before, one of the concubines, or extra wives, of the Emperor Kuammu
had borne a son, who, having talents as well as imperial blood, rose to be
head of the Board of Civil Oce, and master of court ceremoniesan
oce similar to the lord high chamberlain of England.* To his grandson
Takamochi was given the surname of Taira in 889one hundred and
one years before the banishment of Michizan.
The civil oces being already monopolized by the Fujiwara, the
members of the family of Taira early showed a fondness and special,
* Princes of the blood were eligible to the following oces: Minister of the
imperial household, lord high chamberlain, minister of war, president, of the
censorate, and the governorships of Kdzuk, Kadzusa, and Hitachi. The
actual duties of the oce were, however, performed by inferior ocials.
129
tness for military life, which, with their experience, made them
most eligible to the commands of military expeditions. The Fujiwara
had become wholly wedded to palace life, and preferred the ease and
luxury of the court to the discomforts of the camp and the dangers
of the battle-eld. Hence the shoguns, or generals, were invariably
appointed among sons of the Taira or the Minamoto, both of which
families became the military vassals of the crown. While the men
led the armies, fought the foe, and returned in triumph, the mothers
at home red the minds of their sons with the recital of the deeds of
their fathers. Thus bred to arms, inured to war, and living chiey in
the camp, a hardy race of warriors grew up and formed the military
caste. So long as the Taira or Minamoto leaders were content with
war and its glory, there was no reason for the Fujiwara to fear danger
from them as rivals at court. But in times of peace and inaction, the
minds of these men of war longed to share in the spoils of peace;
or, having no more enemies to conquer, their energies were turned
against their fellows. The peculiar basis of the imperial succession
opened an equally wide eld for the play of female ambition; and
while Taira and Minamoto generals lusted after the high oces held
by Fujiwara courtiers, Taira and Minamoto ladies aspired to become
empresses, or at least imperial concubines, where they might, for the
glory of their family, beard the dragon of power in his own den. They
had so far increased in inuence at court, that in 1008, the wife of the
boy-emperor, Ichij, was chosen from the house of Minamoto.
The Minamoto family, or, as the Chinese characters express the
name, Genji, was founded by Tsunmoto, the grandson of Seiwa
(859880) and son of the minister of war. His great-grandson Yoriyoshi
became a shgun, and was sent to ght the Ains; and the half-breeds,
or rebels of mixed Ain and Japanese blood, in the east and extreme
north of Hondo. Yoriyoshis son, Yoshiiy, followed an his father in
arms, and was likewise made a shgun. So terrible was Yoshiiy in
130
battle that he was called Hachiman Tar. The name Tar is given to
the rst-born son. Hachiman is the Buddhist form of jin, the deied
son of Jingu Kg, and the patron of warriors, or god of war. After
long years of ghting, he completely tranquilized the provinces of the
Kuant. His great-grandson Yoshitomo* became the greatest rival of
the Taira, and the father of Yoritomo, one of the ablest men in Japanese
history. The star of Minamoto was in the ascendant.
Meanwhile the Taira shguns, who had the military oversight of
the South and West, achieved a succession of brilliant victories. As a
reward for his services, the court bestowed the island of Tsushima on
Tadamori, the head of the house. It being a time of peace, Tadamori
came to Kito to live, and while at court had a liaison with one of the
palace lady attendants, whom he afterward married. The fruit of this
union was a son, who grew to be a man of stout physique. In boyhood he gave equal indications of his future greatness and his future
arrogance. He wore unusually high clogsthe Japanese equivalent
* The family name (uji) precedes the personal, or what we call the baptismal or
Christian name. Thus the full name of the boy Kotar, son of Mr. Ota, would
be Ota Kotar. Family names nearly always have a topographical meaning,
having been taken from names of streets, villages, districts, rivers, mountains,
etc. The following are specimens, taken from the register of my students in
the Imperial College in Tki, many of whom are descendants of the illustrious personages mentioned in this book, or in Japanese history. The great
bulk of the Samurai claim descent from less than a hundred original families:
Plain-village, Crane-slope, Hill-village, Middle-mountain, Mountain-foot,
Grove-entrance, High-bridge, East-river, River-point, Garden-mountain,
River-meadow, Pine-village, Great-tree, Pine-well, Shrine-promontory,
Cherry-well, Cedar-bay, Lower-field, Stone-pine, Front-field, Bamboobridge, Large-island, Happy-eld, Shrine-plain, Temple-island, Hand-island,
North-village, etc., etc. It was not the custom to have godparents, or namesakes, in our sense of these words. Middle names were not given or used,
each person having but a family and a personal name. Neither could there
be a senior and junior of exactly the same name in the same family, as with
us. The father usually bestowed on his son half of his name; that is, he gave
him one of the Chinese characters with which his own was written. Thus,
131
for riding a high horse. His fellows gave the strutting roisterer the
nickname of kohda (high clogs). Being the son of a soldier, he
had abundant opportunity to display his valor. At this time the seas
swarmed with pirates, who ravaged the coasts and were the scourge
of Corea as well as Japan. Kiyomori, a boy full of re and energy,
thirsting for fame, asked to be sent against the pirates. At the age of
eighteen he cruised in the Sea of Iyo, or the Suwo Nada, which is part
of the Inland Sea, a sheet of water extremely beautiful in itself, and
worthy, in a high degree, to be called the Mediterranean of Japan.
While on shipboard, he made himself a name by attacking and capturing a ship full of the most desperate villains, and by destroying
their lurking-place. His early manhood was spent alternately in the
capital and in service in the South. In 1153, at the age of thirty-six,
he succeeded his father as minister of justice. The two families of
Minamoto and Taira, who had together emerged from comparative
obscurity to fame, place, and honor, had dwelt peacefully together in
Kito, or had been friendly rivals as soldiers in a common cause on
distant battle-elds, until the year 1156, from which time they became
Yoriyoshi named his rst-born son Yoshiiy, i.e., Yoshi (good) and iy (house
or family). Yoshiiye had six sons, named, respectively, Yoshimune, Yoshichika,
Yoshikuni, Yoshitada, Yoshitoki, and Yoshitaka. The Taira nobles retained the
mori in Tadamori, in their own personal names. Female names were borrowed
from those of beautiful and attractive objects or of auspicious omens, and were
usually not changed at marriage or throughout life. Males made use during life
of a number of appellations given them, or assumed on the occasions of birth,
reaching adult age, ocial promotion, change of life; or on account of special
events, entering a monastery, and after death. This custom as a police measure,
as well as for other reasons, was abolished in 1872. Often a superior rewarded
an inferior by bestowing upon him a new name, or by allowing him to incorporate one of the syllables expressed vividly to the eye by a Chinese character,
of the superiors name. It was never the custom to name children after great
men, as we do after our national heroes. Formerly the genitive particle no (of)
was used; as Minamoto no Yoritomo means Yoritomo of the Minamoto family.
In 1872, the peasantry were allowed to have family as well as individual names.
132
implacable enemies. In that year the rst battle was fought between
the adherents of two rival claimants of the throne. The Taira party was
successful, and obtained possession of the imperial palace, which gave
them the supreme advantage and prestige which have ever since been
possessed by the leader or party in whose hands the mikado is. The
whole administration of the empire was now at Kiyomoris disposal.
The emperor, who thus owed his elevation to the Taira, made them
the executors of his policy. This was the beginning of the domination
of the military classes that lasted until 1868. The ambition of Kiyomori
was now not only to advance himself to the highest position possible
for a subject to occupy, but also to raise the inuence and power of
his family to the highest pitch. He further determined to exterminate
the only rivals whom he fearedthe Minamoto. Not content with
exercising the military power, he lled the oces at court with his
own relatives, carrying the policy of nepotism to a point equal to that
of his rivals, the Fujiwara. In 1167, at the age of fty years, having,
by his energy and cunning, made himself the military chief of the
empire, having crushed not only the enemies of the imperial court,
but also his own, and having tremendous inuence with the emperor
and court, he received the appointment of Dai J Dai Jin.
Kiyomori was thus, virtually, the ruler of Japan. In all his measures
he was assisted, if not often instigated to originate them by the exemperor, Go-Shirakawa, who ascended the throne in 1156, and abdicated in 1159, but was the chief manager of aairs during the reigns
of his son and two grandsons. This mikado was a very immoral man,
and the evident reason of his resigning was that he might abandon
himself to debauchery, and wield even more actual power than when
on the throne. In 1169, he abdicated, shaved o his hair, and took
the title of H-, or cloistered emperor, and became a Buddhist
monk, professing to retire from the world. In industrious seclusion,
he granted the ranks and titles created by his predecessor in lavish
133
134
in a cage, to Idzu (after cutting the muscles of his arm), under a guard.
He escaped, and ed to the islands of shima and Hachij, and the
chain south of the Bay of Yedo. His arm having healed, he ruled over
the people, ordering them not to send tribute to Idzu or Kito. A eet of
boats was sent against him. Tamtomo, on the strand of shima, sped
a shaft at one of the approaching vessels that pierced the thin gunwale
and sunk it. He then, after a shout of deance, shut himself up, set the
house on re, and killed himself. Another account declares that he ed
to the Liu Kiu Islands, ruled over them, and founded the family of Liu
Kiu kings, being the father of Sunten, the rst historical ruler of this
group of islands. A picture of this doughty warrior has been chosen to
adorn the greenback currency of the banks of modern Japan.
Woe unto thee, O land, when thy king is a child! The mikados*
during the Taira period were nearly all children. Toba began to reign
* For convenience of reference, the following chronological list of the sovereigns of Japan is here appended. It is based on the list given in the Nihon
Riyaku Shi (Abridgment of Japanese History), Tki, 1874a book from
which I have drawn freely in this work. The dates of their reigns, in terms of
the Gregorian calendar, are obtained chiey from a comparative almanac of
Chinese, Japanese, and Western dates, compiled by a learned native scholar,
who brings down this invaluable chronological harmony to the third day of the
Twelfth month of Meiji (January 1st, 1874), when the solar or Gregorian calendar was adopted in Japan. The year dates approximate to within a few weeks of
exactness. The names in italics denote female sovereigns. In two instances (37
and 39, 48 and 50), one empress reigned twice, and has two posthumous titles.
I have put the name of Jingu Kg in the list, though the Dai Nihon Shi does
not admit it, she having never been crowned or formally declared empress by
investiture with the regalia of sovereignty. In several cases the duration of the
reign was lees than a year. The five false emperors, printed in black spaces,
are omitted from this list. Only the posthumous titles under which the mikados
were apotheosized are here given, though their living names, and those of their
parents, are printed in the Nihon Riyaku Shi. Including Jingu, there were 123
sovereigns. The average length of the reigns of 122 was nearly twenty-one
years. There has been but one dynasty in Japan. In comparison, the present
emperor of China is the 273d, and the dynasty the 23d or 24th.
135
Date
of Reign
b.c. 660585
581549
548511
510477
475393
392291
290215
214158
15798
Posthumous Title
(Age at Death)
10. Sjin (119)
11. Suinin (141)
12. Keik (143)
13. Seimu (108)
14. Chiuai (52)
15. Jingu Kg (100)
16. Ojin (111)
17. Nintoku (110)
18. Richiu (77)
Date
of Reign
9730
29 b.c.70 a.d.
71130
131191
192200
201269
270310
313399
400405
136
Posthumous Title
(Age at Death)
Date
of Reign
Posthumous Title
(Age at Death)
406411
412453
454456
457479
480484
485487
488498
499506
507531
534535
536539
540571
572585
586587
588592
593628
629641
642-644
645-654
655-661
668-672
672-672
673-686
690-696
697-707
708-714
715-723
724-748
749-758
759-764
765-769
770-781
782-805
806-809
810-823
824-833
834-850
851-858
859-876
Date
of Reign
877-884
885-887
888-897
898-930
931-946
947-967
968-969
970-984
985-986
987-1011
1012-1016
1017-1036
1037-1046
1047-1068
1069-1072
1073-1086
1087-1107
1108-1123
1124-1141
1142-1155
1156-1158
1159-1165
1166-1168
1169-1180
1181-1185
1184-1198
1199-1210
1211-1221
1222-1222
1222-1232
1233-1242
1243-1246
1247-1259
1260-1274
1275-1287
1288-1298
1299-1301
1302-1307
1308-1318
Date
of Reign
1319-1338
1339-1367
1368-1383
1383-1392
1393-1412
1413-1428
1429-1464
1465-1500
1501-1526
1527-1557
1558-1586
1587-1611
1612-1629
Posthumous Title
(Age at Death)
110. Mij (74)
111. Go-Kmi (22)
112. Gosai (49)
113. Reigen (79)
114. Higashiyama (35)
115. Nakanomikado (37)
116. Sakuramachi (31)
117. Momozono (22)
118. Go-Sakuramachi (74)
119. Go-Momozono (22)
120. Kokaku (70)
121. Nink (47)
122. Kmei (37)
123. Mutsuhito (..)
137
Date
of Reign
1630-1643
1644-1654
1655-1662
1663-1686
1687-1709
1710-1735
1736-1746
1747-1762
1763-1770
1747-1762
1780-1816
1817-1846
1847-1866
1867
XIII
140
Kiyomori, intoxicated with success, conceived the plan of exterminating the Minamoto family root and branch. Not knowing where
Tokiwa and her children had ed, he seized her mother, and had her
brought to Kito. In Japan, as in China, lial piety is the highest
duty of man, lial aection the strongest tie. Kiyomori well knew
that Tokiwas sense of a daughters duty would prevail over that of a
mothers love or womanly fear. He expected Tokiwa to come to Kito
to save her mother.
Meanwhile the daughter, nearly frozen and half starved, was met
in her ight by a Taira soldier, who, pitying her and her children, gave
her shelter, and fed her with his own rations. Tokiwa heard of her
mothers durance at Kito. Then came the struggle between maternal and lial love. To enter the palace would be the salvation of her
mother, but the death of her children. What should she do? Her wit
showed her the way of escape. Her resolution was taken to go to the
capital, and trust to her beauty to melt the heart of Kiyomori. Thus
she would save her mother and the lives of her sons.
Her success was complete. Appearing in the presence of the dreaded
enemy of her children, Kiyomori was dazed by her beauty, and wished
to make her his concubine. At rst she utterly refused; but her mother,
weeping oods of tears, represented to her the misery of disobedience,
and the happiness in store for her, and Tokiwa was obliged to yield.
She consented on condition of his sparing her ospring.
Kiyomoris retainers insisted that these young Minamotos should
be put to death; but by the pleadings of the beautiful mother, backed
by the intercession of Kiyomoris aunt, their lives were spared. The
babe grew to be a healthy, rosy-cheeked boy, small in stature, with
a ruddy face and slightly protruding teeth. In spirit he was fiery
and impetuous. All three of the boys, when grown, were sent to a
monastery near Kito, to be made priests: their ne black hair was
shaved, and they put on the robes of Buddhist neophytes. Two of them
141
142
143
144
during her life, as wife and widow. She outlived her husband many
years. Her father, Hj Tokimasa, an able man, in whose veins ran
imperial blood, made and ful lled a solemn oath to assist Yoritomo,
and the Hj family subsequently rose to be a leading one in Japan.
The tyranny and insolence of Kiyomori at Kito had by this time
(1180), one year before his death, become so galling and outrageous
that one of the royal princes, determining to kill the usurper, conspired with the Minamoto men to overthrow him. Letters were sent
to the clansmen, and especially to Yoritomo, who wrote to Yoshitsun
and to his friends to join him and take up arms. Among the former
retainers of his father and grandfather were many members of the
Miura family. Morinaga personally secured the fealty of many men
of mark in the Kuant; but among those who refused to rise against
the Taira was one, Tsunetoshi, who laughed scornfully, and said, For
an exile to plot against the Heishi [Taira] is like a mouse plotting
against a cat.
At the head of the peninsula of Idzu is a range of mountains, the
outjutting spurs of the chain that trends upward to the table-lands of
Shinano, and thus divides Eastern from Western Japan. Th is range
she told her dream to her sister, who was so interested in it that, after eager
consideration, she resolved to buy her sisters dream, and, as a price, gave
her toilet mirror to her sister, saying, as the Japanese always do on similar
occasions, The price I pay is little. The homely sister, perhaps thinking some
of Masagos beauty might be reected to hers, gladly bartered her unsubstantial happiness. Scarcely had she done this, than Yoritomos (Morinagas)
letter came, asking her to be his bride. It turned out to be a true love-match.
Masago was then twenty-one years of ageit being no ungallantry to state
the age of a Japanese lady, living or dead. Masagos father, on his way home
from Kito, not knowing of the betrothal of the young couple, promised
Masago to Kanetaka, a Taira ocer. On coming home, he would not break
his word, and so married her to Kantaka. But early on the wedding night
Masago eloped with Yoritomo, who was at hand. Kantaka searched in vain
for the pair. Tokimasa outwardly professed to be very angry with Yoritomo,
but really loved him.
145
146
147
celerity and volcanic force, into the sea near the lordly mountain
which it encircles. To cross it at any time in good boats is a feat requiring coolness and skill; in a ood, impossibility; in the face of a hostile
attack, sure annihilation. Though supremely eager to measure swords,
neither party cared to cross to the attack, and the wager of battle was
postponed. Both armies retired, the Taira retreating rst.
It is said that one of the Taira men, foreseeing that the tide would
turn in favor of Yoritomo, went to the river ats at night, and scared
up the ocks of wild fowl; and the Taira, hearing the great noise,
imagined the Minamoto host was attacking them, and ed, panicstricken. Yoritomo returned to Kamakura, and began in earnest
to found a city that ultimately rivaled Kito in magnicence, as it
excelled it in power. He gathered together and set to work an army
of laborers, carpenters, and armorers. In a few months a city sprung
up where once had been only timbered hills and valleys, matted with
the perennial luxuriance of reeds or scrub bamboo, starred and fragrant with the tall lilies that still abound. The town lay in a valley surrounded by hills on every side, opening only on the glorious
sea. The wall of hills was soon breached by cuttings which served
as gate-ways, giving easy access to friends, and safe defense against
enemies. While the laborers delved and graded, the carpenters plied
axe, hooked adze, and chisel, and the sword-makers and armorers
sounded a war chorus on their anvils by day, and lighted up the hills
by their forges at night. The streets marked out were soon lined with
shops; and merchants came to sell, bringing gold, copper, and iron,
silk, cotton, and hemp, and raw material for food and clothing, war
and display. Store-houses of rice were built and lled; boats were
constructed and launched; temples were erected. In process of time,
the wealth of the Kuant centred at Kamakura. While the old Taira
chief lay dying in Kito, praying for Yoritomos head to be laid on
his new tomb, this same head, safely settled on vigorous shoulders,
148
was devising the schemes, and seeing them executed, of xing the
Minamoto power permanently at Kamakura, and of wiping the name
of Taira from the earth.
The long night of exile, of defeat, and defensive waiting of the
Minamoto had broken, and their day had dawned with sudden and
unexpected splendor. Henceforward they took the initiative. While
Yoritomo carried on the enterprises of peace and the operations of
war from his sustained stronghold, his uncle, Yukiiy, his cousin,
Yoshinaka, and his brother, Yoshitsun, led the armies in the eld.
Meanwhile, in 1181, Kiyomori fell sick at Kito. He had been a
monk, as well as a prime minister. His death was not that of a saint.
He did not pray for his enemies. The Nihon Guai Shi thus describes
the scene in the chamber where the chief of the Taira lay dying: In
the Second leap-month, his sickness having increased, his family
and high ocers assembled round his bedside, and asked him what
he would say. Sighing deeply, he said, He that is born must necessarily die, and not I alone. Since the period of Heiji (1159), I have
served the imperial house. I have ruled under heaven (the empire)
absolutely. I have attained the highest rank possible to a subject. I
am the grandfather of the emperor on his mothers side. Is there still
a regret? My regret is only that I am dying, and have not yet seen the
head of Yoritomo of the Minamoto. After my decease, do not make
oerings to Buddha on my behalf; do not read the sacred books.
Only cut o the head of Yoritomo of the Minamoto, and hang it
on my tomb. Let all my sons and grandsons, retainers and servants,
each and every one, follow out my commands, and on no account
neglect them. So saying, Kiyomori died at the age of sixty-four. His
tomb, near Higo, is marked by an upright monolith and railing of
granite. Munmori, his son, became head of the Taira house. Strange
words from a death-bed; yet such as these were more than once used
149
150
151
152
six years old. With them were the sacred insignia of imperial power,
the sword and ball.
The Minamoto host was almost entirely composed of men, unincumbered with women or families. They had seven hundred junks.
Both eets were gayly uttering with ags and streamers. The Taira
pennant was red, the Minamoto white, with two black bars near the
top. The junks, though clumsy, were excellent vessels for ghting
purposesfully equal to the old war-galleys of Actium.
On one side were brave men ushed with victory, with passions
kindled by hate and the memory of awful wrongs. On the other side
were brave men nerved with the courage of despair, resolved to die
only in honor, scorning life and country, wounds and death.
Tho battle began. With impetuosity and despair, the Taira drove
their junks hard against the Minamoto, and gained a temporary
advantage by the suddenness of their onset. Seeing this, Yoshitsun,
ever fearless, cried out and encouraged his soldiers. Then came a lull
in the combat. Wada, a noted archer of the Minamoto, shot an arrow,
and struck the junk of a Taira leader. Shoot it back! cried the chief.
An archer immediately plucked it out of the gunwale, and, tting it
to his bow before the gaze of the crews of the hostile eet, let y. The
arrow sped. It grazed the helmet of one, and pierced another warrior.
The Minamoto were ashamed. Shoot it back! thundered Yoshitsun.
The archer, plucking it out and coolly examining it, said, It is short
and weak. Drawing from his quiver an arrow of fourteen sts length,
and tting it to the string, he shot it. The ve-feet length of shaft
leaped through the air, and, piercing the armor and esh of the Taira
bowman who reshot the rst arrow, fell, spent, into the sea beyond.
Elated with the lucky stroke, Yoshitsun emptied his quiver, shooting with such celerity and skill that many Taira fell. The Minamoto,
encouraged, and roused to the highest pitch of enthusiasm, redoubled
their exertions with oar and arrow, and the tide of victory turned.
153
The white ag triumphed. Yet the Taira might have won the day
had not treachery aided the foe. The pages of Japanese history teem
with instances of the destruction of friends by traitors. Perhaps the
annals of no other country are richer in the recitals of results gained
by treachery. The Arnold of the Taira army was Shigyoshi, friend to
Yoshitsun. He had agreed upon a signal, by which the prize could be
seen, and when seen could be surrounded and captured. Yoshitsun,
eagerly scanning the Taira eet, nally caught sight of the preconcerted signal, and ordered the captains of a number of his junks to surround the particular one of the Taira. In a trice the junks of the white
pennant shot along-side the devoted ship, and her decks were boarded
by armed men. Seeing this, a Taira man leaped from his own boat to
kill Yoshitsun in close combat. Yoshitsun jumped into another junk.
His enemy, thus foiled, drowned himself. In the hand-to-hand ght
with swords, Tomomori and six other Taira leaders were slain.
Seeing the hopeless state of aairs, and resolving not to be captured alive, the nun, Kiyomoris widow, holding her grandson, the
child emperor, in her arms, leaped into the sea. Taigo, the emperors
mother, vainly tried to save her child. Both were drowned. Munmori,
head of the Taira house, and many nobles, gentlemen, and ladies,
were made prisoners.
The combat deepened. The Minamoto loved ghting. The Taira
scorned to surrender. Revenge lent its maddening intoxication. Life,
robbed of all its charms, gladly welcomed glorious death. The whizzing of arrows, the clash of two-handed swords, the clanging of
armor, the sweep of churning oars, the crash of colliding junks, the
wild song of the rowers, the shouts of the warriors, made the stormchorus of battle. One after another the Taira ships, crushed by the
prows of their opponents, or scuttled by the iron bolt-heads of the
Minamoto archers, sunk beneath the bubbling waters, leaving red
whirlpools of blood. Those that were boarded were swept with sword
154
and spear of their human freight. The dead bodies clogged the decks,
on which the mimic tides of blood ebbed and owed and splashed
with the motion of the waves, while the scuppers ran red like the
spouts of an abattoir. The warriors who leaped into the sea became
targets for the avengers arrows. Noble and peasant, woman and babe,
rower and archer, lifting imploring arms, or sullenly spurning mercy,
perished by hundred.
That May morning looked upon a blue sea laughing with unnumbered ripples, and glinting with the steel of warriors decked in all the
glory of battle-array, and aunting with the gay pennants of the eet
which it seemed proud to bear. At night, heaving crimson like the vat
of a dyer, de led by oating corpses, and spewing its foul corruption
for miles along the strand, it bore awful though transient witness to
the hate of man.
The Taira, driven o the face of the earth, were buried with wars
red burial beneath the sea, that soon forgot its stain, and laughed
again in purity of golden gleam and deep-blue wave. The humble
sherman casting his nets, or trudging along the shore, in astonishment saw the delicate corpses of the court lady and the tiny babe, and
the sun-bronzed bodies of rowers, cast upon the shore. The child who
waded in the surf to pick up shells was frightened at the wave-rolled
carcass of the dead warrior, from whose breast the feathered arrow or
the broken spear-stock protruded. The peasant, for many a day after,
burned or consigned to the burial ames many a fair child whose
silken dress and light skin told of higher birth and gentler blood than
their own rude brood.
Among a superstitious people dwelling by and on the sea, such
an awful ingulng of human life made a profound impression. The
presence of so many thousand souls of dead heroes was overpowering.
For years, nay, for centuries afterward, the ghosts of the Taira found
naught but unrest in the sea in which their mortal bodies sunk. The
155
sailor by day hurried with bated breath past the scene of slaughter
and unsubstantial life. The mariner by night, unable to anchor, and
driven by wind, spent the hours of darkness in prayer, while his vivid
imagination converted the dancing phosphorescence into the white
hosts of the Taira dead. Even to-day the Chshiu peasant fancies he
sees the ghostly armies baling out the sea with bottomless dippers,
condemned thus to cleanse the ocean of the stain of centuries ago.
A few of the Taira escaped and ed to Kiushiu. There, secluded in
the fastnesses of deep valleys and high mountains, their descendants,
who have kept themselves apart from their countrymen for nearly
seven hundred years, a few hundred in number, still live in poverty
and pride. Their lurking-place was discovered only within the last
century. Of the women spared from the massacre, some married their
conquerors, some killed themselves, and others kept life in their deled
bodies by plying the trade in which beauty ever nds ready customers.
At the present day, in Shimonoski,* the courtesans descended from
the Taira ladies claim, and are accorded, special privileges.
The vengeance of the Minamoto did not stop at the sea. They
searched every hill and valley to exterminate every male of the doomed
*Shimonoski is a town of great commercial importance, from its position at
the entrance of the Inland Sea. It consists chiey of one long street of two
miles, at the base of a range of low steep hills. It lies four miles from the
western entrance of Hayato no sto, or strait of Shimonoski. The strait is
from two thousand to ve thousand feet wide, and about seven miles long.
Mutsur Island (incorrectly printed as Rockuren on foreign charts) lies near
the entrance. On Hiku Island, and at the eastern end of the strait, are lighthouses equipped according to modern scientic requirements. Four beacons,
also, light the passage at night. The current is very strong. A submarine telegraphic cable now connects the electric wires of Nagasaki, from Siberia to St.
Petersburg; and of Shanghae (China) to London and New York, with those
of Tki and Hakodat. On a ledge of rocks in the channel is a monument
in honor of Antoku, the young emperor who perished here in the arms of his
grandmother, Tokiko, the Nii no ama, a title composed of Nii, noble of the
second rank, and ama, nun, equal to the noble nun of the second rank.
156
clan. In Kito many boys and infant sons of the Taira family were living. All that were found were put to death. The Herod of Kamakura
sent his father-in-law to attend to the bloody business.
In the Fourth month the army of Kamakura returned to Kito,
enjoying a public triumph, with their spoils and prisoners, retainers
of the Taira. They had also recovered the sacred emblems. For days
the streets of the capital were gay with processions and festivals, and
the coers of the temples were enriched with the pious oerings of
the victors, and their walls with votive tablets of gratitude.
Munmori was sent to Kamakura, where he saw the man whose
head his father had charged him on his death-bed to cut o and hang
on his tomb. His own head was shortly afterward severed from his
body by the guards who were conducting him to Kito.
XIV
158
159
160
for many days, and the costliest presents exchanged, many of which
are still shown at Kamakura and Kito. Yoritomo returned, clothed
with the highest honor, and with vastly greater jurisdiction than had
ever been intrusted to a subject. With all the civil functions ever held
by the once rival Fujiwara, he united in himself more military power
than a Taira had ever wielded.
In 1192, he attained to the climax of honor, when the mikado
appointed him Sei-i Tai Shgun (Barbarian-subjugating Great
General), a title and oce that existed until 1868. Henceforth the
term shgun came to have a new signicance. Anciently all generals
were called shguns; but, with new emphasis added to the name, the
shgun acquired more and more power, until foreigners supposed him
to be a sovereign. Yet this subordinate from rst to lastfrom 1194
until 1868was a general only, and a military vassal of the emperor.
Though he governed the country with a strong military hand, he did
it as a vassal, in the name and for the sake of the mikado at Kito.
Peace now reigned in Japan. The soldier-ruler at Kamakura spent
the prime of his life in consolidating his power, expecting to found a
family that should rule for many generations. He encouraged hunting
on Mount Fuji, and sports calculated to foster a martial spirit in the
enervating times of peace. In 1195, he made another visit to Kito,
staying four months. Toward the end of 1198, he had a fall from his
horse, and died early in 1199. He was fty-three years old, and had
ruled fteen years.
Yoritomo is looked upon as one of the ablest rulers and greatest generals that ever lived in Japan. Yet, while all acknowledge his
consummate ability, many regard him as a cruel tyrant, and a heartless and selsh man. His treatment of his two brothers, Noriyori
and Yoshitsun, are evidences that this opinion is too well founded.
Certain it is that the splendor of Yoritomos career has never blinded
the minds of posterity to his selshness and cruelty; and though, like
161
Napoleon, he has had his eulogists, yet the example held up for the
imitation of youth is that of Yoshitsun, and not Yoritomo. Mori says
of the latter: He encouraged each of his followers to believe himself
the sole condant of his leaders schemes, and in this cunning manner separated their interests, and made them his own. Nearly all of
those around him who became possible rivals in power or popularity were cruelly handled when he had exhausted the benet of their
service. His simple tomb stands at the top of a knoll on the slope of
hills a few hundred yards distant from the great temple at Kamakura,
overlooking the elds on which a mighty city once rose, when called
into being by his genius and energy, which ourished for centuries,
and disappeared, to allow luxuriant Nature to again assert her sway.
The rice-swamps and the millet-elds now cover the former sites of
his proudest palaces. Where metropolitan splendor and luxury once
predominated, the irreverent tourist bandies his jests, or the toiling
farmer stands knee-deep in the fertile ooze, to win from classic soil
his taxes and his daily food.
The victory over the Taira was even greater than Yoritomo had
supposed possible. Though exulting in the results, he burned with
jealousy that Yoshitsun had the real claim to the honor of victory.
While in this mood, there were not wanting men to poison his mind,
and fan the suspicions into res of hate. There was one Kajiwara, who
had been a military adviser to the expedition to destroy the Taira. On
one occasion, Yoshitsun advised a night attack in full force on the
enemy. Kajiwara opposed the project, and hindered it. Yoshitsun,
with only fty men, carried out his plan, and, to the chagrin and
disgrace of Kajiwara, he won a brilliant victory. This man, incensed at
his rival, and consuming with wrath, hied to Yoritomo with tales and
slanders, which the jealous brother too willingly believed. Yoshitsun,
returning as a victor, and with the spoils for his brother, received
peremptory orders not to enter Kamakura, but to remain in the village
162
163
164
XV
hough there may be some slight justication of Yoritomos setting up a dual system of government to control and check the
intrigues of courtiers at Kito, yet at best it was a usurpation of the
power belonging only to the mikado. The creation of a duarchy was
the swift and sure result of Japan having no foreign enemies.
So long as the peace or existence of the empire was threatened by
the savages on the frontier, or by invading eets on the sea-coast, there
was an impelling cause to bind together the throne and people; but
when the barbarians were tranquilized, China and Corea gave no signs
of war; and especially when the nobility were divided into the civil and
military classes, and the mikado was no longer a man of physical and
mental vigor, a division of the governing power naturally arose.
From the opening of the thirteenth century, the course of Japanese
history ows in two streams. There were now two capitals, Kito and
Kamakura, and two centres of authority: one, the lawful but overawed
emperor and the imperial court; the other, the military vassal, and a
government based on the power of arms. It must never be forgotten,
however, that the fountain of authority was in Kito, the ultimate seat
of power in the ancient constitution. Throughout the centuries the prestige of the mikados person never declined. The only conditions under
which it was possible for this division of political power to exist was the
165
166
167
168
169
Hj, like a new spider, was spinning a more fatal thread, sucking from
the emperor, as from a helpless y, the lifeblood of power.
The Hj family traced their descent from the mikado Kuammu
(782805) through Sadamori, a Taira noble, from whom Tokimasa was
the seventh in descent. Their ancestors had settled at Hj, in Idzu,
whence they took their name. While the Minamoto rose to power, the
Hj assisted them, and, by intermarriage, the two clans had become
closely attached to each other.
The names of the twelve rulers, usually reckoned as seven generations, were: Tokimasa, Yoshitoki, Yasutoki, Tsuntoki, Tokiyori,
Masatoki, Tokimun, Sadatoki, Morotoki, Hirotoki, Takatoki, and
Moritoki. Of these, the third, fourth, and fth were the ablest, and
most devoted to public business. It was on the strength of their
merit and fame that their successors were so long able to hold power.
Yasutoki established two councils, the one with legislative and executive, and the other with judicial powers. Both were representative of
the wishes of the people. He promulgated sixty regulations in respect
to the method of judicature. This judicial record is of great value to the
historian; and long afterward, in 1534, an edition of Yasutokis laws,
in one volume, with a commentary, was published. In later times it
has been in popular use as a copy-book for children. He also took an
oath before the assembly to maintain the same with equity, swearing by the gods of Japan, saying, We stand as judges of the whole
country; if we be partial in our judgments, may the Heavenly Gods
punish us. In his private life he was self-abnegative and benevolent,
a polite and accomplished scholar, loving the society of the learned.
Tsuntoki faithfully executed the laws, and carried out the policy of
his predecessor. Tokiyori, before he became regent, traveled, usually
in disguise, all over the empire, to examine into the details of local
administration, and to pick out able men, so as to put them in oce
170
when he should need their services. In his choice he made no distinction of rank. Among the upright men he elevated to the judges
bench was the Awodo, who, for conscientious reasons, never wore silk
garments, nor a lacquered scabbard to his sword, nor ever held a bribe
in his hand. He was the terror of venal ocials, injustice and bribery
being known to him as if by sorcery; while every detected culprit was
sure to be disgracefully cashiered. Hj Akitoki established a library,
consisting of Chinese, Confucian, Buddhistic, and native literature, at
Kanazawa, in Sagami. Here scholars gathered, and students ocked,
to hear their lectures and to study the classics, or the tenets of the
faith, nearly all the learned men of this period being priests. While
the writer of the Guai Shi attacks the Hj for their usurpations, he
applauds them for their abilities and excellent administration.
The line of shguns who nominally ruled from 1199 to 1333 were
merely their creatures; and that period of one hundred and forty
years, including seven generations, may be called the period of the
Hj. The political history of these years is but that of a monotonous
recurrence of the exaltation of boys and babies of noble blood, to
whom was given the semblance of power, who were sprinkled with
titles, and deposed as soon as they were old enough to be troublesome.
None of the Hj ever seized the oce of Shgun, but in reality they
wielded all and more of the power attaching to the oce, under the
title of shikken. It was an august game of state-craft, in which little
children with colossal names were set up like nine-pins, and bowled
down as suited the playful fancies of subordinates who declined name
and titles, and kept the reality of power. The counters were neglected,
while the prize was won.
After the line of Yoritomo became extinct, Yoritomos widow,
Masago, requested of the imperial court at Kito that Yoritsun, a
Fujiwara baby two years old, should be made shgun. The Fujiwara
nobles were glad to have even a child of their blood elevated to a
171
position in which, when grown, he might have power. The baby came
to Kamakura. He cast the shadow of authority twenty-ve years,
when he was made to resign, in 1244, in favor of his own baby boy,
Yoshitsugu, six years old. This boy-shgun when fourteen years old, in
1252, was deposed by Hj Tokiyori, and sent back to Kito. Tired of
the Fujiwara scions, the latter then obtained as shgun a more august
victim, the boy Muntaka, a son of the emperor Go-Saga, who after
fourteen years fell ill, in 1266, with that very common Japanese diseaseocial illness. He was probably compelled to feign disease. His
infant son, three years of age, was then set up, and, when twenty-three
years of age (1289), was bowled down by Hj Sadatoki, who sent
him in disgrace, heels upward, in a palanquin to Kito. Hisaakira,
the third son of the emperor Go-Fukakusa, was set up as shogun in
1289. The Hj bowled down this fresh dummy in 1308, and put up
Morikuni, his eldest son. This was the last shgun of imperial blood.
The game of the players was now nearly over.
The ex-emperor, Go-Toba, made a desperate eort to drive the
usurping Hj from power. A small and gallant army was raised;
ghting took place; but the handful of imperial troops was defeated
by the overwhelming hosts sent from Kamakura. Their victory riveted
the chains upon the imperial family. To the arrogant insolence of the
usurper was now added the cruelty of the conscious tyrant.
Never before had such outrageous deeds been committed, or such
insults been heaped upon the sovereigns as were done by these upstarts
at Kamakura. Drunk with blood and exultation, the Hj wreaked
their vengeance on sovereign and subject alike. Banishment and conscation were the order of their day. The ex-emperor was compelled
to shave o his hair, and was exiled to the island of Oki. The reigning
mikado was deposed, and sent to Sado. Two princes of the blood were
banished to Tajima and Bizen. The ex-emperor Tsuchimikadothere
were now three living emperorsnot willing to dwell in palace luxury
172
while his brethren were in exile, expressed a wish to share their fate. He
was sent to Awa. To complete the victory and the theft of power, the
Hj chief Yasutoki conscated the estates of all who had fought on
the emperors side, and distributed them among his own minions. Over
three thousand efs were thus disposed of. No camp-followers ever
stripped a dead heros body worse than these human vultures tore from
the lawful sovereign the last fragment of authority. All over Japan the
patriots heard, with groans of despair, the slaughter of the loyal army,
and the pitiful fate of their emperors. The imperial exile died in Sado
of a broken heart. A nominal mikado at Kito, and a nominal shogun
at Kamakura, were set up, but the Hj were the keepers of both.
The later days of the Hj present a spectacle of tyranny and misgovernment such as would disgrace the worst Asiatic bureaucracy.
The distinguished and able men such as at rst shed lustre on the
name of this family were no more. The last of them were given to
luxury and carousal, and the neglect of public business. A horde of
rapacious ocials sucked the life-blood and paralyzed the energies
of the people. To obtain means to support themselves in luxury,
they increased the weight of taxes, that ever crushes the spirit of
the Asiatic peasant. Their triple oppression, of mikado, shgun and
people, became intolerable. The handwriting was on the wall. Their
days were numbered.
In 1327, Moriyoshi, son of the Emperor Go-Daigo, began to mature
plans for the recovery of imperial power. By means of the ubiquitous
spies, and through treachery, his schemes were revealed, and he was
only saved from punishment from Hj by being ordered by his father
to retire into a Buddhist monastery. This was ostensibly to show that
he had given up all interest in worldly aairs. In reality, however,
he assisted his father in planning the destruction of Hj. He lived
at t, and was called, by the people, t no miya. The Emperor
173
174
captive. Secretly entering the garden of the inn at which the party
was resting at night, Kojima scraped o the bark of a cherry-tree, and
wrote in ink, on the inner white membrane, this poetic stanza,
Ten Ksen wo horobosu nakar
Toki ni Hanrei naki ni shimo aradzu.
(O Heaven! destroy not Ksen,
While Hanrei still lives.)
The allusion, couched in delicate phrase, is to Ksen, an ancient
king in China, who was dethroned and made prisoner, but was afterward restored to honor and power by the faithfulness and valor of his
retainer, Hanrei.
The next morning, the attention of the soldiers was excited by the
fresh handwriting on the tree. As none of them were able to read, they
showed it to the Emperor Go-Daigo, who read the writing, and its
signicance, in a moment. Concealing his joy, he went to banishment,
keeping hope alive during his loneliness. He knew that he was not
forgotten by his faithful vassals. Kojima afterward fought to restore the
mikado, and perished on the battle-eld. The illustration given above
is borrowed from a picture by a native artist, which now adorns the
national-bank notes issued under the reign of the present mikado.
This darkest hour of the mikados fortune preceded the dawn.
Already a hero was emerging from obscurity who was destined to be
the destroyer of Kamakura and the Hj. This was Nitta Yoshisada.
The third son of Minamoto Yoshiiy, born a.d. 1057, had two sons.
The elder son succeeded his father to the ef of Nitta, in the province
of Kdzuk. The second inherited from his adopted father. Tawara,
the ef of Ashikaga, in Shimotsuk. Both these sons founded families
which took their name from their place of hereditary possession. At
this period, four hundred years later, their illustrious descendants
175
176
has overlooked the statement), and in the sight of heaven cast his sword
into the waves as a prayer-oering to the gods that the waves might
recede, in token of their righteous favor. The golden hilt gleamed for a
moment in the air, and the sword sunk from sight. The next morning the
tide had ebbed, the strand was dry, and the army, headed by the chief
whom the soldiers now looked upon as the chosen favorite of Heaven,
marched resistlessly on. Kamakura was attacked from three sides. The
ghting was severe and bloody, but victory everywhere deserted the
banners of the traitors, and rested upon the pennons of the loyal. Nitta,
after performing great feats of valor in person, nally set the city on re,
and in a few hours Kamakura was a waste of ashes.
Just before the nal destruction of the city, a noble named And,
vassal of the house of Hj, on seeing the ruin around him, the soldiers slaughtered, and the palaces burned, remarking that for a hundred years no instance of a retainer dying for his lord had been known,
resolved to commit hara-kiri. The wife of Nitta was his niece. Just as
he was about to plunge his dirk into his body, a servant handed him
a letter from her, begging him to surrender. The old man indignantly
exclaimed: My niece is the daughter of a samurai house. Why did she
make so shameless a request? And Nitta, her husband, is a samurai
Why did he allow her to do so? He then took the letter, wrapped it
round his sword, which he plunged into his body, and died. A great
number of vassals of Hj did likewise.
While Nitta was ghting at Kamakura, and thus overthrowing the
Hj power in the East, Ashikaga Takauji had drawn sword in Kito,
and with Kusunoki re-established the imperial rule in the West. The
number of the doomed clan who were slain in battle, or who committed hara-kiri, as defeated soldiers, in accordance with the code of honor
already established, is set down at six thousand eight hundred.
177
All over the empire the people rose up against their oppressors and
massacred them. The Hj domination, which had been paramount
for nearly one hundred and fty years, was utterly broken.
From a.d. 1219 until 1333, the mikados at Kito were:
Juntoku
Chiuki (reigned four months)
Go-Horikawa
Shij
Go-Saga
Go-Fukakusa
Kamyama
Go-Uda
Fushimi
Go-Fushimi
Go-Nij
Hanazono
Go-Daigo
1211-1221
1222
1222-1232
1233-1242
1243-1246
1247-1259
1260-1274
1275-1287
1288-1298
1299-1301
1302-1307
1308-1318
1319 -1338
1185-1199
1201-1203
1203-1219
fujiwara
Yoritsun
Yoritsugu
1220-1243
1244-1251
178
Muntaka
Koryasu
Hisaakira
Morikuni
emperors sons
1252-1265
1266-1289
1289-1307
1308-1333
179
XVI
Buddhism in Japan
182
sinful and miserable, and all equally capable of being freed from sin
and misery through knowledge. It taught that the souls of all men
had lived in a previous state of existence, and that all the sorrows of
this life are punishments for sins committed in a previous state. Each
human soul has whirled through countless eddies of existence, and has
still to pass through a long succession of birth, pain, and death. All is
eeting. Nothing is real. This life is all a delusion. After death, the soul
must migrate for ages through stages of life, inferior or superior, until,
perchance, it arrives at last in Nirvana, or absorption in Buddha.
The total extinction of being, personality, and consciousness is
the aspiration of the vast majority of true believers, as it should be of
every suering soul, i.e., of all mankind. The true estate of the human
soul, according to the Buddhist of the Buddhists, is blissful annihilation. The morals of Buddhism are superior to its metaphysics. Its
commandments are the dictates of the most rened morality. Besides
the cardinal prohibitions against murder, stealing, adultery, lying,
drunkenness, and unchastity, every shade of vice, hypocrisy, anger,
pride, suspicion, greediness, gossiping, cruelty to animals, is guarded
against by special precepts. Among the virtues recommended, we
nd not only reverence of parents, care of children, submission to
authority, gratitude, moderation in time of prosperity, submission
in time of trial, equanimity at all times; but virtues such as the duty
of forgiving insults, and not rewarding evil with evil. Whatever the
practice of the people may be, they are taught, as laid down in their
sacred books, the rules thus summarized above.
Such, we may glean, was Buddhism in its early purity. Besides its
moral code and philosophical doctrines, it had almost nothing. An
ecclesiastical system it was not in any sense. Its progress was rapid
and remarkable. Though nally driven out of India, it swept through
Burmah, Siam, China, Thibet, Manchuria, Corea, Siberia, and nally,
after twelve centuries, entered Japan. By this time the bare and bald
Buddhism in Japan
183
184
of the mikado and the duty of all Japanese to obey him implicity, and
almost nothing is left of modern Shint but Chinese cosmogony, local
myth, and Confucian morals.*
If the heart of the ancient Japanese longed after a solution of the
questions whence? whither? why?if it yearned for religious truth,
as the hearts of all men doubtless doit must have been ready to
welcome something more certain, tangible, and dogmatic than the
bland emptiness of Shint. Buddhism came to touch the heart, to re
the imagination, to feed the intellect, to oer a code of lofty morals, to
point out a pure life through self-denial, to awe the ignorant, and to
terrify the doubting. A well fed and clothed Anglo-Saxon, to whom
conscious existence seems the very rapture of joy, and whose soul
yearns for an eternity of life, may not understand how a human soul
could ever long for utter absorption of being and personality, even in
God, much less for total annihilation.
* I have long endeavored to nd out what there is in Shint, but have long
given it up, unable to nd any thing to reward my labor, excepting a small book
of Shint prayers, in which man was recognized as guilty of the commission
of sin, and in need of cleansing.J. C. Hepburn, M.D., LL.D., American,
seventeen years resident in Japan, author of the Japanese-English and EnglishJapanese Dictionary.
Shint is in no proper sense of the term a religion. It is difficult to see how
it could ever have been denominated a religion. It has rather the look of an
original Japanese invention.Rev. S. R. BROWN, D.D., American, author of A
Grammar of Colloquial Japanese, seventeen years resident in Japan.
My own impressions of Shint, given in an article in The Independent in 1871,
remain unaltered after ve years further study and comparison of opinions,
pro and con: In its higher forms. Shint is simply a cultured and intellectual atheism. In its lower forms, it is blind obedience to governmental and
priestly dictates. The united verdict given me by native scholars, and even
Shint ocials, in Fukui and Tki, was, Shint is not a religion: it is a
system of government regulations, very good to keep alive patriotism among
the people. The eectual, and quite justiable, use made of this tremendous
political engine will be seen in the last chapter of Book I., entitled The Recent
Revolutions in Japan.
Buddhism in Japan
185
But, among the Asiatic poor, where ceaseless drudgery is often the
lot for life, where a vegetable diet keeps the vital force low, where the
tax-gatherer is the chief representative of government, where the earthquake and the typhoon are so frequent and dreadful, and where the
forces of nature are feared as malignant intelligences, life does not wear
such charms as to lead the human soul to long for an eternity of it. No
normal Japanese would thrill when he heard the unexplained announcement, The gift of God is eternal life, or, Whosoever believeth on me,
though he were dead, yet shall he live. Such words would be painful
to him, announcing only a fateful fact. To him life is to be dreaded;
not because death lies at the end of it, but because birth and life again
follow death, and both are but links in an almost endless chain. Herein
lies the power of Buddhist preaching: Believe in the true doctrine,
and live the true believers life, says the bonze, and you will be born
again into higher states of existence, thence into higher and higher
heavens, until from paradise you rise as a puried and saintly soul, to
be absorbed in the bosom of holy Buddha. Reject the truth, or believe
false doctrine (e.g., Christianity), and you will be born again thousands
of times, only to suer sickness and pain and grief, to die or be killed a
thousand times, and, nally, to sink into lower and lower hells, before
you can regain the opportunity to rise higher. This is really the popular
form of Shakas doctrine of metempsychosis. The popular Buddhism
of Japan, at least, is not the bare scheme of philosophy which foreign
writers seem to think it is. It is a genuine religion in its hold on man.
It is a vinculum that binds him to the gods of his fathers. This form of
Buddhism commended itself to both the Japanese sage and the ignorant boor, to whom thought is misery, by reason of its deniteness, its
morals, its rewards, and its punishments.
Buddhism has a cosmogony and a theory of both the microcosm and
the macrocosm. It has fully as much, if not more, science in it than
our mediaeval theologians found in the Bible. Its high intellectuality
186
made noble souls yearn to win its secrets, and to attain the conquests
over their lusts and passions, by knowledge.
Among the various sects of Buddhism, however, the understanding
of the doctrine of Nirvana varies greatly. Some believe in the total
nonentity of the human soul, the utter annihilation of consciousness;
while others, on the contrary, hold that, as part of the divine whole,
the human soul enjoys a measure of conscious personality.
Persecution and opposition at rst united together the adherents
of the new faith, but success and prosperity gave rise to schisms.
New sects were founded in Japan, while many priests traveled abroad
to Corea and China, and came back as new lights and reformers, to
found new schools of thought and worship. Of these the most illustrious was Kb, famed not only as a scholar in Pali, Sanskrit, and
Chinese, but as an eminently holy bonze, and the compiler of the
Japanese alphabet, or syllabary, i, ro, ha, ni, ho, he, to, etc., in all fortyseven characters, which, with diacritical points, may be increased to
the number of seventy. The katagana is the square, the hiragana is the
script form. Kb was born a.d. 774; and died a.d. 835. He founded a
temple, and the sect called Shin Gon (True Words). Eight sects were
in existence in his time, of which only two now survive.
The thirteenth of the Christian era is the golden century of Japanese
Buddhism; for then were developed those phases of thought peculiar
to it, and sects were founded, most of them in Kito, which are still
the most ourishing in Japan. Among these were, in 1202, the Zen
(Contemplation); in 1211, the Jdo (Heavenly Road); in 1262, the Shin
(New); in 1282, the Nichiren. In various decades of the same century
several other important sects originated, and the number of brilliant
intellects that adorned the priesthood at this period is remarkable. Of
these, only two can be noticed, for lack of space.
In a.d. 1222, there was born, in a suburb of the town of Kominato,
in Awa, a child who was destined to inuence the faith of millions, and
Buddhism in Japan
187
to leave the impress of his character and intellect indelibly upon the
minds of his countrymen. He was to found a new sect of Buddhism,
which should grow to be one of the largest, wealthiest, and most
inuential in Japan, and to excel them all in proselyting zeal, polemic
bitterness, sectarian bigotry, and intolerant arrogance. The Nichiren
sect of Buddhists, in its six centuries of history, has probably furnished a greater number of brilliant intellects, uncompromising zealots, unquailing martyrs, and relentless persecutors than any other in
Japan. No other sect is so fond of controversy. The bonzes of none
other can excel those of the Nichiren shiu (sect) in proselyting zeal,
in the bitterness of their theological arguments, in the venom of their
revilings, or the force with which they hurl their epithets at those who
dier in opinion or practice from them. In their view, all other sects
than theirs are useless. According to their vocabulary, the adherents
of Shin Gon are not patriots; those of Ritsu are thieves and rascals;
of Zen, are furies; while those of certain other sects are sure and
without doubt to go to hell. Among the Nichirenites are to be found
more prayer-books, drums, and other noisy accompaniments of revivals, than in any other sect. They excel in the number of pilgrims, and
in the use of charms, spells, and amulets. Their priests are celibates,
and must abstain from wine, sh, and all esh. They are the Ranters
of Buddhism. To this day, a revival-meeting in one of their temples
is a scene that often beggars description, and may deafen weak ears.
What with prayers incessantly repeated, drums beaten unceasingly,
the shouting of devotees who work themselves into an excitement
that often ends in insanity, and sometimes in death, and the frantic
exhortation of the priests, the wildest excesses that seek the mantle of
religion in other lands are by them equaled, if not excelled. To this sect
belonged Kat Kiyomasa, the bloody persecutor of the Christians in
the sixteenth century, the vir ter execrandus of the Jesuits, but who
is now a holy saint in the calendar of canonized Buddhists.
188
Nichiren (sun-lotus) was so named by his mother, who at conception had dreamed that the sun (nichi) had entered her body. This story
is also told of other mothers of Japanese great men, and seems to be
a favorite stock-belief concerning the women who bear children that
afterward become men of renown or exalted holiness. The boy grew up
surrounded by the glorious scenery of mountain, wave, shore, and with
the innity of the Pacic Ocean before him. He was a dreamy, meditative child. He was early put under the care of a holy bonze, but when
grown to manhood discarded many of the old doctrines, and, being
dissatised with the other sects, resolved to found one, the followers
of which should be the holders and exemplars of the pure truth.
Nichiren was a profound student of the Buddhist classics, or
sutras, brought from India, and written in Sanskrit and Chinese, for
the entire canon of Buddhist holy books has at various times been
brought from India or China, and translated into Chinese in Japan.
Heretofore, the common prayer of all the Japanese Buddhists had
been Namu, Amida Butsu (Hail, Amida Buddha! or, Save us, Eternal
Buddha!). Nichiren taught that the true invocation was Namu mi h
rn ge ki (Glory to the salvation-bringing book of the law; or, literally, Hail, the true way of salvation, the blossom of doctrine). This is
still the distinctive prayer of the Nichiren sect. It is inscribed on the
temple curtains, on their tombstones and wayside shrines, and was
emblazoned on the banners carried aloft by the great warriors on sea
and land who belonged to the sect. The words are the Chinese translation of Mamah Saddharma-pundarika-sutra, one of the chief canonical
books of the Buddhist Scriptures, and in use by all the sects. Nichiren
professed to nd in it the true and only way of salvation, which the
other expounders of Shakas doctrine had not properly taught. He
declared that the way as taught by him was the true and only one.
Nichiren founded numerous temples, and was busy during the whole
of his life, when not in exile, in teaching, preaching, and itinerating.
Buddhism in Japan
189
He published a book called Ankoku Ron (An Argument to tranquilize the Country). The bitterness with which he attacked other sects
roused up a host of enemies against him, who complained to Hj
Tokiyori, the shikken, or holder of the power, at Kamakura, and prayed
to have him silenced, as a destroyer of the public peace, as indeed the
holy man was. The title of his book was by no means an exponent of
its tone or style.
Nichiren was banished to Cape Ito, in Idzu, where he remained
three years. On his release, instead of holding his tongue, he allowed it
to run more violently than ever against other sects, especially decrying
the great and learned priests of previous generations. Hj Tokiyori
again arrested him, conned him in a dungeon below ground, and
condemned him to death.
The following story is told, and devoutly believed, by his followers:
On a certain day he was taken out to a village on the strand of the
bay beyond Kamakura, and in front of the lovely island of Enoshima.
Th is village is called Koshigoy. At this time Nichiren was fortythree years old. Kneeling down upon the strand, the saintly bonze
calmly uttered his prayers, and repeated Namu mi h ren g ki
upon his rosary. The swordsman lifted his blade, and, with all his
might, made the downward stroke. Suddenly a ood of blinding light
burst from the sky, and smote upon the executioner and the ocial
inspector deputed to witness the severed head. The sword-blade was
broken in pieces, while the holy man was unharmed. At the same
moment, Hj, the Lord of Kamakura, was startled at his revels in
the palace by the sound of rattling thunder and the ash of lightning,
though there was not a cloud in the sky. Dazed by the awful signs of
Heavens displeasure, Hj Tokiyori, divining that it was on account
of the holy victim, instantly dispatched a eet messenger to stay the
executioners hand and reprieve the victim. Simultaneously the ocial
inspector at the still unstained blood-pit sent a courier to beg reprieve
190
for the saint whom the sword could not touch. The two men, coming
from opposite directions, met at the small stream which the tourist
still crosses on the way from Kamakura to Enoshima, and it was
thereafter called Yukiai (meeting on the way) River, a name which it
retains to this day. Through the pitiful clemency and intercession of
Hj Tokimun, son of the Lord of Kamakura, Nichiren was sent to
Sado Island. He was afterward released by his benefactor in a general
amnesty. Nichiren founded his sect at Kito, and it greatly ourished
under the care of his disciple, his reverence Nichizo. After a busy
and holy life, the great saint died at Ikgami, a little to north-west of
the Kawasaki railroad station, between Yokohama and Tki, where
the scream of the locomotive and the rumble of the railway car are
but faintly heard in its solemn shades. There are to be seen gorgeous
temples, pagodas, shrines, magnicent groves and cemeteries. The
dying presence of Nichiren has lent this place peculiar sanctity; but
his bones rest on Mount Minobu, in the province of Kai, where was
one of his homes when in the esh.
While in Japan, I made special visits to many of the places rendered most famous by Nichiren, of his birth, labors, triumph, and
death, and there formed the impressions of his work and followers
which I have in this chapter set forth. So far as I am able to judge,
none of the native theologians has stamped his impress more deeply
on the religious intellect of Japan than has Nichiren. It may be vain
prophecy, but I believe that Christianity in Japan will nd its most
vigorous and persistent opposers among this sect, and that it will be
the last to yield to the now triumphing faith that seems clasping the
girdle of world-victory in Japan.
Their astonishing success and tremendous power, and their intolerance and bigotry, are to be ascribed to the same causethe precision,
distinctness, and exclusiveness of the teachings of their master. In their
sacred books, and in the sermons of their bonzes, the Nichirenites are
Buddhism in Japan
191
192
A sight not often met with in the cities, but in the suburbs and
country places frequent as the cause of it requires, is the nagar kanj
(owing invocation). A piece of cotton cloth is suspended by its four
corners to stakes set in the ground near a brook, rivulet, or, if in
the city, at the side of the water-course which fronts the houses of
the better classes. Behind it rises a higher, lath-like board, notched
several times near the top, and inscribed with a brief legend. Resting
on the cloth at the brookside, or, if in the city, in a pail of water, is a
wooden dipper. Perhaps upon the four corners, in the upright bamboo,
may be set bouquets of owers. A careless stranger may not notice
the odd thing, but a little study of its parts reveals the symbolism of
death. The tall lath tablet is the same as that set behind graves and
tombs. The ominous Sanskrit letters betoken death. Even the owers
in their bloom call to mind the tributes of aectionate remembrance
which loving survivors set in the sockets of the monuments in the
grave-yards. On the cloth is written a name such as is given to persons after death, and the prayer, Namu mi h ren g ki (Glory to
the salvation-bringing Scriptures). Waiting long enough, perchance
but a few minutes, there may be seen a passer-by who pauses, and,
devoutly oering a prayer with the aid of his rosary, reverently dips a
ladleful of water, pours it upon the cloth, and waits patiently until it
has strained through, before moving on.
All this, when the signicance is understood, is very touching. It
is the story of vicarious suering, of sorrow from the brink of joy, of
one dying that another may live. It tells of mother-love and motherwoe. It is a mute appeal to every passer-by, by the love of Heaven, to
shorten the penalties of a soul in pain.
The Japanese (Buddhists) believe that all calamity is the result of
sin either in this or a previous state of existence. The mother who dies
in childbed suers, by such a death, for some awful transgression, it
may be in a cycle of existence long since passed. For it she must leave
Buddhism in Japan
193
her new-born infant, in the full raptures of mother-joy, and sink into
the darkness of Hades, to wallow in a lake of blood. There must she
groan and suer until the owing invocation ceases, by the wearing-out of the symbolic cloth. When this is so utterly worn that the
water no longer drains, but falls through at once, the freed spirit of
the mother, purged of her sin, rises to resurrection among the exalted
beings of a higher cycle of existence. Devout men, as they pass by,
reverently pour a ladleful of water. Women, especially those who have
felt mother-pains, and who rejoice in life and loving ospring, repeat
the expiatory act with deeper feeling; but the depths of sympathy are
fathomed only by those who, being mothers, are yet bereaved. Yet, as
in presence of natures awful glories the reverent gazer is shocked by
the noisy importunity of the beggar, so before this sad and touching
memorial the proofs of sordid priest-craft chill the warm sympathy
which the sight even from the heart of an alien might evoke.
The cotton cloth inscribed with the prayer and the name of the
deceased, to be ecacious, can be purchased only at the temples. I
have been told, and it is no secret, that rich people are able to secure
a napkin which, when stretched but a few days, will rupture, and let
the water pass through at once. The poor man can get only the stoutest
and most closely woven fabric. The limit of purgatorial penance is thus
xed by warp and woof, and warp and woof are gauged by money.
The rich mans napkin is scraped thin in the middle. Nevertheless,
the poor mother secures a richer tribute of sympathy from her humble
people; for in Japan, as in other lands, poverty has many children,
while wealth mourns for heirs; and in the lowly walks of life are more
pitiful women who have felt the woe and the joy of motherhood than
in the mansions of the rich.
In Echizen, especially in the country towns and villages, the custom is rigidly observed; but though I often looked for the nagar kanj
in Tki, I never saw one. I am told, however, that they may be seen
194
in the outskirts of the city. The drawing of one seen near Takfu, in
Echizen, was made for me by my artist-friend zawa, a number of
whose sketches appear in this work.
The Protestants of Japanese Buddhism are the followers of Shin
shiu, founded by his reverence Shinran, in 1262. Shinran was a pupil of
Hnen, who founded the Jodo shiu, and was of noble descent. While
in Kito, at thirty years of age, he married a lady of noble blood,
named Tamayori him, the daughter of the Kuambaku. He thus
taught by example, as well as by precept, that marriage was honorable, and that celibacy was an invention of the priests, not warranted
by pure Buddhism. Penance, fasting, prescribed diet, pilgrimages,
isolation from society, whether as hermits or in the cloister, and generally amulets and charms, are all tabooed by this sect. Nunneries and
monasteries are unknown within its pale. The family takes the place
of monkish seclusion. Devout prayer, purity, and earnestness of life,
and trust in Buddha himself as the only worker of perfect righteousness, are insisted upon. Other sects teach the doctrine of salvation by
works. Shinran taught that it is faith in Buddha that accomplishes
the salvation of the believer.
Buddhism seems to most foreigners who have studied it but Roman
Catholicism without Christ, and in Asiatic form. The Shin sect hold
a form of the Protestant doctrine of justication by faith, believing
in Buddha instead of Jesus. Singleness of purpose characterizes this
sect. Outsiders call it Ikk, from the initial word of a text in their
chief book, Muriju Ki (Book of Constant Life). By others it is
spoken of as Monto (gate-followers), in reference to their unity of
organization. The Scriptures of other sects are written in Sanskrit
and Chinese, which only the learned are able to read.
Those of Monto are in the vernacular Japanese writing and idiom.
Other sects build temples in sequestered places among the hills. The
Shin-shiuists erect theirs in the heart of cities, on main streets, in the
Buddhism in Japan
195
196
rays of the sun shine on all things alike, and that it is not for them
to call things unclean which have evidently been created for mans
use; that righteousness consists neither in eating nor drinking, nor
in abstinence from the blessings vouchsafed to mortals in this vale of
woe; and that the maxims and narrow-minded doctrines, with the
neglect of which they are reproached, can only have proceeded from
the folly or vanity of men. They claim that priests with families are
purer men than celibates in monasteries, and that the purity of society is best maintained by a married priesthood. Within the last two
decades they were the rst to organize their theological schools on
the model of foreign countries, that their young men might be trained
to resist Shint or Christianity, or to measure the truth in either. The
last new charge urged against them by their rivals is that they are so
much like Christians, that they might as well be such out and out.
Liberty of thought and action, an incoercible desire to be free from
governmental, traditional, ultra-ecclesiastical, or Shint inuencein
a word, Protestantism in its pure sense, is characteristic of the great
sect founded by Shinran.
To treat of the doctrinal dierence and various customs of the
dierent denominations would require a volume. Japanese Buddhism
richly deserves thorough study, and a scholarly treatise by itself.* The
part played by the great Buddhist sects in the national drama of history in later centuries will be seen as we proceed in our narrative.
* It is a question worthy the deepest research and fullest inquiry, as to the
time occupied in converting the Japanese people to the Buddhist faith. It is
not probable, as some foreigners believe, that Wani (see page 86) brought the
knowledge of the Indian religion to Japan. The Nihongi gives the year 552 as
that in which Buddhist books, images, rosarios, altar furniture, vestments, etc.,
were bestowed as presents at the imperial palace, and deposited in the court of
ceremony. The imported books were diligently studied by a few court nobles,
and in 584 several of them openly professed the new faith. In 585, a frightful
pestilence that broke out was ascribed by the patriotic opponents of the foreign
Buddhism in Japan
197
faith to the anger of the gods against the new religion. A long and bitter dispute followed, and some of the new temples and idols were destroyed. In spite
of patriotism and conservative zeal, the worship and ritual were established in
the palace, new missionaries were invited from Corea, and in 624 two bonzes
were given ocial rank, as primate and vice-primate. Temples were erected,
and, at the death of a bonze, in 700, his body was disposed of by cremationa
new thing in Japan. In 741, an imperial decree, ordering the erection of two
temples and a seven-storied pagoda in each province, was promulgated. In
765, a priest became Dai J Dai Jin. In 827, a precious relicone of Shakas
(Buddhas) boneswas deposited in the palace. The master stroke of theological dexterity was made early in the ninth century, when Kb, who had studied
three years in China, achieved the reconciliation of the native belief and the
foreign religion, made patriotism and piety one, and laid the foundation of
the permanent and universal success of Buddhism in Japan. Th is Japanese
Philo taught that the Shint deities, or gods, of Japan were manifestations, or
transmigrations, of Buddha in that country, and, by his scheme of dogmatic
theology, secured the ascendency of Buddhism over Shint and Confucianism.
Until near the fourteenth century, however, Buddhism continued to be the
religion of the ocial, military, and educated classes, but not of the people at
large. Its adoption by all classes may be ascribed to the missionary labors of
Shinran and Nichiren, whose banishment to the North and East made them
itinerant apostles. Shinran traveled on foot through every one of the provinces
north and east of Kito, glorying in his exile, everywhere preaching, teaching,
and making new disciples. It may be safely said that it required nine hundred
years to convert the Japanese people from fetichism and Shint to Buddhism.
It is extremely dicult to get accurate statistics relating to Japanese Buddhism.
The following table was compiled for me by a learned bonze of the Shin denomination, in the temple of Nishi Honguanji, in Tsukiji, Tki. I have compared
it with data furnished by an ex-priest in Fukui, and various laymen.
The ecclesiastical centre of Japan has always been at Kito. The chief temples
and monasteries of each sect were located there.
Tabular List of Buddhist Sects in Japan
Chief Sects (Shiu)
I. Tendai. Founded by Chisha, in China: 3 sub-sects
II. Shingon. Founded by Kb, in Japan, A.D. 813: 3 sub-sects
III. Zen. Founded by Darma, in Japan: 6 sub-sects
IV. Jodo. Founded by Hnen, in Japan, 1173: 2 sub-sects
V. Shin. Founded by Shinran, in Japan, 1213: 5 sub-sects
VI. Nichiren. Founded by Nichiren, in Japan, 1262: 2 sub-sects
VII. Ji. Founded by Ippen, in Japan, 1288
Total Number
of Temples
6,391
15,503
21,547
9,819
13,718
......
586
198
XVII
200
uncles were then residing, sent letters demanding tribute and homage
from Japan. Chinese envoys came to Kamakura, but Hj Tokimun,
enraged at the insolent demands, dismissed them in disgrace. Six
embassies were sent, and six times rejected.
An expedition from China, consisting of ten thousand men, was
sent against Japan. They landed at Tsushima and Iki. They were
bravely attacked, and their commander slain. All Kiushiu having
roused to arms, the expedition returned, having accomplished nothing. The Chinese emperor now sent nine envoys, who announced their
purpose to remain until a denite answer was returned to their master.
They were called to Kamakura, and the Japanese reply was given by
cutting o their heads at the village of Tatsu no kuchi (Mouth of
the Dragon), near the city. The Japanese now girded themselves for
the war they knew was imminent. Troops from the East were sent
to guard Kito. Munitions of war were prepared, magazines stored,
castles repaired, and new armies levied and drilled. Boats and junks
were built to meet the enemy on the sea. Once more Chinese envoys
came to demand tribute. Again the sword gave the answer, and their
heads fell at Daizaifu, in Kiushiu, in 1279.
Meanwhile the armada was preparing. Great China was coming
to crush the little strip of land that refused homage to the invincible
conqueror. The army numbered one hundred thousand Chinese and
Tartars, and seven thousand Coreans, in ships that whitened the sea
as the snowy herons whiten the islands of Lake Biwa. They numbered
thirty-ve hundred in all. In the Seventh month of the year 1281,
the tasseled prows and uted sails of the Chinese junks greeted the
straining eyes of watchers on the hills of Daizaifu. The armada sailed
gallantly up, and ranged itself o the castled city. Many of the junks
were of immense proportions, larger than the natives of Japan had
ever seen, and armed with the engines of European war fare, which
their Venetian guests had taught the Mongols to construct and work.
201
The Invasion of the Mongol Tartars
The Japanese had small chance of success on the water; as, although
their boats, being swifter and lighter, were more easily managed,
yet many of them were sunk by the darts and huge stones hurled by
the catapults mounted on their enemys decks. In personal prowess
the natives of Nippon were superior. Swimming out to the eet, a
party of thirty boarded a junk, and cut o the heads of the crew; but
another company attempting to do so, were all killed by the now wary
Tartars. One captain, Kusanojiro, with a picked crew, in broad daylight, sculled rapidly out to an outlying junk, and, in spite of a shower
of darts, one of which took o his left arm, ran his boat along-side
a Chinese junk, and, letting down the masts, boarded the decks. A
hand-to-hand ght ensued, and, before the enemys eet could assist,
the daring assailants set the ship on re and were o, carrying away
twenty-one heads. The eet now ranged itself in a cordon, linking
each vessel to the other with an iron chain. They hoped thus to foil
the cutting-out parties. Besides the catapults, immense bow-guns
shooting heavy darts were mounted on their decks, so as to sink all
attacking boats. By these means many of the latter were destroyed,
and more than one company of Japanese who expected victory lost
their lives. Still, the enemy could not eect a landing in force. Their
small detachments were cut o or driven into the sea as soon as they
reached the shore, and over two thousand heads were among the trophies of the defenders in the skirmishes. A line of fortications many
miles long, consisting of earth-works and heavy palisading of planks,
was now erected along-shore. Behind these the defenders watched the
invaders, and challenged them to land.
There was a Japanese captain, Michiari, who had long hoped for
this invasion. He had prayed often to the gods that he might have
opportunity to ght the Mongols. He had written his prayers on
paper, and, learning them, had solemnly swallowed the ashes. He was
now overjoyed at the prospect of a combat. Sallying out from behind
202
203
The Invasion of the Mongol Tartars
204
Millions of earnest hearts put up the same prayers as their fathers had
oered, fully expecting the same result.
To this day the Japanese mother in Kiushiu hushes her fretful
infant by the question, Do you think the Mogu (Mongols) are coming? Th is is the only serious attempt at invasion ever made by any
nation upon the shores of Japan.
XVIII
206
exalted to highest rank the faithful men who were desirous of maintaining the dignity of the throne, and whose chief fear was that the
duarchy would again arise. Such a fear was by no means groundless,
for Ashikaga, elated at such unexpected favor, became inf lamed
with a still higher ambition, and already meditated refounding the
shgunate at Kamakura, and placing his own family upon the military throne. Being of Minamoto stock, he knew that he had prestige
and popularity in his favor, should he attempt the re-erection of the
shgunate. Most of the common soldiers had fought rather against
Hj than against duarchy. The emperor was warned against this
man by his ministers; but in this case a womans smiles and caresses
and importunate words were more powerful than the advice of sages.
Ashikaga had bribed the mikados concubine Kadoko, and had so won
her favor that she persuaded her imperial lord to bestow excessive and
undeserved honor on the traitor.
The distribution of spoils excited discontent among the soldiers,
who now began to lose all interest in the cause for which they had
fought, and to murmur privately among themselves. Should such an
unjust government continue, said they, then are we all servants of
concubines and dancing-girls and singing-boys. Rather than be the
puppets of the mikados amusers, we would prefer a shgun again, and
become his vassals. Many of the captains and smaller clan-leaders
were also in bad humor over their own small shares. Ashikaga Takauji
took advantage of this feeling to make himself popular among the
disaected, especially those who clung to arms as a profession and
wished to remain soldiers, preferring war to peace. Of such inammable material the latent traitor was not slow to avail himself when
it suited him to light the ames of war.
Had the mikado listened to his wise counselor, and also placed
Kusunoki in an oce commensurate with his commanding abilities,
207
and rewarded Nitta as he deserved, the century of anarchy and bloodshed which followed might have been spared to Japan.
Go-Daigo, who in the early years of his former reign had been a
man of indomitable courage and energy, seems to have lost the best
traits of his character in his exile, retaining only his imperious will
and susceptibility to attery. To this degenerate Samson a Delilah was
not wanting. He fell an easy victim to the wiles of one man, though
the shears by which his strength was shorn were held by a woman.
Ashikaga was a consummate master of the arts of adulation and
political craft. He was now to further prove his skill, and to verify the
warnings of Nitta and the ministers. The emperor made Moriyoshi,
his own son, shgun. Ashikaga, jealous of the appointment, and having too ready access to the infatuated fathers ear, told him that his
son was plotting to get possession of the throne. Moriyoshi, hating
the atterer, and stung to rage by the base slander, marched against
him. Ashikaga now succeeded by means of his ally in the imperial bed
in making himself, in the eyes of the mikado, the rst victim to the
conspiracies of the prince. So great was his power over the emperor
that he obtained from the imperial hand a decree to punish his enemy
Moriyoshi as a chtki, or rebel, against the mikado.
Here we have a striking instance of what, in the game of Japanese
state-craft, may be called the checkmate move, or, in the native idiom,
t, kings hand. It is dicult for a foreigner to fully appreciate the
prestige attaching to the mikados persona prestige never diminishing. No matter how low his actual measure of power, the meanness
of his character, or the insignicance of his personal abilities, he was
the Son of Heaven, his word was law, his command omnipotent. He
was the fountain of all rank and authority. No military leader, however great his resources or ability, could win the popular heart or
hope for ultimate success unless appointed by the emperor. He who
208
held the Son of Heaven in his power was master. Hence it was the
constant aim of all the military leaders, even down to 1868, to obtain
control of the imperial person. However wicked or villainous the
keeper of the mikado, he was master of the situation. His enemies
were chtki, or rebels against the Son of Heaven; his own soldiers
were the kuan-gun, or loyal army. Even might could not make right.
Possession of the divine person was more than nine-tenthsit was
the wholeof the law.
Moriyoshi, then, being chtki, was doomed. Ashikaga, having
the imperial order, had the kuan-gun, and was destined to win. The
sad fate of the emperors son awakens the saddest feelings, and brings
tears to the eyes of the Japanese reader even at the present day. He was
seized, deposed, sent to Kamakura, and murdered in a subterranean
dungeon in the Seventh month of the year 1335.
His child in exile, the heart of the emperor relented. The scales fell
from his eyes. He saw that he had wrongly suspected his son, and that
the real traitor was Ashikaga. The latter, noticing the change that had
come over his master, left Kito secretly, followed by thousands of
the disaected soldiery, and ed to Kamakura, which he had rebuilt,
and began to consolidate his forces with a view of again erecting the
Eastern capital, and seizing the power formerly held by the Hj.
Nitta had also been accused by Ashikaga, but, having cleared himself
in a petition to the mikado, he received the imperial commission to
chastise his rival. In the campaign which followed, the imperial forces
were so hopelessly defeated that the quondam imperial exile now
became a fugitive. With his loyal followers he left Kito, carrying
with him the sacred emblems of authority.
Ashikaga, though a triumphant victor, occupied a critical position.
He was a chtki. As such he could never win nal success. He had
power and resources, but, unlike others equally usurpers, was not
clothed with authority. He was, in popular estimation, a rebel of the
209
210
XIX
212
in Japanese annals. The student of this people and their unique history
can never understand them or their national life unless he measures
the mightiness of the force, and recognizes the place of the throne
and the mikado in the minds and hearts of its people.
There are on record instances in which the true heirship was declared
only after bitter intrigue, quarrels, or even bloodshed. In the tenth century, Taira no Masakado, disappointed in not being appointed Dai J
Dai Jin, left Kito, went to Shimsa in the Kuant, and set himself
up as Shinn, or cadet of the imperial line, and temporarily ruled the
eight provinces of the East as a pseudo-mikado.* In 1139, the military
families of Taira and Minamoto came to blows in Kito over the question of succession between the rival heirs, Shutoku and Go-Shirakawa.
The Taira being victors, their candidate became mikado. During the
decay of the Taira, they ed from Kito, carrying with them, as true
emperor, with his suite and the sacred insignia, Antoku, the child, ve
* Taira no Masakado, or, as we should say, Masakado Taira, was a man of great
energy and of unscrupulous character. He was at rst governor of Shimsa,
but aspired to rule over all the East. He built a palace on the same model as
that of the mikado, at Sajima, in Shimotsuk, and appointed ocers similar
to those at the imperial court. He killed his uncle, who stood in the way of
his ambition. To revenge his fathers death, Sadamori, cousin to Masakado,
headed two thousand men, attacked the false mikado, and shot him to death
with an arrow, carrying his head as trophy and evidence to Kito, where it
was exposed on the pillory. Shortly after his decease, the people of Musashi,
living on the site of modern Tki, being greatly a icted by the troubled
and angry spirit of their late ruler, erected a temple on the site within the
second castle enceinte near Kanda Bridge, and in that part of the city district
of Kanda (Gods Field) now occupied by the Imperial Treasury Department.
Th is had the eect of soothing the unquiet ghost, and the land had rest; and
later generations, mindful of the power of a spirit that in life ruled all the
Kuant, and in death could a ict or give peace to millions at will, worshiped
Masakado under the posthumous name of Kanda Mi Jin (Illustrious Deity
of Kanda), his history having been forgotten, or trans gured into the form
of a narrative, which to doubt was sin. When Iyyasu, in the latter end of the
sixteenth century, made Yedo his capital, he removed the shrine to a more
213
years old, who was drowned in the sea when the Taira were destroyed.
The Minamoto at the same time recognized Gotoba.
It may be more analogical to call the wars of the Gen and Hei, with
their white and red ags, the Japanese Wars of the Roses. Theirs was
the struggle of rival houses. Now, we are to speak of rival dynasties,
each with the imperial chrysanthemum.
In the time of the early Ashikagas (13361390) there were two mikados
ruling, or attempting to rule, in Japan. The Emperor Go-Daigo had chosen his son Kuniyoshi as his heir, but the latter died in 1326. Kgen, son
of the mikado Go-Fushimi (12991301), was then made heir. Go-Daigos
third son Moriyoshi, however, as he grew up, showed great talent, and
his father regretted that he had consented to the choice of Kgen, and
wished his own son to succeed him. He referred the matter to Hj at
Kamakura, who disapproved of the plan. Those who hated Hj called
Kgen the false emperor, refusing to acknowledge him. When Nitta
destroyed Kamakura, and Go-Daigo was restored, Kogen retired to
obscurity. No one for a moment thought of or acknowledged any one but
Go-Daigo as true and only mikado. When, however, Ashikaga by his
treachery had alienated the emperor from him, and was without imperial
favor, and liable to punishment as a rebel, he found out and set up Kogen
as mikado, and proclaimed him sovereign. Civil war then broke out.
eligible location on the hill in the rear of the Kanda River and the Suido,
where, later, the university stood, and erected an edice of great splendor,
surrounded by groves and grounds of surpassing loveliness. Th is was perhaps
only policy, to gain the popular favor by honoring the local gods; but it stirred
up some jealousy among the mikado-reverencers and students of history
who knew the facts. Some accused him of treasonable designs like those of
Masakado. In 1868, when the mikados troops arrived in Yedo, they rushed to
the temple of Kanda Mi Jin, and, pulling out the idol or image of the deied
Masakado, hacked it to pieces with their swords, wishing the same fate to all
traitors. Thus, after nine centuries, the traitor received a traitors reward, a
clear instance of historic justice in the eyes of native patriots.
214
Into the details of the war between the adherents of the Northern
emperor, Ashikaga, with his followers, on the one side, and GoDaigo, who held the insignia of authority, backed by a brilliant array
of names famous among the Japanese, on the other, I do not propose
to enter. It is a confused and sickening story of loyalty and treachery,
battle, murder, pillage, re, famine, poverty, and misery, such as make
up the picture of civil wars in every country. Occasionally in this
period a noble deed or typical character shines forth for the admiration or example of succeeding generations. Among these none have
exhibited more nobly mans possible greatness in the hour of death
than Nitta Yoshisada and Kusunoki Masashig.
On one occasion the army of Nitta, who was ghting under the
ag of Go-Daigo, the true emperor, was encamped before that of
Ashikaga. To save further slaughter, Nitta sallied out alone, and,
approaching his enemys camp, cried out: The war in the country
continues long. Although this has arisen from the rivalry of two
emperors, yet its issue depends solely upon you and me. Rather than
millions of the people should be involved in distress, let us determine
the question by single combat. The retainers of Ashikaga prevailed
on their commander not to accept the challenge. In 1338, on the second day of the Seventh month, while marching with about fty followers to assist in investing a fortress in Echizen, he was suddenly
attacked in a narrow path in a rice-eld near Fukui by about three
thousand of the enemy, and exposed without shields to a shower of
arrows. Some one begged Nitta, as he was mounted, to escape. It
is not my desire to survive my companions slain, was his response.
Whipping up his horse, he rode forward to engage with his sword,
making himself the target for a hundred archers. His horse, struck
when at full speed by an arrow, fell. Nitta, on clearing himself and
rising, was hit between the eyes with a white-feathered shaft, and
mortally wounded. Drawing his sword, he cut o his own heada
215
feat which the warriors of that time were trained to performso that
his enemies might not recognize him. He was thirty-eight years old.
His brave little band were slain by arrows, or killed themselves with
their own hand, that they might die with their master. The enemy
could not recognize Nitta, until they found, beneath a pile of corpses
of men who had committed hara-kiri, a body on which, inclosed in
a damask bag, was a letter containing the imperial commission in
Go-Daigos hand-writing, I invest you with all power to subjugate
the rebels. Then they knew the corpse to be that of Nitta. His head
was carried to Kito, then in possession of Ashikaga, and exposed
in public on a pillory. The tomb of this brave man stands, carefully
watched and tended, near Fukui, in Echizen, hard by the very spot
where he fell. I often passed it in my walks, when living in Fukui in
1871, and noticed that fresh blooming owers were almost daily laid
upon it the tribute of an admiring people. A shrine and monument
in memoriam were erected in his native place during the year 1875.
The brave Kusunoki, after a lost battle at Minatogawa, near Higo,
having suffered continual defeat, his counsels having been set at
naught, and his advice rejected, felt that life was no longer honorable, and solemnly resolved to die in unsullied reputation and with
a soldiers honor. Sorrowfully bidding his wife and infant children
goodbye, he calmly committed hara-kiri, an example which his comrades, numbering one hundred and fty, bravely followed.
Kusunoki Masashig was one of an honorable family who dwelt
in Kawachi, and traced their descent to the great-grandson of the
thirty-second mikado, Bidatsu (a.d. 572585). The family name,
Kusunoki (Camphor), was given his people from the fact that a
grove of camphor-trees adorned the ancestral gardens of the mansion. The twelfth in descent was the Vice-governor of Iyo. The father
of Masashig held land assessed at two thousand koku. His mother,
desiring a child, prayed to the god Bishamon for one hundred days,
216
217
218
XX
220
so frequently by the Jesuit fathers, came into use. The actual work of
government was done by able men of inferior rank. The most noted
of these was Hosokawa Yoriyuki, who was a ne scholar as well as a
warrior. It was through his ordering that the young shgun Yoshimitsu
was well trained, and had for his companions noble youths who
excelled in literary and military skill. Th is was vastly dierent from
Hj Tokimasas treatment of the sons of Yoritomo. He attempted the
reform of manners and administration. He issued ve mottoes for the
conduct of the military and civil ocers. They were: 1. Thou shalt not
be partial in amity or enmity. 2. Thou shalt return neither favor nor
vengeance. 3. Thou shalt not deceive, either with a right or a wrong
[motive]. 4. Thou shalt not hope dishonestly [for a bribe]. 5. Thou shalt
not deceive thyself.
The pendulum of power during this period oscillated between
Kito and Kamakura; a tai (or great) shgun ruling at the former,
and a shgun at the latter place. An ocer called the shikken was the
real ruler of the capital and the central provinces; and another called
the kuan-rei (Governor of the Kuant), of Kamakura and the East.
War was the rule, peace the exception. Feudal ghts; border brawls;
the seizure of lands; the rise of great clans; the building, the siege,
and the destruction of castles, were the staple events. Every monastery
was now a stronghold, an arsenal, or a camp. The issue of a combat or
a campaign was often decided by the support which the bonzes gave
to one or the other party. The most horrible excesses were committed,
the ground about Kito and Kamakura, both of which were captured
and recaptured many times, became like the chitama (blood-pits) of
the execution-ground. Villages, cities, temples, monasteries, and
libraries were burned. The fertile elds lay waste, blackened by re,
or covered from sight, as with a cloth, by dense thickets of tall weeds,
which, even in one summers time, spring with astonishing fecundity
from the plethoric soil of Japan. The people driven from their homes
221
222
the wrongs and suerings of these poor emperors red the hearts
and nerved the arms of the men who in 1868 fought to sweep away
forever the hated system by which such treatment of their sovereign
became possible.
So utterly demoralized is the national, political, and social life
of this period believed to have been, that the Japanese people make
it the limbo of all vanities. Dramatists and romancers use it as the
convenient ground whereon to locate every novel or play, the plot of
which violates all present probability. The chosen time of the bulk of
Japanese dramas and novels written during the last century or two is
that of the late Ashikagas. The satirist or writer aiming at contemporary folly, or at blunders and oppression of the Government, yet
wishing to avoid punishment and elude the censor, clothes his characters in the garb and manners of this period. It is the potters eld
where all the outcasts and Judases of moralists are buried. By common
consent, it has become the limbo of playwright and romancer, and the
scape-goat of chronology.
The act by which, more than any other, the Ashikagas have earned
the curses of posterity was the sending of an embassy to China in
1401, bearing presents acknowledging, in a measure, the authority
of China, and accepting in return the title of Nippon , or King of
Japan. Th is, which was done by Ashikaga Yoshimitsu, the third of
the line, was an insult to the national dignity for which he has never
been forgiven. It was a needless humiliation of Japan to her arrogant
neighbor, and done only to exalt the vanity and glory of the usurper
Ashikaga, who, not content with adopting the style and equipage of
the mikado, wished to be made or called a king, and yet dared not
usurp the imperial throne.* The punishment of Ashikaga is the curse
of posterity. In 1853, when the treaty with the United States was made,
* The Ashikaga line of shoguns comprised the following:
223
a similar insult to the sovereign and the nation, as well as a contemptible deception of the American envoy and foreigners, was practiced
by the shgun calling himself Tycoon (Great King, or Sovereign
of Japan). In this latter instance, as we know, came not the distant
anathema of future generations, but the swift vengeance of war, the
permanent humiliation, the exile to obscurity, of the Tokugawa family, and the abolition of the shgunate and the dual system forever.
It was during the rst of the last three decades of the Ashikaga
period that Japan became known to the nations of Europe; while rearms, gunpowder, and a new and mighty faith were made known to
the Japanese nation.
1. Takauji
13351357
9. Yoshihisa
14721489
2. Yoshinori
13581367
10. Yoshitan
14901493
3. Yoshmitsu
13681393
11. Yoshizumi
14941507
4. Yoshimochi
13941422
12. Yoshitan
(same as the 10th)
15081520
5. Yoshikadzu
14231425
13. Yoshiharu
15211545
6. Yoshinori
14281440
14. Yoshiteru
15461567
7. Yoshikatsu
14411448
15. Yoshiaki
15681573
8. Yoshimasa
14491471
The term Kub sama, so often used by the Jesuit and Dutch writers, was not
an ocial title of the shgun, but was applied to him by the common people.
When at rst anciently used, it referred to the mikado, or, rather, the mikado
who had abdicated, or preceded the ruling sovereign; but later, when the people
saw in the Kamakura court and its master so close an imitation of the imperial
style and capital, they began gradually to speak of the shgun as the Kub,
with, however, only the general meaning of the governing power, or the
nobleman who enjoyed the right of riding to the court in a car, and entering
the imperial palace. The term was in use until 1868, but was never inherent in
any oce, being rather the exponent of certain forms of etiquette, privilege,
224
and display, than of ocial duties. The Jesuit fathers nearly always speak of the
mikado as the Dairi (see page 39), and at rst erroneously termed the daimios
kings. Later on, they seemed to have gained a clear understanding of the various titles and ocial relations. In some works the Kuambaku (with dono, lord,
attached) is spoken of as emperor. Nobunaga, who became Nai Dai Jin, is also
called emperor. During the supremacy of the military rulers at Kamakura and
Yedo, the oces and titles, though purely civil, once exclusively given to nobles
at the mikados court, were held by the ocials of the shgunate.
In later chapters, the writer of this work has fallen into the careless and
erroneous practice of calling daimis princes. The term prince should be
employed only in speaking of the sons of the mikado, or members of the imperial family. Collectively, the daimis were lords or barons, and all ranks of
the peerage were represented among them, from the kokushi, or dukes, down
to the hatamoto, or knights.
XXI
226
manual skill that have made the hermit nation unique in the earth
and Japanese art productions the wonder of the world.
In this chapter, I shall simply glance at some of the salient features
of life in Japan during the Middle Ages.
The introduction of continental or Chinese civilization into Japan
was not a simple act of adoption. It was rather a work of selection and
assimilation. As in this nineteenth century, the Japanese is no blind
copyist, he improves on what he borrows. Although the traveler from
China entering Japan can see in a moment whence the Japanese have
borrowed their civilization, and though he may believe the Japanese
to be an inferior type to that of the Chinese, he will acknowledge
that the Japanese have improved upon their borrowed elements fully
as much as the French have improved upon those of Roman civilization. Many reecting foreigners in Japan have asked the question why
the Japanese are so unlike the Chinese, and why their art, literature,
laws, customs, dress, workmanship, all bear a stamp peculiar to themselves, though they received so much from them? The reason is to be
found in the strength and persistence of the primal Japanese type of
character, as inuenced by nature, enabling it to resist serious alteration and radical change. The greatest conquests made by any of the
imparted elements of continental civilization was that of Buddhism,
which became within ten centuries the universally popular religion.
Yet even its conquests were but partial. Its triumph was secured only
by its adulteration. Japanese Buddhism is a distinct product among
the many forms of that Asiatic religion. Buddhism secured life and
growth on Japanese soil only by being Japanized, by being grafted
on the original stock of ideas in the Japanese mind. Thus, in order to
popularize the Indian religion, the ancient native heroes and the local
gods were all included within the Buddhist pantheon, and declared to
be the incarnations of Buddha in his various forms. A class of deities
exist in Japan who are worshiped by the Buddhists under the general
227
228
229
230
to the proper heat and the contents to ery uidity, the joy of the
crowd increasing as each stage in the process was announced. When
the molten ood was nally poured into the mold, the excitement of
the spectators reached a height of uncontrollable enthusiasm. Another
pecuniary harvest was reaped by the priests before the crowds dispersed, by the sale of stamped kerchiefs or paper containing a holy
text, or certifying to the presence of the purchaser at the ceremony,
and the blessing of the gods upon him therefor. Such a token became
an heir-loom; and the child who ever afterward heard the solemn
boom of the bell at matin or evening was constrained, by lial as well
as holy motives, to obey and reverence its admonitory call. The belfry
was usually a separate building apart from the temple, with elaborate
cornices and roof.
In addition to the offices of religion, many of the priests were
useful men, and real civilizers. They were not all lazy monks or idle
bonzes. By the Buddhist priests many streams were spanned with
bridges, paths and roads made, shade or fruit trees planted, ponds
and ditches for purposes of irrigation dug, aqueducts built, unwholesome localities drained, and mountain passes discovered or explored.
Many were the school-masters, and, as learned men, were consulted
on subjects beyond the ken of their parishioners. Some of them, having a knowledge of medicine, acted as physicians. The sciences and
arts in Japan all owe much to the bonzes who from Corea personally
introduced many useful appliances or articles of food. Several edible
vegetables are still named after the priests, who rst taught their
use. The exact sciences, astronomy and mathematics, as well as the
humanities, owe much of their cultivation and development to clerical
scholars. In the monasteries, the brethren exercised their varied gifts
in preaching, study, calligraphy, carving, sculpture, or on objects of
ecclesiastical art.
231
232
233
the greatest lights and holiest teachers. Returning to his parish, new
sanctity was shed from his rustling robes. His brethren welcomed him
with awe, and the people thronged to see and venerate the holy man
who had drunk at the very fountains of the faith. The temple coers
grew heavy with the weight of oerings because of him. The sons of
the noblemen in distant provinces were sent to Kito to be educated, to
learn reading and writing from the priests, the perfection of the art of
war in the army, the etiquette of palace life as pages to, or as guests of,
the court nobles. The artisan or rich merchant from shiu or Kadzusa,
who had made the journey to Kito, astonished his wondering listeners
at home with tales of the splendor of the processions of the mikado, the
wealth of the temples, the number of the pagodas, the richness of the
silk robes of the court nobles, and the wonders which the Kito potters
and vase-makers, sword-forgers, goldsmiths, lacquerers, crystal-cutters,
and bronze-molders, daily exposed in their shops in profusion.
In Kito also dwelt the poets, novelists, historians, grammarians,
writers, and the purists, whose dicta were laws. By them were written the great bulk of the classic literature, embracing poetry, drama,
ction, history, philosophy, etiquette, and the numerous diaries and
works on travel in China, Corea, and the remote provinces of the
country, and the books called mirrors (kagami) of the times, now so
interesting to the antiquarian student. Occasionally nobles or court
ladies would leave the luxury of the city, and take up their abode in a
castle, tower, pagoda, or temple room, or on some mountain overlooking Lake Biwa, the sea, or the Yodo River, or the plains of Yamato;
and amidst its inspiring scenery, with tiny table, ink-stone and brush,
pen some prose epic or romance, that has since become an immortal
classic. Almost every mansion of the nobles had its looking-room,
or Chamber of Inspiring View, whence to gaze upon the landscape
or marine scenery. Rooms set apart for this aesthetic pleasure still
form a feature of the house of nearly every modern native of means.
234
235
236
nine apertures of the body. Moxa (Japanese, mokusa; mo, re, from
moyeru, to burn, and kusa, herb, grass), or the burning of a small cone
of cottony bres of the artemisia, on the back or feet, was practiced
as early as the eleventh century, reference being made to it in a poem
written at that time. A number of ancient stanzas and puns relating to
Mount Ibuki, on the sides of which the mugwort grows luxuriantly,
are still extant. To this day it is an exception to nd the backs of the
common people unscarred with the spots left by the moxa. The use of
mercury in corrosive sublimate was very anciently known. The d-sha
powder, however, which was said to cure various diseases, and to relax
the rigid limbs of a corpse, was manufactured and sold only by the
bonzes (Japanese, bzu) of the Shin Gon sect. It is, and always was, a
pious fraud, being nothing but unecacious quartz sand, mixed with
grains of mica and pyrites.*
Of the medival sports and pastimes within and without of doors,
the former were preferred by the weak and eeminate, the latter by the
hale and strong. Banquets and carousals in the palace were frequent.
* See in Titsingh a long account of the wonderful virtues and eects claimed
for the d-sha (dosia) powder, and in various other old writers on Japan, who
have gravely described this humbug. I once tested this substance thoroughly
by swallowing a tea-spoonful, without experiencing any eects. It might
cause, but not cure, a headache. I also used up a packageful of the holy sand,
purchased at an orthodox Shin Gon temple, upon a stiened corpse that had
but a short time previous become such, but no unlimbering of the rigid body
took place. I also fused a quantity of the certied drug with some carbonate
of soda, dissolved the resultant mass in distilled water, and upon adding a few
drops of hydrochloric acid, a precipitate of gelatinous silica was the result. I
also subjected the d-sha to careful microscopic examination, nding it only
quartz sand, with akes of other minerals. That the corpse in my experiment was that of an old dog does not aect the validity of the test. It may be
remembered also that gelatinous silica is the substance sometimes used to
adulterate butter. The main objection to such butter is that one can buy sand in
a cheaper form; and the same may be said of that nostrum in the ecclesiastical
quackery and materia theologica of Japan called d-sha.
237
The brewing of sak from rice was begun, according to record, in the
third century, and the oce of chief butler even earlier. The native
sauce, sh-yu, made of fermented wheat and beans, with salt and vinegar, which the cunning purveyors of Europe use as the basis of their
high-priced piquant sauces, was made and used as early as the twelfth
century. The name of this saline oil (sh, salt; yu, oil) appears as soy
in our dictionaries, it being one of the three words (soy, bonze, moxa)
which we have borrowed from the Japanese. At the feasts, besides the
wine and delicacies to please the palate, music, song, and dance made
the feast of reason and the ow of soul, while witty and beautiful
women lent grace and added pleasure to the festivities.
In long trailing robes of white, crimson, or highly gured silk, with
hair owing in luxuriance over the shoulders, and bound gracefully in
one long tress which fell below the waist behind, maids and ladies of
the palace rained glances and inuence upon the favored ones. They
red the heart of admirers* by the bewitching beauty of a well-formed
hand, foot, neck, face, or form decked with whatever added charms
cosmetics could bestow upon them. Japanese ladies have ever been
* The following is the native ideal of a Japanese woman, given by a young
Japanese gentleman at the International Congress of Orientalists held at Paris
in 1873: I will commence, gentlemen, with the head, which is neither too large
nor too small. Figure to yourself large black eyes, surmounted by eyebrows of
a strict arch, bordered by black lashes; a face oval, white, very slightly rosecolored on the cheeks, a straight high nose; a small, regular, fresh mouth,
whose thin lips disclose, from time to time, white teeth ranged regularly; a
narrow forehead, bordered by long, black hair, arched with perfect regularity.
Join this head by a round neck to a body large, but not fat, with slender loins,
hands and feet small, but not thin; a breast whose swell (saillie) is not exaggerated. Add to these the following attributes: a gentle manner, a voice like
the nightingale, which makes one divine its artlessness; a look at once lively,
sweet gracious, and always charming; witty words pronounced distinctly,
accompanied by charming smiles; an air sometimes calm, gay, sometimes
thoughtful, and always majestic; manners noble, simple, a little proud, but
without ever incurring the accusation of presumption.
238
noted for neatness, good taste, and, on proper occasions, splendor and
luxuriance of dress. With fan, and waving long sleeve, the language of
secret but outwardly decorous passion found ample expression. Kisses,
the pressure of the hand, and other symbols of love as expressed in
other lands, were then, as now, unknown. In humble life also, in all
their social pleasures the two sexes met together to participate in
the same delights, with far greater freedom than is known in Asiatic
countries. As, however, wives or concubines had not always the attractions of youth, beauty, wit, maidenly freshness, or skill at the koto, the
geisha, or singing-girl, then as now, served the sak, danced, sung, and
played, and was rewarded by the gold or gifts of the host, or perhaps
became his Hagar. The statement that the empress was attended only
by vestals who had never beheld a man is disproved by a short study
of the volumes of poetry, amorous and otherwise, written by them,
and still quoted as classic. As to the standard of virtue in those days,
I believe it was certainly not below that of the later Roman empire,
and I am inclined to believe it was far above it.
In the court at Kito, besides games of skill or chance in the house,
were foot-ball, cock-ghting, falconry, horsemanship, and archery.
The robust games of the military classes were hunting the boar, deer,
bear, and smaller game. Hunting by falcons, which had been introduced by some Corean embassadors in the time of Jingu Kg, was
almost as extensively practiced as in Europe, almost every feudal lord
having his perch of falcons. Fishing by cormorants, though a useful
branch of the shermans industry, was also indulged in for pleasure.
The severe exercise of hunting for sport, however, never became as
absorbing and popular in Japan as in Europe, being conned more to
the professional huntsman, and the seeker for daily food.
The court ladies shaved o their eyebrows, and painted two sable
bars or spots on the forehead resembling false eyebrows. In addition to
the gentle tasks of needle-work and embroidery, they passed the time
239
240
especially in the moonlight. There she retired, and one night when the
full moon shone upon the waters she was so inspired that she wrote
in one night two chapters of the Genji Monogatari,* a book containing fty-four chapters in all, which she nished in a few weeks. She
* The various forms of inarticulate language, by pantomime, owers, art,
and symbolism, in Japan dier in many respects from those expressed by us.
Among the gestures partly or wholly unknown to them are nictation, kissing, shaking hands, shrugging the shoulders, and the contemptuous gyratory
motion of the thumb set against the nose, with the ngers upright. Flirtation is
practiced not by the use of the fan or the handkerchief (which is of paper), but
with a wave of the right hand, with palms downward, or by the fair charmer
waving her long sleeve. Instead of winking, they convey the same meaning by
twitching the left corner of the mouth, or rolling the eyeballs to the right or
left. The girls simper by letting their eyelids fall, and the language of womans
eyes is in other respects the same as with us, as Japanese poetry shows. Jealousy
is indicated by the erecting the two fore ngers on the forehead, in allusion
to the monster which in Japan has horns and black hide, but not green eyes.
A jilt who wishes to give her lover the mitten sends him a branch of maple,
the color (iro) of whose leaves has changed, like her love (iro).
Turning up the nose and curling the lip in scorn are achieved with masterly
skill. In agony, the hands are not clasped, but put upright, palm to palm, at
length. People shake their heads to mean no, and nod them to mean yes.
Among the peculiarities in their code of etiquette, eructation is permissible
in company at all times, and after a hearty meal is rather a compliment to the
host. On the other hand, to attend to the requirements of nasal etiquette,
except with face apart from the company, is very bad manners. Toothpicks
must not be used, but in a semi-secret way, and with the left hand covering the
mouth. At banquets, the fragrant bark on these is carved ornamentally, and
under a shaving loosened from the white wood is written in tiny script a pun,
witticism, bon-mot, or sentimental proposal, like that on the secret papers
on bonbons at our refreshments. At feasts or daily meals, all such matters as
carving, slicing, etc., are looked upon as out of place, and properly belonging
to servants work and in the kitchen. In clothing, the idea that garments ought
to be loose and owing, so as to conceal the shape of the body and its parts,
and give no striking indication of sex, as among us, was never so general as in
China. In hair-dressing, besides marking age and sex, the female coi ure had
a language of its own. Generally a keen observer could distinguish a maiden,
a married wife, a widow who was willing to marry the second time, and the
widow who intended never to wed again. As marks of beauty, besides the ideals
241
242
busily to repair the ruin, and to rethatch the roofs. The kug, seeing
all his poetic visions dispelled by this vandal industry, ordered his
bullock-car, and was o, disgusted.
During the rst centuries of writing in Japan, the spoken and the
written language were identical. With the study of the Chinese literature, and the composition of works by the native literati almost exclusively in that language, grew up dierences between the colloquial
and literary idiom and terminology. The infusion of a large number
of Chinese words into the common speech steadily increased; while
the learned aected a pedantic style of conversation, so interlarded
with Chinese words, names, and expressions, that to the vulgar their
discourse was almost unintelligible. Buddhism also made Chinese
the vehicle of its teachings, and the people everywhere became familiar, not only with its technical terms, but with its stock phrases and
forms of thought. To this day the Buddhist, or sham-religious, way
of talking is almost a complete tongue in itself, and a good dictionary
always gives the Buddhistic meaning of a word separately. In reading or hearing Japanese, the English-speaking resident continually
stumbles on his own religious cant and orthodox expressions, which
he believes to be peculiar to his own atmosphere, that have a meaning
entirely dierent from the natural sense: this vale of tears, this evil
world, gone to his reward, dust and ashes, worm of the dust,
and many phrases which so many think are exclusively Christian or
evangelical, are echoed in Japanese. So much is this true, that the missionaries, in translating religious books, are at rst delighted to nd
exact equivalents for many expressions desirable in technical theology,
or for what may fairly be termed pious slang, but will not use them,
for fear of misleading the reader, or rather of failing to lead him out
of his old notions into the new faith which it is desired to teach. So
general have the use and aectation of Chinese become, that in many
instances the pedantic Chinese name or word has been retained in the
243
mouths of the people, while the more beautiful native term is almost
lost. In general, however, only the men were devoted to Chinese,
while the cultivation of the Japanese language was left to the women.
This task the women nobly discharged, fully maintaining the credit
of the native literature. Mr. W. G. Aston says, I believe no parallel
is to be found in the history of European letters, to the remarkable
fact that a very large proportion of the best writings of the best age of
Japanese literature was the work of women. The Genji Monogatari is
the acknowledged standard of the language for the period to which it
belongs, and the parent of the Japanese novel. Th is, with the classics
Is Monogatari and Makura Zoshi, and much of the poetry of the time,
are the works of women.
It is to be noted that the borrowed Chinese words were taken entirely
from the written, not the colloquial, language of China, the latter having never been spoken by the Japanese, except by a few interpreters
at Nagasaki. The Japanese literary style is more concise, and retains
archaic forms. The colloquial abounds in interjectional and onomatopoetic words and particles, uses a more simple inection of the verb,
and makes profuse use of honoric and polite terms. Though these
particles defy translation, they add grace and force to the language. As
in the English speech, the child of the wedded Saxon and Norman,
the words which express the wants, feelings, and concerns of everyday lifeall that is deepest in the human heartare for the most part
native; the technical, scientic, and abstract terms are foreign. Hence,
if we would nd the fountains of the musical and beautiful language
of Japan, we must seek them in the hearts, and hear them ow from
the lips, of the mothers of the Island Empire. Among the anomalies
with which Japan has surprised or delighted the world may be claimed
that of womans achievements in the domain of letters. It was womans
genius, not mans, that made the Japanese a literary language. Moses
established the Hebrew, Alfred the Saxon, and Luther the German
244
XXII
apan, of all the Asiatic nations, seems to have brought the feudal
system to the highest state of perfection. Originating and developing at the same time as in Europe, it became the constitution of the
nation and the condition of society in the seventeenth century. When
in Europe the nations were engaged in throwing o the feudal yoke
and inaugurating modern government, Japan was riveting the fetters
of feudalism, which stood intact until 1871. From the beginning of
the thirteenth century, it had come to pass that there were virtually
two rulers in Japan, and as foreigners, misled by the Hollanders at
Dshima, supposed, two emperors.
The growth of feudalism in Japan took shape and form from the
early division of the ocials into civil and military. As we have seen,
the Fujiwara controlled all the civil oces, and at rst, in time of
emergency, put on armor, led their troops to battle, and braved the
dangers of war and the discomforts of the camp. In time, however,
this great family, yielding to that sloth and luxury which ever seem,
like an insidious disease, to ruin greatness in Japan, ceased to take the
eld themselves, and delegated the uncongenial tasks of war to certain
members of particular noble families. Those from which the greatest
number of shguns were appointed were the Taira and Minamoto,
that for several centuries held the chief military appointments. As
245
246
luxury, corruption, intrigue, and eeminacy increased at the capital, the diculty of keeping the remote parts of the empire in order
increased, especially in the North and East. The War Department
became disorganized, and the generals at Kito lost their ability to
enforce their orders.
Many of the peasants, on becoming soldiers, had, on account
of their personal valor or merit, been promoted to the permanent
garrison of household troops. Once in the gay capital, they learned
the details of intrigue and politics. Some were made court pages, or
attendants on men of high rank, and thus learned the routine of ocial duty. They caught the tone of life at court, where every man was
striving for rank and his own glory, and they were not slow to imitate
their august examples. Returning to their homes with the prestige of
having been in the capital, they intrigued for power in their native districts, and gradually obtained rule over them, neglecting to go when
duty called them to Kito, and ignoring the orders of their superiors
in the War Department. The civil governors of the provinces dared
not to molest, or attempt to bring these petty tyrants to obedience.
Having armor, horses, and weapons, they were able to train and equip
their dependents and servants, and thus provide themselves with an
armed following.
Thus was formed a class of men who called themselves warriors,
and were ever ready to serve a great leader for pay. The natural consequence of such a state of society was the frequent occurrence of village
squabbles, border brawls, and the levying of black-mail upon defenseless people, culminating in the insurrection of a whole province. The
disorder often rose to such a pitch that it was necessary for the court
to interfere, and an expedition was sent from Kito, under the command of a Taira or Minamoto leader. The shogun, instead of waiting to
recruit his army in the regular manner a process doubtful of results
in the disorganized state of the War Department and of the country in
247
248
soldiers grants of the conquered land in their own name. The Taira
followed the same policy in the south and west.
When Yoritomo became Sei-i Tai Shgun at Kamakura, erected
the dual system, and appointed a military with a civil governor of each
province in the interest of good order, feudalism assumed national
proportions. Such a distribution soon ceased to be a balance, the
military pan in the scale gained weight and the civil lost until it kicked
the beam. At the end of the Hj domination, the court had lost the
government of the provinces, and the kug (court nobles) had been
despoiled and impoverished by the buk (military). So thoroughly
had feudalism become the national polity, that in the temporary
mikadoate, 15341536, the Emperor Go-Daigo rewarded those who
had restored him by grants of land for them to rule in their own
names as his vassals.
Under the Ashikagas, the hold of even the central military authority, or chief daimi, was lost, and the empire split up into fragments.
Historians have in vain attempted to construct a series of historical
maps of this period. The pastime was wara game of patchwork in
which land continually changed possessors. There was no one great
leader of sucient power to overawe all; hence might made right; and
whoever had the ability, valor, or daring to make himself pre-eminent
above his fellows, and seized more land, his power would last until
he was overcome by a stronger, or his family decayed through the
eeminacy of his descendants. During this period, the great clans
with whose names the readers of the works of the Jesuits and Dutch
writers are familiar, or which have been most prominent since the
opening of the empire, took their rise. They were those of Hosokawa,
Uysugi, Satak, Takda, the later Hj of Odawara, Mri, tomo,
Shimadzu, Riuzji, Ota, and Tokugawa.
As the authority of the court grew weaker and weaker, the allegiance which all men owed to the mikado, and which they theoretically
249
250
251
252
helpless under its wicket arch. Three heavy quarter staves were also
ready, to belabor the struggling wight who would not yield, while
swords on the racks hung ready for the last resort, or when intruders
came in numbers. On rows of pegs hung wooden tickets about three
inches square, branded or inscribed with the names of the retainers
and servants of the lords house, which were handed to the keeper of
the gate as they passed in or out.
The soldiers wore armor made of thin scales of iron, steel, hardened
hide, lacquered paper, brass, or shark-skin, chain-mail, and shields.
The helmet was of iron, very strong, and lined within by buckskin.
Its ap of articulated iron rings drooped well around the shoulders.
The visor was of thin lacquered iron, the nose and mouth pieces being
removable. The eyes were partially protected by the projecting front
piece. A false mustache was supposed to make the upper lip of the
warrior dreadful to behold. On the frontlet were the distinguishing
symbols of the man, a pair of horns, a sh, an eagle, dragon, buckhorns, or ashing brass plates of various designs. Some of the helmets
were very tall. Kat Kiyomasas was three feet high. On the top was
a hole, in which a pennant was thrust, or an ornament shaped like a
pear inserted. The pear-splitter was the fatal stroke in combat and
the prize-cut in fencing. Behind the corslet on the back was another
socket, in which the clan ag was inserted. The breastplate was heavy
and tough; the arms, legs, abdomen, and thighs were protected by
plates joined by woven chains. Shields were often used; and for forlornhopes or assaults, cavalrymen made use of a stued bag resembling
a bolster, to receive a volley of arrows. Besides being missile-proof,
it held the arrows as spoils. On the shoulders, hanging loosely, were
unusually wide and heavy brassarts, designed to deaden the force of
the two-handed sword-stroke. Greaves and sandals completed the suit,
which was laced and bound with iron clamps, and cords of buckskin
and silk, and decorated with crests, gilt tassels, and glittering insignia.
253
254
255
length, with white hilts. The bat, the falcon, the dragon, lion, tiger,
owl, and hawk, were among the most common designs wrought in
gold, lacquer, carving, or alloy on the hilts, handles, or scabbard; and
on the ko-katana was engraved the name of the owner.
Feudalism was the mother of brawls innumerable, and feuds
between families and clans continually existed. The wife whose husband was slain by the grudge-bearer brought up her sons religiously
to avenge their fathers death. The vendetta was unhindered by law
and applauded by society. The moment of revenge selected was usually that of the victims proudest triumph. After promotion to oce,
succession to patrimony, or at his marriage ceremony, the sword of
the avenger did its bloody work. Many a bride found herself a widow
on her wedding-night. Many a child became an orphan in the hour of
the fathers acme of honor. When the murder was secret, at night, or
on the wayside, the head was cut o, and the avenger, plucking out his
ko-katana, thrust it in the ear of the victim, and let it lie on the public
highway, or sent it to be deposited before the gate of the house. The
ko-katana, with the name engraved on it, told the whole story.
Whenever the lord of a clan wished his rival or enemy out of the
way, he gave the order of Herodias to her daughter to his faithful
retainers, and usually the head in due time was brought before him,
as was Johns, on a charger or ceremonial stand.
The most minutely detailed etiquette presided over the sword, the
badge of the gentleman. The visitor whose means allowed him to be
accompanied by a servant always left his long sword in his charge when
entering a friends house; the salutation being repeated bowing of the
forehead to the oor while on the hands and knees, the breath being
sucked in at the same time with an impressive sound. The degree of
obeisance was accurately graded according to rank. If alone, the visitor
laid his sword on the oor of the vestibule. The hosts servants, if so
instructed by their master, then, with a silk napkin in hand, removed
256
it inside and placed it, with all honor, on the sword-rack. At meetings
between those less familiar, the sheathed weapon was withdrawn from
the girdle and laid on the oor to the right, an indication of friendship,
since it could not be drawn easily. Under suspicious circumstances,
it was laid to the left, so as to be at hand. On short visits, the dirk
was retained in the girdle; on festal occasions, or prolonged visits, it
was withdrawn. To clash the sheath of ones sword against that of
another was a breach of etiquette that often resulted in instantaneous
and bloody reprisal. The accompanying cut by Hokusai represents
such a scene. The story is a true one, and well told by Mitford. Fuwa
Banzamonhe of the robe marked with the nurtsubami (swallow
in a shower)and Nagoya Sanzaburhe of the coat gured with
the device of lightningboth enemies, and rnin, as their straw hats
show, meet, and intentionally turn back to back and clash scabbards,
holding their hands in tragic attitude. In a moment more, so the
picture tells us, the insulted scabbards will be empty, and the blades
crossed in deadly combat. In the story, which has been versied and
dramatized, and which on the boards will hold an audience breathless,
Nagoya nally kills Fuwa. The writing at the side of the sketch gives
the clue to the incident: saya-at (scabbard-collision), equivalent to our
inging down the gauntlet.
To turn the sheath in the belt as if about to draw was tantamount
to a challenge. To lay ones weapon on the oor of a room, and kick
the guard toward a person, was an insult that generally resulted in a
combat to the death. Even to touch anothers weapon in any way was
a grave oense. No weapon was ever exhibited naked for any purpose,
unless the wearer rst profusely begged pardon of those present. A
wish to see a sword was seldom made, unless the blade was a rare one.
The owner then held the back of the sword to the spectator, with the
edge toward himself, and the hilt, wrapped in the little silk napkin
which gentlemen always carry in their pocket-books, or a piece of
257
white paper, to the left. The blade was then withdrawn from the scabbard, and admired inch by inch, but never entirely withdrawn unless
the owner pressed his guest to do so, when, with much apology, the
sword was entirely withdrawn and held away from those present.
Many gentlemen took a pride in making collections of swords, and
the men of every samurai family wore weapons that were heir-looms,
often centuries old. Women wore short swords when traveling, and
the palace ladies in time of res armed themselves.
In no country has the sword been made an object of such honor as
in Japan. It is at once a divine symbol, a knightly weapon, and a certicate of noble birth. The girded sword is the soul of the samurai.
It is the precious possession of lord and vassal from times older than
the divine period. Japan is the land of many blades. The gods wore
and wielded two-edged swords. From the tail of the dragon was born
the sword which the Sun-goddess gave to the rst emperor of Japan.
By the sword of the clustering clouds of heaven Yamato-Dak subdued
the East. By the sword the mortal heroes of Japan won their fame.
Theres naught twixt heaven and earth that man need fear, who
carries at his belt this single blade. Ones fate is in the hands of
Heaven, but a skillful ghter does not meet with death. In the last
days, ones sword becomes the wealth of ones posterity. These are
the mottoes graven on Japanese swords.
Names of famous swords belonging to the Taira, Minamoto and
other families are, Little Crow, Beard-cutter, Knee-divider. The
two latter, when tried on sentenced criminals, after severing the heads
from the body, cut the beard, and divided the knee respectively. The
forging of these swords occupied the smith sixty days. No artisans
were held in greater honor than the sword-makers, and some of them
even rose to honorary rank. The forging of a blade was often a religious ceremony. The names of Munchicka, Masamun, Yoshimitsu,
and Muramasa, a few out of many noted smiths, are familiar words in
258
the mouths of even Japanese children. The names, or marks and dates,
of famous makers were always attached to their blades, and from the
ninth to the fteenth century were sure to be genuine. In later times,
the practice of counterfeiting the marks of well-known makers came
into vogue. Certain swords considered of good omen in one family
were deemed unlucky in others.
I had frequent opportunities of examining several of the masterpieces of renowned sword-makers while in Japan, the property of
kugs, daimis, and old samurai families, the museum at Kamakura
being especially rich in famous old blades. The ordinary length of a
sword was a fraction over two feet for the long and one foot for the
short sword. All lengths were, however, made use of, and some of the
old warriors on horseback wore swords over six feet long.
The Japanese sword-blade averages about an inch in width, about
seven-eighths of which is a backing of iron, to which a face of steel is
forged along its entire length. The back, about one-fourth of an inch
thick, bevels out very slightly to near the centre of the blade, which
then narrows to a razor edge. The steel and the forging line are easily
distinguished by a cloudiness on the mirror-like polish of the metal.
An inch and a quarter from the point, the width of the blade having
been decreased one-fourth, the edge is ground o to a semi-parabola,
meeting the back, which is prolonged, untouched; the curve of the
whole blade, from a straight line, being less than a quarter of an
inch. The guard is often a piece of elaborate workmanship in metal,
representing a landscape, water-scene, or various emblems. The hilt
is formed by covering the prolonged iron handle by shark-skin and
wrapping this with twisted silk. The ferule, washers, and cleets are
usually inlaid, embossed, or chased in gold, silver, or alloy. The rivets
in the centre of the handle are concealed by designs, often of solid
gold, such as the lion, dragon, cock, etc.
259
In full dress, the color of the scabbard was black, with a tinge of
green or red in it, and the bindings of the hilt of blue silk. The taste of
the wearer was often displayed in the color, size, or method of wearing
his sword, gay or proud fellows aecting startling colors or extravagant
length. Riven through ornamental ferules at the side of the scabbards
were long, at cords of woven silk of various tints, which were used
to tie up the owing sleeves, preparatory to ghting. Every part of a
sword was richly inlaid, or expensively nished. Daimis often spent
extravagant sums on a single blade, and small fortunes on a collection.
A samurai, however poor, would have a blade of sure temper and rich
mountings, deeming it honorable to suer for food, that he might
have a worthy emblem of his social rank as a samurai. A description of
the various styles of blade and scabbard, lacquer, ornaments, and the
rich vocabulary of terms minutely detailing each piece entering into
the construction of a Japanese sword, the etiquette to be observed, the
names, mottoes, and legends relating to them, would ll a large volume
closely printed. A considerable portion of native literature is devoted
to this one subject.
The bow and arrows were the chief weapons for siege and longrange operations. A Japanese bow has a peculiar shape, as seen in the
engraving. It was made of well-selected oak (kashi), incased on both
sides with a semi-cylinder of split bamboo toughened by re. The
three pieces composing the bow were then bound rmly into one piece
by thin withes of rattan, making an excellent combination of lightness, strength, and elasticity. The string was of hemp. Arrows were
of various kinds and lengths, according to the arms of the archer. The
average length of the war-arrow was three feet. The turnip-head,
frog-crotch, willow-leaf, armor-piercer, bowel-raker, were a
few of the various names for arrows. The turnip-top, so named from
its shape, made a singing noise as it ew. The frog-crotch, shaped
260
261
XXIII
n the province of Echizen, a few miles from Fukui, on the seacoast, stands the mountain of Ochi, adorned with many a shrine
and sacred portal, and at its foot lies the village of Ota. Tradition
states that nearly a thousand years ago the pious bonze, Tai Ch,
ascended and explored this mountain, which is now held sacred and
resorted to by many a pilgrim. Here, in uninterrupted harmony, dwelt
for centuries priests of both the native Shint and Buddhist cultus,
until 1868, when, in the purication, all Shint shrines were purged of
Buddhist symbolism and inuences, as of a thing unclean. The priests
were wont to make occasional journeys to Kito, the ecclesiastical centre of the country. Centuries before the troublous times of Ashikaga,
and during the period of the Taira and Minamoto, one of the Shint
priests, while on his way through mi, stopped at Tsuda, and lodged
with the nanushi, or head-man of the village, and asked him for one
of his sons for the priesthood. The host gave him his step-son, whom
the priest named Ota Chikazan.
That boy was of Taira blood, the great-grandson of Kiyomori. His
father, Sukmori, had been killed by the Minamoto, but his mother had
ed to mi, and the head-man of the village of Tsuda had married her.
The mother, though grieving for the loss of her son, doubtless, as
a pious woman, rejoiced to see him in such excellent hands. The lad
263
264
was returned to Ota, and lived in the village. He grew up, married
as became a kannushi (custodian of a Shint shrine), and founded a
family of Shinto priests. He was the common ancestor of the famous
hero of Echizen, Shibata Katsuiy, and of the renowned Nobunaga,
who deposed the Ashikaga, persecuted the Buddhists, encouraged the
Jesuits, and restored, to a great extent, the supremacy of the mikado.
In the History of the Church, a portrait is given of Nobunaga,
which is thus translated by Dr. Walter Dixon. He is described as a
prince of large stature, but of a weak and delicate complexion, with a
heart and soul that supplied all other wants; ambitious above all mankind; brave, generous, and bold, and not without many excellent moral
virtues; inclined to justice, and an enemy to treason. With a quick
and penetrating wit, he seemed cut out for business. Excelling in
military discipline, he was esteemed the ttest to command an army,
manage a siege, fortify a town, or mark out a camp, of any general in
Japan, never using any heads but his own. If he asked advice, it was
more to know their hearts than to prot by their advice. He sought
to see into others, and to conceal his own counsel, being very secret
in his designs. He laughed at the worship of the gods, convinced that
the bonzes were impostors abusing the simplicity of the people, and
screening their own debauches under the name of religion.
Nobunaga had four generals, whom the people in those days
were wont to nickname, respectively, Cotton, Rice, Attack,
Retreat. The one was so fertile of resources that he was like cotton,
that can be put to a multitude of uses; the second was as absolutely
necessary as rice, which, if the people be without for a day, they die;
the third excelled in onset; the fourth, in skillful retreat. They were
Hidyoshi, Goroza, Shibata, and Ikda. A rth afterward joined him,
whose name was Tokugawa Iyyasu. These three names, Nobunaga,
Hidyoshi, and Iyyasu, are the most renowned in Japan.
265
Nobunaga rst appears on the scene in 1542. His father, after the
fashion of the times, was a warrior, who, in the general scramble for
land, was bent on securing a fair slice of territory. He died in 1549,
leaving to his son his arms, his land, and his feuds. Nobunaga gained
Suruga, Mino, mi and Mikawa, Is and Echizen, in succession.
Having possession of Kito, he built the ne castle of Nij, and took
the side of Ashikaga Yoshiaki, who by his inuence was made shgun
in 1558. Six years later, the two quarreled. Nobunaga arrested and
deposed him, and the power of this family, which had lasted two
hundred and thirty-eight years, came to an end. From this time there
was no Sei-i Tai Shgun, until Iyyasu obtained the oce, in 1604.
By the aid of his commanders, Hidyoshi and Iyyasu, he brought
large portions of the empire under his authority, and nominally that
of the mikado, in whose name he governed. He became Naidaijin
(inner great minister), but never shgun. The reason of this, doubtless, was that the oce of shgun was by custom monopolized by the
Minamoto family and descendants, whereas Nobunaga was of Taira
descent. Like Yoritomo, he was a skillful and determined soldier,
but was never able to subdue the great clans. Unlike him, he lacked
administrative power, and was never able to follow up in peace the
victories gained in war.
He met his death in Kito, when in the fullness of his power and
fame, in the following manner. Among his captains was Akchi, a
brave, proud man, who had taken mortal oense at his leader. One
day, while in his palace, being in an unusually merry and familiar
mood, Nobunaga put Akchis head under his arm, saying he would
make a drum of it struck it with his fan, like a drumstick, playing a
tune. Akchi did not relish the joke, and silently waited for revenge.
His passion was doubtless nursed and kept warm by a previous desire
to seize the place and power and riches of his chief.
266
267
268
answered: I have put down the thieves against the emperor [kokuzoku, robbers of country]; why do you hinder me thus? I intend to
tranquilize the whole land, and revive the declining power of the
imperial Government. I continually make light of my life for the
mikados sake, and hence I have no rest for a single day. Last year I
subdued Settsu, and both castles were about to be surrendered, when
Yoshikag [Daimi of Echizen] and Nagamasa [Daimi of mi]
attacked my rear, and I was obliged to raise the siege and retrace my
steps. My allowing the priests to remain on this mountain was in
order that I might destroy them. I once dispatched a messenger to
the priests, and set before them happiness and misery. The bonzes
never obeyed my word, but stoutly assisted the wicked fellows, and
so resisted the imperial army [shi, or kuangun]. Does this act not
make them [kokuzoku] country-thieves? If I do not now take them
away, this great trouble will continue forever. Moreover, I have heard
that the priests violate their own rules; they eat sh and stinking
vegetables [the ve odorous plants prohibited by Buddhismcommon
and wild leek, garlic, onions, scallions], keep concubines, and roll up
the sacred books [never untie them to read them or pray]. How can
they be vigilant against evil, or preserve justice? Then surround their
dwellings, burn them down, suer no one to live.
The generals, incited by the speech of their commander, agreed.
On the next day an awful scene of butchery and conagration ensued.
The soldiers set re to the great shrines and temples; and while the
stately edices were in ames, plied sword, lance, and arrow. None
were permitted to escape. Without discrimination of age or sex, the
toothless dotard, abbot, and bonze, maid-servant and concubine and
children, were speared or cut down without mercy. This was the rst
great blow at Buddhism.
In 1579, the two great sects of Nichiren and Jdo held a great
discussion upon religious subjects, which reached such a point of
269
acrimony that the attention of the Government was called to it, and it
was continued and nished before Nobunaga, at his castle at Azuchi
yama, on the lands of which he had already allowed the Jesuits to
build churches. A book called Azuchi Ron, still extant, contains the
substance of the argument on both sides. One result of the wordy
contest was the suppression of a sub-sect of Jdo, whose doctrines
were thought to be dangerous to the State.
The immense fortied temple and monastery called Honguanji,
in zaka, was the property of the Monto, or Shin sect of Buddhists,
and the retreat and hiding-place of Nobunagas enemies. The bonzes
themselves were his most bitter haters, because he had so encouraged
the Jesuits. They had taken the side of his enemies for over twelve
years. At last, when some of his best captains had been killed by grassrebels, or ambuscaders, who ed into the monastery, he laid siege to it
in earnest, with the intention of serving the inmates as he did those of
Hiyeizan. Within the enceinte, crowded in ve connecting fortresses,
were thousands of women and children, besides the warriors and
priests. Another frightful massacre seemed imminent. The place was
so surrounded that every attempt of the garrison to escape was cut o.
On an intensely dark night, under cover of a storm then raging, several
thousands of the people, of all sexes and ages, attempted to escape
from one of the forts. They were overtaken and slaughtered. The main
garrison shortly afterward learned the fate of their late comrades by
seeing a junk, dispatched by the victors, laden with human ears and
noses, approach the castle with its hideous cargo. Another outpost of
the castle was surrendered. In the second month of the siege, a sortie
in force was repelled by showers of arrows and matchlock balls; but,
in the ghting, Nobunagas best ocers were slain. The besieging
army nally occupied three of the ve in the net-work of fortresses.
Thousands (twenty thousand) of the garrison had been killed by
arrow and ball, or had perished in the ames, and the horrible stench
270
of burning esh lled the air for miles. The fate of the main body
within the walls was soon to be decided.
The mikado, grieving over the shedding of so much blood, sent
three court nobles and a priest of another sect to persuade the garrison to yield. A conference of the abbot and elders was called, and
a surrender decided upon. The castle was turned over to Nobunaga,
and from that day until the present has remained in the hands of the
Government. Pardon was granted to the survivors, and the bonzes
scattered to the other large monasteries of their sect. To this day, the
great sects in Japan have never fully recovered from the blows dealt
by Nobunaga. Subsequently, rulers were obliged to lay violent hands
upon the strongholds of ecclesiastical power that threatened so frequently to disturb the peace of the country; but they were able to do
it with comparative ease, because Nobunaga had begun the work with
such unscrupulous vigor and thoroughness.
XXIV
272
273
etc. The term sama ful lls, in a measure, the function of the denite
article or demonstrative pronoun, or serves as a social handle. Hence,
in foreign works, Hidyoshi, the taik; or that one of the many taik,
called Hidyoshi, is referred to as Taik sama.
Hidyoshi was a man of war from his youth up. His abilities and
soldierly qualities made him a favorite commander. His banner consisted of a cluster of gourds. At rst it was a single gourd. After each
battle another was added, until at last it became an imposing sheaf.
The standard-bearer carried aloft at the head of the columns a golden
representation of the original model, and wherever Hidyoshis banner
moved there was the centre of victory.
At the death of Nobunaga, the situation was as follows: His third
son, Nobutaka, was ruler over Shikoku; Shimadzu (Satsuma) was
ghting with tomo, and seizing his land in Kiushiu. Hidyoshi
and Nobuwo, second son of Nobunaga, with the imperial army, were
ghting with Mri, Prince of Chshiu, who held ten provinces in
the West. Iyeyasu, ruler of eight provinces in the Kuant, was in the
eld against Hj of Odawara. Shibata held Echizen. Hidyoshi and
Iyyasu were the rising men, but the former attained rst to highest
power. Immediately on hearing of Nobunagas death, Hidyoshi made
terms with Mri, hastened to Kito, and defeated and slew Akchi.
The fate of this assassin has given rise to the native proverb, Akchi
ruled three days. His name and power were now paramount. The
prizes of rank were before him, for the mikado and court could not
oppose his wishes. Of his masters sons, one had died, leaving an
infant; the second son was assisted by Iyyasu, with whom Hidyoshi
had made a compromise; the third, Nobutaka, was weak, and endeavored, seconded by his chief captain, Shibata, who had married the
sister of Nobunaga, to maintain his rights. Hidyoshi marched into
Mino, defeated him, pursued Shibata into Echizen, and, after several skirmishes, burned his castle. The account of this, as given by
274
275
276
277
of Coreans to conquer China, and thus make the three countries one.
His master laughed, but he kept thinking of it. When in the Kuant,
he visited Kamakura, and saw an image of Yoritomo, such as one may
still see in the temple of Tsurugaka. Rubbing and patting its back,
the parvenu thus addressed the illustrious egy: You are my friend.
You took all the power under Heaven (in Japan). You and I, only, have
been able to do this; but you were of a famous family, and not like me,
sprung from peasants. I intend, at last, to conquer all the earth, and
even China. What think you of that? Hidyoshi used to say, The
earth is the earths eartha doctrine which led him to respect very
slightly the claim of any one to land which he coveted, and had won
by his own eorts.
Under the declining power of Ashikaga, all tribute from Corea
had ceased and the pirates who ranged the coasts scarcely allowed a
precarious trade to exist. The S family, who held Tsushima, however,
had a small settlement in Corea. Some Chinese, emigrating to Japan,
told Hidyoshi of the military disorganization and anarchy in China,
which increased his desire to peep into China. He then sent two
embassies in succession to Corea to demand tribute. The second was
successful. He also sent word to the Emperor of China by some Liu
Kiu tribute-bearers that if he (the Emperor of China) would not hear
him, he would invade his territory with an army. To the Corean envoy
he recounted his exploits, and announced his intentions denitely.
Several embassies crossed and recrossed the sea between Corea and
Japan, Hidyoshi meanwhile awaiting his best opportunity, as the dispatch of the expedition depended almost entirely on his own will. His
wife, Azai, had borne him a child, whom he loved dearly, but it died,
and he mourned for it many months. One day he went out to a temple,
Kiyomidzu, in Kito, to beguile the sad hours. Lost in thought, in
looking over the western sky beyond the mountains, he suddenly
exclaimed to his attendant, A great man ought to employ his army
278
beyond ten thousand miles, and not give way to sorrow. Returning
to his house, he assembled his generals, and red their enthusiasm
by recounting their exploits mutually achieved. He then promised to
march to Peking, and divide the soil of China in efs among them.
They unanimously agreed, and departed to the various provinces to
prepare troops and material. Hideyoshi himself went to Kiushiu.
On his way, some one suggested that scholars versed in Chinese
should accompany the expedition. Hideyoshi laughed, and said, This
expedition will make the Chinese use our literature. After worshiping at a shrine, he threw up a handful of one hundred cash in front
of the shrine, and said, If I am to conquer China, let the heads show
it, The Japanese copper and iron zeni, or kas, have Chinese characters
representing the chronological period of coinage on one side, and
waves representing their circulation as money on the reverse. The
lettered side is head, the reverse is tail. All the coins which the
taik ung up came down heads. The soldiers were delighted with
the omen. Maps of Corea were distributed among the commanders
of the eight divisions, and the plan of the expedition and their cooperation explained.
Kato Kiyomasa, who hated the Christians, and who afterward
became their bitterest persecutor, was commander of the rst; and
Konishi Yukinaga, the Christian leader, and a great favorite of the
Jesuits, of the second. These divisions were alternately to lead the van.
The naval and military force that embarked is set down in the Guai Shi
at ve hundred thousand men. A reserve of sixty thousand was kept
ready in Japan as re-enforcements. Many of the generals, captains, and
private soldiers were of the Christian faith. Kato despised Konishi,
and they were not friends. The latter was the son of a druggist, and
persisted, to the disgust of the high-born Kato, in carrying a banner
representing a paper medicine-bag, such as can be seen swinging in
279
front of a native drug-shop to-day. He probably took his cue from the
august parvenu, the taik.
Hidyoshi expected to lead the army himself; but being sixty years
old, and inrm, and his aged mother sorrowing so that she could not
eat on account of it, he remained behind. He gave Kato ag, saying,
This was given me by Ota [Nobunaga] when I marched against Mri
[Chshiu]. To Konishi he presented a ne horse, saying, With this
gallop over the bearded savages [Coreans]. All being ready, the eet
set sail amidst the shouts of the army and the thunder of cannon on
the shore. Hidyoshi had attempted to buy or charter two Portuguese
ships, but was unsuccessful, and the eet consisted of large junks.
They were detained o Iki Island by stormy weather. As soon as it
was calm, Konishi, well acquainted with the route, sailed away with
his division, arrived at Fusan, in Southern Corea, rst, and seized the
castle. Without allowing his troops to rest, he urged them on to other
triumphs, that the glory might be theirs alone, and not be shared by
the other troops, who would soon arrive. Another large castle was
stormed, several towns captured, and brilliant victories won. Th ree
days later, Kato arrived, and heard, to his chagrin, of his rivals advance
into the interior. He exclaimed, The boy has taken my route; I shall
not follow in his tracks. He then burned the town, which Konishi had
spared, and advanced into the country by another way.
Corea was divided into eight circuits, and the taiks plan had
been for each corps of the army to conquer a circuit. The Corean
king appointed a commander-in-chief, and endeavored to defend his
country, but the Japanese armies were everywhere victorious. After
many battles fought, and fortresses stormed, nearly all the provinces of
the eight circuits were subdued, and the capital, Kenkitai, was taken.
The king and his son ed. At one great battle, ten thousand Coreans
are said to have been killed, and their ears cut o and preserved in salt
280
281
hoped thus to gain his inuence, so that the power might descend in
his own family. The last thoughts of the hero were of strengthening the
citadel at zaka. The old hero was buried in the grounds of Kodaiji,
in Kito.
The victorious army, returning from Corea, brought much spoil,
and ne timber to build a memorial temple to the memory of the
dead hero. Among other trophies were several thousands of ears,
which, instead of heads, the Japanese carried back to raise a barrow
in Kito. The temple was erected on a hill on the west side of Kito
by his wife, who, after the death of her husband, became a nun. Th is
splendid edice was afterward burned, and the site of the taiks
remains is uncertain.
In the city still stands the Mimidzuka (ear-tomb), a monument of
characteristic appearance. It consists of a cube, sphere, and pagodacurve, surmounted by two spheroids, the top-stone rising to a point.
The mound is seven hundred and twenty feet in circumference, and
ninety feet in height; the pedestal at the top being twelve feet square,
and the monument twelve feet high. As usual on Buddhist tombs
or ecclesiastical edices, a Sanskrit letter is carved on each side of
the four faces of the cube. Beneath this tomb is a barrow, covering
the dissevered ears of thousands of Coreans; but the most enduring
monuments of the great taik were the political institutions, and the
works of peace reared by his genius and labor.
It is not dicult to account for the tone of admiration and pride
with which a modern Japanese speaks of the age of Taik. There are
many who hold that he was the real unier of the empire, and that
Iyyasu merely followed in his footsteps, perfecting the work which
Hidyoshi began. Certain it is that in many of the most striking forms
of national administration, and notably in bestowing upon his vassals
grants of land, and making the conditions of tenure loyalty to himself
and family, Iyyasu was but the copyist of the taik. In his time, the
282
arts and sciences were not only in a very ourishing condition, but
gave promise of rich development. The spirit of military enterprise
and internal national improvement was at its height. Contact with the
foreigners of many nations awoke a spirit of inquiry and intellectual
activity; but it was on the seas that genius and restless activity found
their most congenial eld.
This era is marked by the highest perfection in marine architecture,
and the extent and variety of commercial enterprises. The ships built
in this century were twice or thrice the size, and vastly the superior in
model, of the junks that now hug the Japanese shores, or ply between
China and Japan. The pictures of them preserved to the present day
show that they were superior in size to the vessels of Columbus,
and nearly equal in sailing qualities to the contemporary Dutch and
Portuguese galleons. They were provided with ordnance, and a model
of a Japanese breech-loading cannon is still preserved in Kito. Ever
a brave and adventurous people, the Japanese then roamed the seas
with a freedom that one who knows only of the modern shore-bound
people would scarcely credit. Voyages of trade, discovery, or piracy
had been made to India, Siam, Burmah, the Philippines, Southern
China, the Malay Archipelago, and the Kuriles, on the north, even
in the fteenth century, but were most numerous in the sixteenth.
The Japanese gave the name to the island of Roson (Luzon), and
the descendants of Japanese pirates or traders are still to be found in
numbers in this archipelago. In the city of Ayuthaya, on the Menam,
in Siam, a ourishing sea-port, the people call one part of the place
the Japanese quarter. The Japanese literature contains many references to these adventurous sailors; and when the records of the Far
East are thoroughly investigated, and this subject fully studied, very
interesting results will be obtained, showing the wide-spread inuence of Japan at a time when she was scarcely known by the European
world to have existence.
XXV
t seems now nearly certain that when Columbus set sail from Spain
to discover a new continent, it was not America he was seeking;
for of that he knew nothing. His quest was the land of Japan. Marco
Polo, the Venetian traveler, had spent seventeen years (12751292) at
the court of the Tartar emperor, Kublai Khan, and while in Peking
had heard of a land lying to the eastward called, in the language of
the Chinese capital, Jipangu, from which our modern name, Japan,
has been corrupted. Columbus was an ardent student of Polos book,
which had been published in 1298. He sailed westward across the
Atlantic to nd this kingdom of the sun-source. He discovered, not
Japan, but an archipelago in America, on whose shores he eagerly
inquired concerning Jipangu. The torch of modern discovery thus
kindled by him was handed on by Vasco da Gama, and a host of brave
Portuguese navigators, who drove their keels into the once unknown
seas of the Orient, and came back to tell of densely populated empires
* In compiling this chapter, I have made use of Hildreths Japan as it Was
and Is; Lon Pags Histoire de la Religion Chrtienne au Japon; Charlevoixs
Histoire du Christianismeau Japon; Dixons Japan; Shimabara: A Japanese Account
of the Christian Insurrection in 1637; the Japanese Encyclopdia, San Sai Dzu
Y; and the able paper of Herr Von Brandt (Minister of the North German
Confederation in Japan) read before the German Asiatic Society of Japan.
283
284
285
their visitors. In a few years, as we know from Japanese history, rearms came into general use. To this day many country people call
them Tangashima. Thus, in the beginning, hand-in-hand came
foreigners, Christianity, and re-arms. To many a native they are still
each and equal members of a trinity of terrors, and one is a synonym
of the other. Christianity to most of the heathen still means big
guns and powder.
In those days commerce and piracy, war and religion, were closely
united; and the sword and the cross were twin weapons, like the
cimeter and the Koran of the Turks, by which the pious robbers of the
most Christian empires of Spain and Portugal went forth to conquer
weak nations.
The pirate-trader who brought Pinto to Japan cleared twelve
hundred percent on his cargo, and the three Portuguese returned,
loaded with presents, to China. Th is new market attracted hundreds
of Portuguese adventurers to Japan, who found a ready welcome at the
hands of the impressible people. The daimis vied with each other in
attracting the foreigners to their shores, their object being to obtain
the weapons, and get the wealth which would increase their power,
as the authority of the Ashikaga shguns had before this time been
cast o, and each chief was striving for local supremacy.
The missionary followed the merchant. Already the Portuguese
priests and Franciscan friars were numerous in India and the straits.
A native of Satsuma named Anjir, who, having killed a man, had
ed to Pintos boat, and was carried o by him, after the long sufferings of remorse reached Goa, becoming a convert to Christianity.
Learning to read and write Portuguese, and having mastered the
whole Christian doctrine, he became Xaviers interpreter. To the
question whether the Japanese would be likely to accept Christianity,
Anjir answeredin words that seem fresh, pertinent, and to have
been uttered but yesterday, so true are they stillthat his people
286
287
with the mikado was an absurdity, and one with the Kub sama (shgun) an impossibility, his temporary poverty not permitting him to
make a present eectively large enough for the latter, and rendering
him contemptible in the eyes of the people. He attempted to preach
several times in the streets, but, not being master of the language,
failed to secure attention, and after two weeks left the city disgusted.
Not long after, having turned his attention to the furtherance of
trade and diplomacy, he departed from Japan, disheartened by the
realities of missionary work. He had, however, inspired others, who
followed him, and their success was amazingly great. Within ve
years after Xavier visited Kito, seven churches were established in
the vicinity of the city itself, while scores of Christian communities
had sprung up in the south-west. In 1581, there were two hundred
churches, and one hundred and fty thousand native Christians. In
Bungo, where Xavier won his way by costly gifts, as he did in Suwo
by diplomacy; in Harima and mura, the daimis themselves had
professed the new faith, while Nobunaga, the hater of the Buddhists,
openly favored the Christians, and gave them eligible sites upon which
to build dwellings and churches. Ready to use any weapons against
the bonzes, Nobunaga hoped to use the foreigners as a counterpoise
to their arrogance.
In 1583, an embassy of four young noblemen was dispatched by
the Christian daimis of Kiushiu to the pope, to declare themselves
vassals of the Holy See. Eight years afterward, having had audience
of Philip II of Spain, and kissed the feet of the pope at Rome, they
returned, bringing with them seventeen Jesuit missionariesan
important addition to the many Portuguese religious of that order
already in Japan. Spanish mendicant friars from the Philippine
Islands, with Dominicans and Augustans, also ocked into the country, preaching and zealously proselyting. The number of Christians
at the time of the highest success of the missionaries in Japan was,
288
289
were never greater. Gorgeous vestments, blazing lights, imposing processions, altars of dazzling magnicence, and a sensuous worship captivated
the minds of the people, while indulgences were sold, and saints days
and holidays and festivals were multiplied.
The Japanese are an intensely imaginative people; and whatever
appeals to the sthetics of sense, or res the imagination, leads the
masses captive at the will of their religious leaders. The priests of Rome
came with cruci xes in their hands, eloquence on their lips, and with
rich dresses, impressive ceremonies, processions, and mysteries outdazzled the scenic display of the Buddhists. They brought pictures,
gilt crosses, and images, and erected gorgeous altars, which they used
as illuminated texts for their sermons. They preached the doctrine
of an immediate entrance into paradise after death to all believers,
a doctrine which thrilled their hearers to an uncontrollable pitch of
enthusiasm. Buddhism promises rest in heaven only after many transformations, births, and the repeated miseries of life and death, the very
thought of which wearies the soul. The story of the Cross, made vivid
by fervid eloquence, tears and harrowing pictures and colored images,
which bridged the gulf of remoteness, and made the act of Calvary
near and intensely real, melted the hearts of the impressible natives.
Furthermore, the transition from the religion of India to that of Rome
was extremely easy. The very idols of Buddha served, after a little
alteration with the chisel, for images of Christ. The Buddhist saints
were easily transformed into the Twelve Apostles. The Cross took the
place of the torii. It was emblazoned on the helmets and banners of
the warriors, and embroidered on their breasts. The Japanese soldiers
went forth to battle like Christian crusaders. In the roadside shrine
Kuanon, the Goddess of Mercy, made way for the Virgin, the mother
of God. Buddhism was beaten with its own weapons. Its own artillery
was turned against it. Nearly all the Christian churches were native
temples, sprinkled and puried. The same bell, whose boom had so
290
often quivered the air announcing the orisons and matins of paganism, was again blessed and sprinkled, and called the same hearers to
mass and confession; the same lavatory that fronted the temple served
for holy-water or baptismal font; the same censer that swung before
Amida could be re lled to waft Christian incense; the new convert
could use unchanged his old beads, bells, candles, incense, and all the
paraphernalia of his old faith in celebration of the new.
Almost every thing that is distinctive in the Roman form of
Christianity is to be found in Buddhism: images, pictures, lights,
altars, incense, vestments, masses, beads, wayside shrines, monasteries,
nunneries, celibacy, fastings, vigils, retreats, pilgrimages, mendicant
vows, shorn heads, orders, habits, uniforms, nuns, convents, purgatory,
saintly and priestly intercession, indulgences, works of supererogation,
pope, archbishops, abbots, abbesses, monks, neophytes, relics and
relic-worship, exclusive burial-ground, etc., etc., etc.
The methods which the foreign priests employed to propagate the
new faith were not such as commend themselves to a candid mind.
The rst act of propagation was an act of Mariolatry. They brought
with them the spirit of the Inquisition, then in full blast in Spain and
Portugal, which they had used there for the reclamation of native
and Dutch heretics. In Japan they began to attack most violently the
character of the native bonzes, and to incite their converts to insult
the gods, destroy the idols, and burn or desecrate the old shrines.
They made plentiful use of the gold furnished liberally by the kings
of Portugal and Spain, under the name of alms. In two years and a
half Xavier received one thousand doubloons (fteen thousand dollars) for the support of his mission. Th is abundance of the foreign
precious metal was noticed especially by the native rulers. In Kiushiu
the daimis themselves became Christians, and they compelled their
subjects to embrace their religion. The people of whole districts of
country were ordered to become Christians, or to leave their land
291
and the homes of their fathers, and go into banishment. The bonzes
were exiled or killed; and re and sword, as well as preaching, were
employed as instruments of conversion. Furthermore, ctitious miracles were frequently got up to utilize the credulity of the superstitious
in furthering the spread of the faith, glowing accounts of which may
be found in Lon Pags Histoire de la R. C. Not only do the native
Japanese writers record these things as simple matter of fact, but
the letters of the Jesuits themselves, and the books written by them,
teem with instances of ferocious cruelty and pious fraud wrought in
their behalf, or at their instigation. The following passages from the
Jesuit Charlevoixs Histoire du Christianisme au Japon are translated
by Dr. Walter Dixon in his Japan: Sumitanda, King of mura, who
had become a Christian in 1562, declared open war against the devils
[bonzes]. He dispatched some squadrons through his kingdom to ruin
all the idols and temples without any regard to the bonzes rage. . . .
In 1577, the lord of the island of Amacusa [Amakusa] issued his proclamation, by which his subjectswhether bonzes or gentlemen,
merchants or tradesmenwere required either to turn Christians,
or to leave the country the very next day. They almost all submitted,
and received baptism, so that in a short time there were more than
twenty churches in the kingdom. God wrought miracles to con rm
the faithful in their belief. The Daimi of Takatsuki, Settsu, labored
with a zeal truly apostolic to extirpate the idolaters out of his states.
He sent word that they should either receive the faith, or be gone
immediately out of his country, for he would acknowledge none for
his subjects but such as acknowledged the true God. The declaration
obliged them all to accept instruction, which cut out work enough for
all the fathers and missionaries at Meaco [Miako].
The Daimi of Bungo at one time, during war, destroyed a most
prodigious and magnicent temple, with a colossal statue, burning
three thousand monasteries to ashes, and razing the temples to the
292
ground. The comment of the Jesuit writer on this is, This ardent zeal
of the prince is an evident instance of his faith and charity. Th is does
not, however, sound like an echo of the song once heard above the
Bethlehem hills, few echoes of which the Japanese have as yet heard.
As the dierent orders, Jesuits, Franciscans, and Augustinians,
increased, they began to trench upon each others parishes. This gave
rise to quarrels, indecent squabbles, and mutual vituperation, at which
the pagans sneered and the bonzes rejoiced. While the friars of these
orders were rigorously excommunicating each other, thinking heathen
were not favorably impressed with the new religion. Christianity
received her sorest wound in the house of her friends.
At this time, also, political and religious war was almost universal
in Europe, and the quarrels of the various nationalities followed the
buccaneers, pirates, traders, and missionaries to the distant seas of
Japan. The Protestant, Dutch, and English stirred up the hatred and
fear of the Japanese against the papists, and nally against each other.
Spaniards and Portuguese blackened the character of the heretics, and
as vigorously abused each other when it served their interest. All of
which impelled the shrewd Japanese to contrive how to use them one
against the other, an art which they still understand. All foreigners,
but especially Portuguese, then were slave-traders, and thousands
of Japanese were bought and sold and shipped to Macao, in China,
and to the Philippines. The long civil wars, and the misery caused by
them, and the expedition to Corea, had so impoverished the people
that slaves became so cheap that even the Malay and negro servants of
the Portuguese, speculated in the bodies of Japanese slaves who were
bought and sold and transported. Hidyoshi repeatedly issued decrees
threatening with death these slave-traders, and even the purchasers.
The sea-ports of Hirado and Nagasaki were the resort of the lowest
class of adventurers from all European nations, and the result was a
continual series of uproars, broils, and murders among the foreigners,
293
294
the faith in Corea and at home, drove their adherents to the verge of
despair. Iyyasu re-adjusted the feudal relations of his vassals in Kiushiu;
and as the taik had also re-arranged the efs, the political status of
the Christians was profoundly altered. The new daimios, carrying the
policy of their predecessors as taught them by the Jesuits, but reversing its direction, began to persecute their Christian subjects, and to
compel them to renounce their faith. The native converts resisted even
to blood and the taking-up of arms. Th is was an entirely new thing
under the Japanese sun. Hitherto the attitude of the peasantry to the
Government had been one of passive obedience and slavish submission.
The idea of armed rebellion among the farmers was something so wholly
new that Iyyasu suspected foreign instigation. Color was given to this
idea by the fact that the foreigners still secretly or openly paid court
to Hidyori, and at the same time freely dispersed gold and gifts, in
addition to religious comfort, to the persecuted. Iyyasu became more
vigilant as his suspicions increased, and, resolving to crush this spirit of
independence and intimidate the foreign emissaries, met every outbreak
with bloody reprisals. In 1606, an edict from Yedo forbade the exercise
of the Christian religion, but an outward show of obedience warded o
active persecution. In 1610, the Spanish friars again aroused the wrath
of the Government by defying its commands, and exhorting the native
converts to do likewise. In 1611, Iyyasu obtained documentary proof
of what he had long suspected, viz., the existence of a plot on the part
of the native converts and the foreign emissaries to reduce Japan to the
position of a subject state. The chief conspirator, kubo, then Governor
of Sado, to which place thousands of Christian exiles had been sent to
work the mines, was to be made hereditary ruler by the foreigners. The
names of the chief native and foreign conspirators were written down,
with the usual seal of blood from the end of the middle nger of the
ringleader. With this paper was found concealed, in an iron box in an
old well, a vast hoard of gold and silver.
295
Iyyasu now put forth strenuous measures to root out utterly what
he believed to be a pestilent breeder of sedition and war. Fresh edicts
were issued, and in 1614 twenty-two Franciscan, Dominican, and
Augustinian friars, one hundred and seventeen Jesuits, and hundreds
of native priests and catechists, were embarked by force on board junks,
and sent out of the country.
In 1615, Iyyasu pushed matters to an extreme with Hidyori, who
was then entertaining some Jesuit priests; and, calling out the troops
of Kiushiu and the Kuant, laid siege to the castle of zaka. A battle
of unusual ferocity and bloody slaughter raged, on the 9th of June, 1615,
ending in the burning of the citadel, and the total defeat and death of
Hidyori and thousands of his followers. The Jesuit fathers say that
one hundred thousand men perished in this brief war, of which vivid
details are given in the Histoire de la Religion Chrtienne. The Christian
cause was now politically and irretrievably ruined. Hildredth remarks
that Catholicism in Japan received its death-blow in that same year in
which a few Puritan pilgrims landed at Plymouth to plant the obscure
seeds of a new and still growing Protestant empire.
The exiled foreign friars, however, kept secretly returning, apparently desirous of the crown of martyrdom. Hidtada, the shgun,
now pronounced sentence of death against any foreign priest found in
the country. Iymitsu, his successor, restricted all foreign commerce
to Nagasaki and Hirado; all Japanese were forbidden to leave the
country on pain of death; and in 1624 all foreigners, except Dutch
and Chinese, were banished from Japan, and an edict was issued
commanding the destruction of all vessels beyond a certain diminutive size, and restricting the universal model in ship-building to that
of the coasting junk. Fresh persecutions followed, many apostate
lords and gentry now favoring the Government. Fire and sword were
used to extirpate Christianity, and to paganize the same people who
in their youth were Christianized by the same means. Thousands
296
297
298
ferry, or mountain pass; at every entrance to the capital, stood the public
notice-boards, on which, with prohibitions against the great crimes that
disturb the relations of society and government, was one tablet, written
with a deeper brand of guilt, with a more hideous memory of blood,
with a more awful terror of torture, than when the like superscription
was a xed at the top of a cross that stood between two thieves on a
little hill outside Jerusalem. Its daily and familiar sight startled ever and
anon the peasant to clasp hands and utter a fresh prayer, the bonze to
add new venom to his maledictions, the magistrate to shake his head,
and to the mother a ready word to hush the crying of her fretful babe.
That name was Christ. So thoroughly was Christianity, or the Jashiu
mon (corrupt sect), supposed to be eradicated before the end of the
seventeenth century, that its existence was historical, remembered only
as an awful scar on the national memory. No vestiges were supposed to
be left of it, and no knowledge of its tenets was held, save by a very few
scholars in Yedo, trained experts, who were kept, as a sort of spiritual
blood-hounds, to scent out the adherents of the accursed creed.
So perfect was the work done, that the Government believed fully,
as Europeans, and among them Mr. Lecky, who uses the example to strengthen his argument, that persecution had extirpated
Christianity in Japan. It was left to our day, since the recent opening
of Japan, for them to discover that a mighty re had been smoldering for over two centuries beneath the ashes of persecutions. As late
as 1829, seven persons, six men and an old woman, were crucied in
zaka, on suspicion of being Christians and communicating with
foreigners. When the French brethren of the Mission Apostolique,
of Paris, came to Nagasaki in 1860, they found in the villages around
them over ten thousand people who held the faith of their fathers of
the seventeenth century.
A few interesting traces and relics of the century of Christianity
and foreigners still exist in Japan. In the language the names of God
299
(Deus), Holy Spirit (Espiritu Santo), Jesus (Yesu), and Christ (Kirishito)
have remained. Castira is still the name of sponge-cake, so universally used, and the making of which was rst taught by the men of
Castile; and the Japanese having no l, change that letter into r. The
Japanese have no word for bread; they use the Latin pan. The words
tael (table), Dontaku (Sunday), cuppu (cup), rauda (laudanum), yerikter (electricity), bouton (button), briki (tin), and many of the names
of drugs and medicines, and rare metals and substances, terms in
science, etc., and even some in common use, are but the Japanized
forms of the Dutch words. I have seen Weird Specica and Voum
Von Mitter in large Roman letters, or in katagana, advertised on the
hanging signs of the drug-shops in every part of the country I have
been in, from Kob to near Niigata, and other travelers have noticed
it nearly everywhere in Japan. It is the old or incorrect spelling of the
name of some Dutch nostrum.
The natives speak of Christianity as the religion of the Lord of
Heaven. The destruction of the Christian churches, crosses, images,
etc., was so thorough that the discovery of relics by modern seekers has been very rare. A few years ago, shortly after Perrys arrival,
there was in Suruga a cave, to which the country people resorted in
large numbers, on account of the great ecacy believed to reside in
an image of the mother of Shaka (Buddha), with her infant in her
arms. The idol was reputed to have healed many diseases. An educated samurai, who hated all foreigners and their ways and works,
especially the Jesus doctrine, happening to enter the cave, perceived
in a moment that the image was a relic of the old Christian worship.
It was nothing else than an image of the Virgin Mary and the infant
Jesus. The samurai dashed it to pieces.
The attempts of the English and French to open a permanent
trade with Japan are described in Hildredths Japan as It Was and
Is. Captain John Saris, with the ships Clove, Thomas, and Hector, left
300
England in April, 1611, with letters from the king, James I of England,
to the emperor (shgun) of Japan. Landing at Hirado, he was well
received, and established a factory in charge of Mr. Richard Cocks.
With Will Adams and seventeen of his company, Saris set out to see
Iyyasu, who was then living at the modern Shidzuoka. He touched
at Hakata, traversed the Inland Sea, past Shimonoski, to zaka;
thence by boat to Fushimi, thence by horse and palanquin to Sumpu
(Shidzuoka). In the interview accorded the English captain, Iyyasu
invited him to visit his son, Hidtada, the ruling shgun at Yedo.
Saris went to Yedo, visiting, on his way, Kamakura and the great
copper image of Dai Butsu, some of the Englishmen going inside of
it and shouting in it for the fun of the thing. They also wrote their
own names inside of it, as foreign tourists, visitors, and even personal friends of republican rulers do to this day, and as the natives
have always done, to immortalize themselves. After a stay in Yedo,
they touched at Uraga; thence returned to Sumpu, where a treaty, or
privileges of trade, in eight articles, was signed and given to Saris. It
bore the signature of Minamoto Iyyasu.
After a tour of three months, Saris arrived at Hirado again, having
visited Kito, where he saw the splendid Christian churches and Jesuit
colleges, on his way. After discouraging attempts to open a trade with
Siam, Corea, and China, and hostilities having broken out between
them and the Dutch, the English abandoned the project of permanent
trade with Japan; and all subsequent attempts to reopen it failed.
Will Adams, who was an English pilot, and the rst of his nation
in Japan, is spoken of frequently, and in no attering terms, by the
Jesuit fathers. He arrived in Japan in 1607, and lived in or near Yedo
till he died, in 1620. By the sheer force of a manly, honest character,
this sturdy Briton, who may have seen Shakespeare and Ben Jonson
and Queen Elizabeth, rose into favor with Iyyasu, and gained the
regard of the people. His knowledge of ship-building, mathematics,
301
and foreign aairs made him a very useful man. Although treated
with honor and kindness, he was not allowed to leave Japan. He had
a wife and daughter in England. He was made an ocer, and given
the revenues of the village of Hmi, in Sagami, near the modern
Yokosuka, where are situated the dry-docks, machine-shops, and
ship-building houses in which the modern war-vessels of the imperial
navy are built and launcheda tting location, so near the ground
made classic by this exile from the greatest marine nation in the
world. Will Adams had a son and daughter born to him in Japan, and
there are still living Japanese who claim descent from him. One of the
streets of Yedo was named after him, Anjin Ch (Pilot Street), and
the people of that street still hold an annual celebration on the 15th
of June in his honor, one of which I attended in 1873. When Adams
died, he, and afterward his Japanese wife, were buried on the summit
of one of the lovely hills overlooking the Bay of Yedo, Goldsborough
Inlet, and the surrounding beautiful and classic landscape. Adams
chose the spot himself. The people of Yedo erected memorial-stone
lanterns at his tomb. Perrys eet, in 1854, anchored within the very
shadow of the Englishmans sepulchre. In May, 1872, Mr. Walters, of
Yokohama, after a study of Hildreth and some search, discovered the
tomb, which others had sought for in vain. Two neat stone shafts, in
the characteristic style of native monumental architecture, set on a
stone pediment, mark the spot. I visited it, in company of the bonze
in charge of the Shin shiu temple of the village, in July, 1873.
In Charlevoixs Histoire du Christianisme au Japon, it is related
that the Abb Sidotti, an Italian priest, came to Manila, with the
intention of landing in Japan, and once more attempting to regain
Japan to Christianity. After several years waiting, he persuaded the
captain of a vessel to take him to Satsuma and set him ashore. Th is
was done in 1709. He was arrested and sent to Yedo. There he was
con ned in a house in the city district, called Koishikawa, on the
302
303
XXVI
306
In the fteenth century, a small castle was built on the rising ground
within the western circuit of the present stronghold, and near Kji
machi (Yeast Street), where now stands the British Legation. East of
the castle was a small relay village, Temma Ch, near the modern site
of the prison, at which ocials or travelers, on their way to Kamakura
or Kito, vi the Tkaid, might stop for rest and refreshment, or to
obtain fresh kagos (palanquins), bearers, and baggage-carriers. The
name of the commander of the castle, ta Dokuan, a retainer of the
shgun at Kamakura, and a doughty warrior, is still preserved in the
memories of the people, and in poetry, song, art, and local lore. A hill
in the north of the city, a delightful picnic resort, bears his name, and
the neighborhood of Shiba was his favorite drill-ground and rendezvous
before setting out on forays or campaigns.
One romantic incident, in which a maiden of equal wit and beauty
bore chief part, has made him immortal, though the name of the fair
one has been forgotten. One day, while out hawking near Yedo, a
heavy shower of rain fell. Dismounting from his horse, he, with his
attendant, approached a house, and in very polite terms begged the
loan of a grass rain-coat (mino). A pretty girl, daughter of the man of
the house, came out, listened, blushing, to the request, but, answering not a word, ran to the garden, plucked a ower, handed it, with
mischief in her eyes, to the hero, and then coquettishly ran away. ta,
chagrined and vexed at such apparently frivolous manners and boorish inhospitality, and the seeming slight put upon his rank, returned
in wrath, and through the rain, to his castle, inwardly cursing the
Adzuma Ebisu, who did not know how to treat a gentleman. It happened that, shortly after, some court nobles from Kito were present,
sharing the hospitalities of the castle at Yedo, to whom he related the
incident. To his own astonishment, the guests were delighted. Here,
said they, in the wilderness, and among the Adzuma Ebisu, is a
gentle girl, who is not only versed in classic poetry, but had the wit
307
308
309
veterans, acting under various leaders, and animated by various interests. As the leaders lacked unity of purpose, so the army was made the
victim of discordant counsels and orders. On the other hand, the army
of one man, Iyyasu, had one soul, one discipline, and one purpose.
The Castle of Gifu, in Mino, was captured by one of his captains.
On the 1st of October, 1600, Iyyasu marched from Yedo over the
Tkaid with a re-enforcement of thirty thousand troops. His standard was a golden fan and a white ag embroidered with hollyhocks.
The diviners had declared the road to the West was shut. Iyyasu
answered, Then I shall open it by knocking. On the thirteenth day
he arrived at Gifu, where he eected a junction with his main body.
Some one oered him a persimmon (gaki). He said, as it fell in his
hand, gaki waga te ni otsuru (gaki has fallen into my hand ).
He threw it down, and allowed his attendants to eat the good-omened
and luscious pieces.
The battle-eld at Skigahara is an open, rolling space of ground,
lying just inside the eastern slope of hills on the west wall of Lake
Biwa, and part of the populous plain drained by the Kiso gawa, a
branch of which crosses the eld and winds round the hill, on which,
at that time, stood a residence of the Portuguese missionaries. The
Nakasend,* one of the main roads between Yedo and Kito, enters
* The Nakasend (Central Mountain Road) is three hundred and eighty-one miles
long. It begins at the Bridge of Sanj, over the river at Kito, and ends at Nihon
Bridge in Tki. It was used, in part, as early as the second century, but was more
fully opened in the early part of the eighth century. It passes through mi, Mino,
Shinano, Kdzuk, terminating in Musashi. It can be easily traversed in fourteen
days; but the tourist who can understand and appreciate all he sees would be
reluctant to perform the tour, if for pleasure, in less than a month. There are on
the route nine tog (mountain passes). It carries the traveler through the splendid
scenery of Shinano, which averages twenty-ve hundred feet above the sea-level,
along Lake Biwa, and nearly its whole length is classic ground. The Nakasend is
sometimes called the Kisokaid. An excellent guide-book, in seven volumes, full
of good engravings, published in 1805, called Kisoji Meish Dzuy (Collection of
310
from mi, and bisects the eld from west to east, while from the
north-west, near the village of Skigahara, the road enters from
Echizen. By this road the writer, in 1872, came to reach the classic site
and study the spot around which cluster so many stirring memories.
The leaders of the army of the league, having arranged their plans,
marched out from the Castle of gaki at early morn on the fteenth
day of the Ninth month. They built a re on a hill overlooking the
narrow path, to guide them as they walked without keeping step. It
was raining, and the armor and clothes of the soldiers were very wet.
At ve oclock they reached the eld, the Satsuma clan taking up their
position at the foot of a hill facing east. Konishi, the Christian hero
of Corea, commanded the left centre, Ishida the extreme left. Four
famous commanders formed, with their corps, the right wing. Reserves
were stationed on and about the hills facing north. The cavalry and
infantry, according to the Guai Shi gures, numbered one hundred
and twenty-eight thousand.
At early morn of the same day one of the pickets of Iyyasus outposts hastened to the tent of his general and reported that all the
enemy had left the Castle of gaki. Other pickets, from other points,
announced the same reports simultaneously. Iyyasu, in high glee,
exclaimed, The enemy has indeed fallen into my hand. He ordered
his generals to advance and take positions on the eld, himself leading
the centre. His force numbered seventy-ve thousand.
This was the supreme moment of Iyyasus life. The picture as
given us by native artist and tradition is that of a medium-sized and
rotund man, of full, round, and merry face, who loved mirth at the
right time and place, and even when others could not relish or see
Pictures of Famous Places on the Nakasend), furnishes the information that
makes a sight of the famous places very enjoyable. The heights of the tog are
as follows: 620, 2150, 3060, 4340, 3680, 5590, 3240, and 4130 feet, respectively.
311
312
XXVII
e have traced the rise and fall of no fewer than six families that
held governing power in their persons or in reality. These were
in succession the Sugawara, Fujiwara, Taira, Minamoto, Hj, and
Ashikaga. The last half of the sixteenth century witnessed the rise,
not of great families, but of individuals, the mark of whose genius and
energy is stamped upon Japanese history. These three individuals were
Nobunaga, Hidyoshi, and Iyyasu. Who and what were they?
Nobunaga was one of many clan-leaders who, by genius and daring, rose above the crowd, and planned to bring all the others in
subjection to himself, that he might rule them in the mikados name.
From having been called Baka Dono (Lord Fool) by his enemies, he
rose to be Nai Dai Jin, and swayed power equal to a shgun, but he
never received that name or honor; for not being a Minamoto, he was
ineligible. But for this inviolable precedent, Nobunaga might have
become Sei-i Tai Shgun, and founded a family line as proud and
powerful as that of the Tokugawas of later time.
Who was Hidyoshi? This question was often asked, in his own time,
by men who felt only too keenly what he was. This man, who manufactured his own ancestry on paper, was a parvenu from the peasant class,
who, from grooming his masters horses in the stable, continued his
313
314
315
The imperial court, yearning for peace, and nding in Iyyasu the
person to keep the empire in order, command universal obedience,
and satisfy the blood requirements of precedent to the oce, created
him Sei-i Tai Shgun, and it was left to Minamoto Tokugawa Iyyasu
to achieve the perfection of duarchy and Japanese feudalism.
Let us see how he arranged the chess-board of the empire. There
were his twelve children, a number of powerful princes of large landed
possessions whom he had not conquered, but conciliated; the lesser
daimis, who had joined him in his career; his own retainers of every
grade; and a vast and miscellaneous array of petty feudal superiors,
having grants of land and retinues of from three to one hundred followers. The long hereditary occupation of certain lands had given the
holders a right which even Iyeyasu could not dispute. Out of such
complexity and chaos, how was such a motley array of proud and
turbulent men to be reduced to discipline and obedience? Upon such a
palimpsest, how was an accurate map to be drawn, or a durable legible
record to be written? Iyyasu had force, resources, and patience. He
316
317
Iyyasus sixth and ninth male children. On his three last sons were
bestowed the richest efs in the empire, excepting those of Satsuma,
Kaga, Mutsu, Higo, and a few othersall-powerful daimios, whose
lands Iyyasu could not touch, and whose allegiance was only secured
by a policy of conciliation. These three sons were invested with the
principalities of Owari, Kii, and Mito. They founded three families,
who were called Gosank (the three illustrious families), and from
these, in case of failure of heirs in the direct line, the shgun was to be
chosen. The assessed revenue of these families were 610,500, 555,000,
and 350,000 koku of rice, respectively. They were held in great respect,
and wielded immense inuence. Their yashikis in Yedo were among
the largest, and placed in the most conspicuous and commanding
sites of the city. At the tombs of the shguns at Shiba and Uyno, the
bronze memorial lanterns presented in honor of the deceased ruler are
pre-eminent above all others for their size and beauty.
In the course of history down to 1868, it resulted that the rst seven
shguns were descendants of Iyyasu in the line of direct heirs.* From
* Shguns of the Tokugawa Family
1. Iyyasu
16031604
9. Iyshige
17451762
2. Hidtada
16051622
10. Iyharu
17621786
3. Iymitsu
16231649
11. Iynori
17871837
4. Iytsuna
16501680
12. Iyyoshi
18381852
5. Tsunayoshi
16811708
13. Iysada*
18531858
6. Iynobu
17091712
14. Iymochi
18581866
7. Iytsugu
17131716
15. Yoshinobu
18661868
8. Yoshimun
17171744
* First shgun ever styled Tai-kun (Tycoon) in a treaty document. The last
three shguns were styled Tai-kun by themselves and foreigners.
Keiki, or Hitotsubashi, the last Sei-i Tai Shgun, still living (1876) at
Shidzuoka, in Suraga.
318
the eighth, and thence downward to the sixteenth, or next to the last,
the shguns were all really of the blood of Kii. The Owari family was
never represented on the seat of Iyyasu. It was generally believed, and
is popularly stated, that as the rst Prince of Mito had married the
daughter of an enemy of Iyyasu, the Mito family could not furnish
an heir to the shgunate. In 1867, however, as we shall see, Keiki, a
son of Mito, but adopted into the Hitotsubashi family, became the
thirty-ninth and last Sei-i Tai Shgun of Japan, the fteenth and last
of Tokugawa, and the fourth and last Tycoon of Japan.
Next to the Gosank ranked the Kokushiu (koku, province; shiu,
ruler) daimis, the powerful leaders whom Iyyasu defeated, or won
over to obedience, but never tamed or conquered. He treated them
rather as equals less fortunate in the game of war than himself. Some of
them were direct descendants of the Kokushiu appointed by Yoritomo,
but mess were merely successful military adventurers like Iyyasu
himself. Of these, Kaga was the wealthiest. He ruled over Kaga,
Noto, and Etchiu, his chief city and castle being at Kanzawa. His
income was 1,027,000 koku. The family name was Mada. There were
three cadet families ranking as Tozama, two with incomes of 100,000,
the other of 10,000 koku. The Mada crest consisted of ve circles,
around ten short rays representing sword-punctures. The Shimadzu
family of Satsuma ruled over Satsuma, zumi, Hiuga, and the Liu
Kiu Islandsrevenue, 710,000 koku; chief city, Kagoshima. There was
one cadet of the house of Shimadzu, with a revenue of 27,000 koku.
The crest was a white cross* within a circle.
* Th is cruciform gure of the Greek pattern puzzled Xavier, who suspected
theology in it. It has been a perpetual mares-nest to the many would-be antiquarians, who burn to immortalize themselves by unearthing Christian relics
in Japan. It is a standard subject of dissertation by new-comers, who help to
give a show of truth to the platitude of the ports, that the longer one lives in
Japan, the less he knows about it. It is simply a horses bit-ring.
319
The Datt family ruled over the old northern division of Hondo,
called Mutsu; capital, Sendai; revenue, 325,000 koku. There were
three cadet families, two having 30,000 koku; and one, Uwajima, in
Iyo, 100,000. Their crest was two sparrows within a circle of bamboo
and leaves.
The Hosokawa family ruled Higo; income 540,000: the chief city
is Kumamoto, in which is one of the nest castles in Japan, built by
Kato Kiyomasa. Of three cadets whose united incomes were 81,300
koku, two had cities in Higo, and one in Hitachi; crest, eight disks
around a central smaller disk.
The Kuroda family ruled Chikuzen; revenue, 520,000; chief city
Fukuka; crest, a black disk. One cadet in Kadzusa had 30,000 koku;
crest, a slice of cucumber. Another in Chikuzen; revenue, 50,000;
crest, Wistaria owers.
The Asano family ruled Aki; chief city, Hiroshima; revenue,
426,000; one cadet.
The Mri family ruled Chshiu; chief city, Hagi; revenue, 369,000.
Of three cadet families, two were in Nagato, one was in Suwo. Their
united incomes, 100,000 koku; crest, a kind of water-plant.
The above are a few specimens from the thirty-six families outside
of the Tokugawa, and the subject (fudai) clans, who, though not of the
shgunal family, took the name of Matsudaira. There were, in 1862,
two hundred and sixty-seven feudal families, and as many daimis of
various rank, income, and landed possessions. Japan was thus divided
into petty fragments, without real nationality, and utterly unprepared
to bear the shock of contact with foreigners.
The Tozama [outside (of the shgunal family) nobility] were cadet
families of the Kokushiu, or the smaller landed lords, who held hereditary possessions, and who sided with Iyyasu in his rise to power.
There were, in 1862, ninety whose assessed revenue ranged from ten
to one hundred thousand koku each.
320
The Fudai (literally, successive generations) were the generals, captains, and retainers, both civil and military, on whom Iyyasu bestowed
land as rewards. They were the direct vassals of the Tokugawa family.
The shgun could order any of them to exchange their efs, or could
increase or curtail their revenues at will. They were to the shgun as
the old Six Guards of Kito, or household troops of the medival
mikadoate. There were, in 1862, one hundred and fteen of this class,
with lands assessed at from ten to one hundred thousand koku. It was
only the fudai, or lower-grade daimis, who could hold oce under
the Yedo bakufu, and one became regent, as we shall see.
When once rmly seated on the throne, Iyyasu found himself
master of almost all Japan. His greatest care was to make such a
disposal of his lands as to strike a balance of power, and to insure
harmony among the host of territorial nobility, who already held or
were about to be given lands. It must not be forgotten that Iyyasu and
his successors were, both in theory and reality, vassals of the emperor,
though they assumed the protection of the imperial person. Neither
the shgun nor the daimis were acknowledged at Kito as nobles
of the empire. The lowest kug was above the shgun in rank. The
shgun could obtain his appointment only from the mikado. He was
simply the most powerful among the daimis, who had won that preeminence by the sword, and who, by wealth and power, and a skillfully
wrought plan of division of land among the other daimis, was able
to rule for over two and a half centuries. Theoretically, he was primus
inter pares; in actuality, he was supreme over inferiors. The mikado was
left with merely nominal power, dependent upon the Yedo treasury
for revenue and protection, but he was still the fountain of honor and
preferment, and, with his court formed what was the lawful, and, in
the last analysis, the only true power. There was formed at Yedo the
de facto, actual administrative government of the empire. With the
imperial family, court, and nobles, Iyyasu had nothing to do except
321
322
323
324
rnins, or wave-men. Usually they were villains, ready for any deed
of blood, the reserve mercenaries from which every conspirator could
recruit a squad. Occasionally, the rnin was a virtuous citizen, who
had left the service of his lord for an honorable purpose.
Ill fared it with the merchants. They were considered so low in the
social scale that they had no right in any way to oppose or to remonstrate with the samurai. Among the latter were many noble examples
of chivalry, men who were ever ready to assist the oppressed and
redress their wrongs, often becoming knights-errant for the benet
of the wronged orphan and the widow, made so by a murderers hand.
But among the hatamoto and gokenin, especially among the victors of
Skigahara, cruelties and acts of violence were not only frequent and
outrageous, but winked at by the Government ocials. These blackmailers, in need of funds for a spree, would extort money under various pretexts, or none at all, from helpless tradesmen; or their servants
would sally out to a tea-house, and, having eaten or drunk their ll,
would leave without paying, swaggering, drunk, and singing between
their tipsy hiccoughs. Remonstrances from the landlord would be met
with threats of violence, and it was no rare thing for them, in their
drunken fury, to slash o his head. Yet these same non-producers and
genteel loafers were intensely sensitive on many points of honor, and
would be ready at any moment to die for their master. The possession
of swords, and the arrogance bred of their superiority as a privileged
class, acted continually as a temptation to brawls and murder.
Edinburgh, in the old days of the clans, is perhaps the best illustration
of Yedo during the Tokugawa times. Certain localities in Yedo at night
would not suer by a comparison with the mining regions of California
during the rst opening of the diggings, when to eat a man, or to kill
an Indian before breakfast, was a feather in the cap of men who lived
with revolvers constantly in their belts. As there were always men in the
gulches of whom it was a standing prophecy that they would die with
325
their boots on, so there was many a man in every city of Japan of whom
it would be a nine days wonder should he die with his head on. Of such
men it was said that their death would be inujini (in a dogs place).
Yet the merchant and farmer were not left utterly helpless. The
Otokodat were gallant and noble fellows, not of the samurai class,
but their bitter enemies. The swash-bucklers often met their match in
these men, who took upon themselves to redress the grievances of the
unarmed classes. The Otokodat were bound together into a sort of
guild to help each other in sickness, to succor each other in peril, to
scrupulously tell the truth and keep their promises, and never to be
guilty of meanness or cowardice. They lived in various parts of Japan,
though the most famous dwelt in Yedo. They were the champions of
the people, who loved and applauded them. Many a bitter con ict
took place between them and the overbearing samurai, especially the
white-hilts. The story of their gallant deeds forms the staple of many
a popular story, read with delight by the common people.
Below the samurai, or gentry, the three great classes were the
farmers, artisans, and merchants. These were the common people.
Beneath them were the etas, who were skinners, tanners, leatherdressers, grave-diggers, or those who in any way handled raw-hide
or buried animals. They were the pariahs, or social outcasts, of Japan.
They were not allowed to enter a house, or to eat or drink, sit or cook
at the same re with other persons. These people were said by some
to be descendants of Corean prisoners; by others, to have been originally the people who killed animals for feeding the imperial falcons.
As Buddhism prohibited the eating of animals as food, the eta were
left out of the pale of society. The hinin (not human) were the lowest
class of beggars, the squatters on waste lands, who built huts along
the road, and existed by soliciting alms. They also attended to the
execution of criminals and the disposal of their corpses. In general,
they were lthy and disgusting, in their rags and dirt.
326
327
1857, when Mr. Townsend Harris, the American envoy, rst entered
it, it had as many as 1,000,000. In 1872, by ocial census, the population of Tki, including that of the villages around it and under
the municipal jurisdiction, was 925,000; of the city proper, 790,000
permanent residents, to which should be added nearly 100,000 oating population.
Outside of Yedo, the strength of the great unier was spent on
the public roads and highways, especially the Tkaid, or road skirting the Eastern Sea, which begins at Kito and ends at Tki. He
arranged fty-three stations (shiku, relays, or post-stations), at which
were hotels, pack-horses, baggage-coolies, and palanquin-bearers. A
regular code of regulations to govern the movements of the daimis
and nobles when travelingthe etiquette to be observed, the scale
of prices to be chargedwas duly arranged, and continued in force
until 1868. The roads, especially the mountain-passes, bridges, and
ferries, were improved, and one ri (measure of two and two- fth
miles) hillocks to mark the distances set up. The regulations required
that the main roads should be thirty-six feet wide, and be planted
with pine-trees along their length. Cross-roads should have a width
of eighteen feet; foot-paths, six; and of by-paths through the elds,
three feet. At the ferry-landing on either bank of a river there was to
be an open space of about three hundred and sixty feet. Various other
regulations, pertaining to minute details of life, sumptuary laws, and
feudal regulations, were promulgated, and gradually came into force
throughout the empire.
To defend the Kuant, and strengthen his position as military
ruler of the empire, he built or improved the nine castles of Mito,
Utsunomiya, Takasaki, Odawara, and five others in the Kuant.
At Sumpu, zaka, and Nij, in Kito, were also ne castles, and
to their command ocers were assigned. All these, and many other
enterprises, required a vast outlay of money. The revenue of the empire
328
329
330
of the gods of heaven and earth, under the title Sho ichi i T Sh
Dai Gongen, or Noble of the rst Degree of the rst Rank, Great
Light of the East, Great Incarnation of Buddha. During three days,
a choir of Buddhist priests, in their full canonical robes, intoned the
Hokk sacred classic ten thousand times. It was ordained that ever
afterward the chief priest of Nikk should be a prince of the imperial
blood, under the title of Rinnji no miya.
Of Hidtada, the successor of Iyyasu, there is little to record. The
chief business of his life seems to have been to follow out the policy of
his father, execute his plans, consolidate the central power, establish
good government throughout the empire, and beautify, strengthen,
and adorn Yedo.
Iymitsu, the grandson of Iyyasu, is acknowledged to have been
the ablest ruler of all the Tokugawas after the founder, whose system
he brought to perfection. In 1623, he went to Kito to do homage to
the mikado, who invested him with the title of Sei-i Tai Shgun. By
this time many of the leaders and captains who had fought under
Iyyasu, or those who most respected him for his prowess, were dead
or superannuated, and had been succeeded by their sons, who, as
though fated to follow historical precedent, failed to possess the vigor
of their fathers, their associations being those of peace, luxury, and
the eeminacy which follows war.
Iymitsu was a martinet as well as a statesman. He proposed that all
the daimis should visit and reside in Yedo during half the year. Being
at rst treated as guests, the shgun coming out to meet them in the
suburbs, they swore allegiance to his rules, sealing their signatures,
according to custom, with blood drawn from the third nger of the
right hand. Gradually, however, these rules became more and more
restrictive, until the honorable position degenerated into a condition
tantamount to mere vassalage. Their wives and children were kept
as hostages in Yedo, and the rendition of certain tokens of respect,
331
332
333
TO THE
IN MUSASHI,
IS REVERENTLY OFFERED
BY THE
RULING DAIMI,
NOBLE OF THE FIFTH RANK,
334
the area are bronze lanterns, the gift of the Kokushiu daimis. The
six very large gilded lanterns standing by themselves are from the
Go San K, the three princely families, in which the succession to
the oce of shgun was vested. To the left is a monolith lavatory;
and to the right is a splendid building, used as a depository of sacred
utensils, such as bells, gongs, lanterns, etc., used only on matsuri, or
festival days. Passing through another handsome gate which eclipses
the last in richness of design, we enter a roofed gallery somewhat like
a series of cloisters. In front is the shrine, a magnicent specimen of
native architecture.
Sitting down upon the lacquered steps, we remove our shoes, while
the shaven bonze swings open the gilt doors, and reveals a transept and nave, laid with nest white matting, and ceiled in squares
wrought with elaborate art. The walls of the transept are arabesqued,
and the panels carved with birds and owersthe fauna of Japan,
both real and mythicaland the various objects in Japanese sacred
and legendary art. In each panel the subjects are dierent, and richly
repay study. The glory of motion, the passionate life of the corolla,
and the perfection of natures colors have been here reproduced in
inanimate wood by the artist. At the extremity of the nave is a short
ight of steps. Two massive gilt doors swing asunder at the touch
of priestly hands, and across the threshold we behold an apocalypse
of splendor. Behind the sacred oertories, on carved and lacquered
tables, are three reliquaries rising to the ceiling, and by their outer
covering simulating masses of solid gold. Inside are treasured the tablets and posthumous titles of the august deceased. Descending from
this sanctum into the transept again, we examine the canonical rolls,
bell, book, and candles, drums and musical instruments, with which
the Buddhist rites are celebrated and the liturgies read. Donning our
shoes, we pass up a stone court fragrant with blossoming owers, and
shaded with rare and costly trees of every variety, form, and height,
335
336
great temple of Zzji belonged to the Jdo sect, within whose pale the
Tokugawas lived and died.*
* This splendid temple and belfry was reduced to ashes on the night of
December 31st, 1874, by a fanatic incendiary. It had been sequestrated by
the Imperial Government, and converted into a Shint miya. On a perfectly
calm midnight, during a heavy fall of snow, the sparks and the akes mingled
together with indescribable eect. The new year was ushered in by a perpendicular ood of dazzling green ame poured up to an immense height. The
background of tall cryptomeria trees heightened the grandeur of the ery
picture. As the volatilized gases of the various metals in the impure copper sheathing of the roof and sides glowed and sparkled, and streaked the
iridescent mass of ame, it aorded a spectacle only to be likened to a near
observation of the sun, or a view through a colossal spectroscope. The great
bell, whose casting had been superintended by Iymitsu, and by him presented
to the temple, had for two hundred years been the solemn monitor, inviting the
people to their devotions. Its liquid notes could be heard, it is said, at Odawara.
On the night of the re the old bell-ringer leaped to his post, and, in place of
the usual solemn monotone, gave the double stroke of alarm, until the heat
had changed one side of the bell to white, the note deepening in tone, until,
in red heat, the ponderous link softened and bent, dropping its burden to the
earth. It is to be greatly regretted that the once sacred grounds of Shiba groves
are now desecrated and common. Sic transit gloria Tokugawarum.
The family of Tokugawa, the city of Yedo, and the institutions of peaceful
feudalism took their rise and had their fall together. When the last shgun
resigned in 1868, Yedo became the Tki, or national capital, and with Old
Yedo, feudalism and Old Japan passed away. The desperate eorts afterward
made in 1874 at Saga, in Hizen, in 1876 at Kumamoto, in Higo, and in Satsuma
in 1877, to overthrow the mikados government, were but the expiring throes
of feudalism. Old Japan has forever passed away, to live only in art, drama,
and literature. The student will nd the following monographs valuable and
interesting: The Streets and Street Names of Yedo, in Transactions of the
Asiatic Society of Japan, 1873. The Tki Guide, and Map of Tki, with Notes
Historical and Explanatory; Yokohama, 1872. The Castle of Yedo, by T. R.
H. MClatchie, a valuable paper read before the Asiatic Society, Dec. 22d,
1877, and printed in the Japan Mail for Jan. 12th, 1878, and in the societys
Transactions for 1878. Mitfords Tales of Old Japan. Chiushingura; or, The Loyal
League, a Japanese Romance (of the 47 Ronins), enriched with native illustrations, notes, and appendix; New York, 1876. Japanese Heraldry, by T. R. H.
337
MClatchie, in Asiatic Societys Transactions for 1877. The best glimpse into
everyday humble life is aorded in Our Neighborhood; or, Sketches in the Suburbs
of Yedo, by T. A. P. (T. A. Purcell, M.D.); Yokohama, 1874. In Alcocks Three
Years in Japan (New York, Harper & Brothers) and Hildredths Japan are also
some good pictures as seen by foreign eyes.
XXVIII
339
340
341
342
legs and bury it was easy, and in reality this was what the mikados
Government did, as I shall show.
As it would be vain to attempt to comprehend our own late civil war
by beginning at Sumter, or even with the Compromise measures of 1851;
so one will be misled who, in attempting to understand the Japan of today, looks only at events since Perrys time. The roots of the momentous
growth of 1868 are to be found within the past centuries.
Yoritomos acts were in reality the culmination of a long series of
usurpations, begun by the Taira. Under the plea of military necessity,
he had become an arch-usurper. In the period 11841199 a.d. began
that dual system of government which has been the political puzzle
of the world; which neither Kaempfer, nor the Dshima Hollanders,
nor the Portuguese Jesuits seem ever to have fully understood; which
has lled our cyclopedias and school-books with the misleading nonsense about two emperors, one spiritual and the other secular;
which led the astute Perry and his successors to make treaties with an
underling; which gave rise to a vast mass of what is now very amusing reading, embracing much prophecy, ction, and lamentations,
in the Diplomatic Correspondence from Japan; and which keeps
alive that venerable solecism heard among a few Rip Van Winkles
in Japan, who talk, both in Japanese and English, about the return
of the tycoon to power. There never was but one emperor in Japan;
the shogun was a military usurper, and the bombastic title tycoon
a diplomatic fraud.
We have seen how the policy of Yoritomo was continued by the
Hj, the Ashikaga, and the Tokugawas, who consummated the permanent separation of the throne and the camp. The custom of the
shoguns going to Kito to do the mikado homage fell into desuetude
after the visit of Iymitsu. The iron-handed rule of the great commander at Yedo was felt all over the empire, and after centuries of
war it had perfect peace. Learning ourished, the arts prospered. So
343
perfect was the political machinery of the bakufu that the power of the
mikado seemed but a shadow, though in reality it was vastly greater
than foreigners ever imagined.
The dwellings of the two rulers at Yedo and Kito, of the domineering general and the overawed emperor, were typical of their
positions. The mikado dwelt, unguarded, in a mansion surrounded by
gardens inclosed within a plaster wall, in a city which was the chosen
centre of nobles of simple life, highest rank, and purest blood, men
of letters, students, and priests, and noted for its classic history and
sacred associations, monasteries, gardens, and people of courtly manners and gentle life. The shgun lived in a fortied and garrisoned
castle, overlooking an upstart city full of arsenals, vassal princes, and
military retainers. The feelings of the people found truest expression
in the maxim, The shgun all men fear; the mikado all men love.
The successors of Iyyasu, carrying out his policy, having exterminated the corrupt sect (Christianity), swept all foreigners out of
the empire, and bolting its sea-barred gates, proceeded to devise and
execute measures to eliminate all disturbing causes, and x in eternal
stability the peaceful conditions which were the fruit of the toils of
his arduous life. They deliberately attempted to prevent Chronos from
devouring his children.
According to their scheme, the intellect of the nation was to be
bounded by the Great Wall of the Chinese classics, while to the
hierarchy of Buddhismone of the most potent engines ever devised
for crushing and keeping crushed the intellect of the Asiatic masses
was given the ample encouragement of government example and
patronage. An embargo was laid upon all foreign ideas. Edicts commanded the destruction of all boats built upon a foreign model, and
forbade the building of vessels of any size or shape superior to that of
a junk, Death was the penalty of believing in Christianity, of traveling abroad, of studying foreign languages, of introducing foreign
344
customs. Before the august train of the shgun men must seal their
upper windows, and bow their faces to the earth. Even to his tea-jars
and cooking-pots the populace must do obeisance with face in the
dust. To study ancient history, which might expose the origin of the
shgunate, was forbidden to the vulgar, and discouraged among the
higher. A rigid censorship dried the life-blood of many a master spirit,
while the manufacture and concoction of false and garbled histories
which extolled the reigning dynasty, or gloried the dual system of
government as the best and only one for Japan, were encouraged.
There were not wanting poets, fawning atterers, and even historians, who in their e usions styled the august usurper the -gimi
(Chinese, tai-kun, or tycoon), a term meaning great prince, or
exalted ruler, and properly applied only to the mikado. The blunders,
cruelties, and oppressions of the Tokugawa rulers were, in popular
ction and drama, removed from the present, and depicted in plots
laid in the time of the Ashikagas, and the true names changed. One
of the most perfect systems of espionage and repression ever devised
was elaborated to fetter all men in helpless subjection to the great
usurper. An incredibly large army of spies was kept in the pay of the
Government. Within such a hedge, the Government itself being a
colossal fraud, rapidly grew and ourished public and private habits of
lying, and deceit in all its forms, until the love of a lie apparently for
its own sake became a national habit. When foreigners arrived in the
Land of the Gods during the decade following Perrys arrival, they
concluded that the lying which was everywhere persistently carried
on in the Government and by private persons with such marvelous
facility and unique originality was a primal characteristic of Japanese
human nature. The necessity of hoodwinking the prying eyes of the
foreigners, lest they should discover the fountain of authority, and the
true relation of the shgun, gave rise to the use of ocial deception
that seemed as variegated as a kaleidoscope and as regular as the laws
345
of nature. The majority of the daimis who had received lands and
titles from the shgun believed their allegiance to be forever due to
him, instead of to the mikado, a belief stigmatized as rank treason by
the students of history. As for the common people, the great mass of
them forgot, or never knew, that the emperor had ever held power or
governed his people; and being ocially taught to believe him to be
a divine personage, supposed he had lived thus from time immemorial. Knowing only of the troubled war times before the great and
good Tokugawas, they believed devoutly in the infallibility, paternal
benevolence, and divine right of the Yedo rulers.
The line of shguns, founded by Iyyasu, was the last that held,
or ever will hold, the military power in Japan. To them the Japanese
people owe the blessing of nearly two hundred and seventy years of
peace. Under their rm rule the dual form of government seemed xed
on a basis unchangeable, and the feudal system in eternal stability.
There did not exist, nor was it possible there should arise, causes such
as undermined the feudalism of Europe. The Church, the Empire,
free cities, industrialismthese were all absent. The eight classes of
the people were kept contented and happy. A fertile soil and genial
clime gave food in unstinted profusion, and thus was removed a cause
which is a chronic source of insurrection in portions of China. As
there was no commerce, there was no vast wealth to be accumulated,
nor could the mind of the merchant expand to a limit dangerous to
despotism by fertilizing contact with foreigners. All learning and
education, properly so called, were conned to the samurai, to whom
also belonged the sword and privilege. The perfection of the governmental machinery at Yedo kept, as was the design, the daimis poor
and at jealous variance with each other, and rendered it impossible for
them to combine their power. No two of them ever were allowed to
meet in private or to visit each other without spies. The vast army of
eighty thousand retainers of the Tokugawas, backed by the following
346
of some of the richest clans, such as Owari, Kii, Mito, and Echizen,
who were near relatives of the shogunal family, together with the
vast resources in income and accumulation, made it appear, as many
believed, that the overthrow of the Tokugawas, or the bakufu, or the
feudal system, was a moral impossibility.
Yet all these fell to ruin in the space of a few months! The bakufu is
now a shadow of the past. The Tokugawas, once princes and the gentry of the land, whose hands never touched other tools than pen and
sword, now live in obscurity or poverty, and by thousands keep soul
and body together by picking tea, making paper, or digging the mud
of rice-elds they once owned, like the laborers they once despised.
Their ancestral tombs at Kuno, Shiba, Uyno, and Nikk, once the
most sacred and magnicently adorned of Japanese places of honor,
are now dilapidating in unarrested neglect, dishonor, and decay. The
feudal system, at the touch of a few daring parvenus, crumbled to dust
like the long undisturbed tenants of catacombs when suddenly moved
or exposed to the light of day. Two hundred and fty princes, resigning
lands, retainers, and incomes, retired to private life in Tki at the
bidding of their former servants, acting in the name of the mikado.
They are now quietly waiting to die. They are the dead facts stranded
on the shores of the oblivious years.
What were the causes of these three distinct results? When began
the rst gathering of the waters which burst into ood in 1868, sweeping away the landmarks of centuries, oating the old ship of state
into power, impelling it, manned with new men and new machinery,
into the stream of modern thought, as though Noahs ark had been
equipped with engines, steam, and propellers? To understand the
movement, we must know the currents of thought, and the men who
produced the ideas.
There were formerly many classes of people in Japan, but only three
of these were students and thinkers. The rst comprised the court
347
nobles, the literati of Kito; the second, the priests, who brought into
existence that mass of Japanese Buddhistic literature, and originated
and developed those phases of the India cultus which have made
Japanese Buddhism a distinct product of thought and life among the
manifold developments of the once most widely professed religion in
the world. This intellectual activity and ecclesiastical growth culminated in the sixteenth century. Since that time Japanese thought has
been led by the samurai, among whom we may include the priests of
Shint. The modern secular intellectual activity of Japan attained its
highest point during the latter part of the last and the rst quarter
of the present century. Even as far back as the seventeenth century,
the students of ancient history began to understand clearly the true
nature of the duarchy, and to see that the shgunate could exist only
while the people were kept in ignorance. From that time Buddhism
began to lose its hold on the intellect of the samurai and lay educated
classes. The revival of Chinese learning, especially the Confucian and
Mencian politico-ethics, followed. Buddhism was almost completely
supplanted as a moral force. The invasion of Corea was one of the
causes tributary to this result, which was greatly stimulated by the
presence of a number of refugee scholars, who had ed from China
on the overthrow of the Ming dynasty. The secondary inuence of
the fall of Peking and the accession of the Tartars became a parallel
to the fall of Constantinople and the dispersion of the Greek scholars
through Europe in the thirteenth century. The relation between the
sovereign (mikado) and vassal (shgun) had become so nearly mythical, that most Japanese fathers could not satisfy the innocent and eager
questions of their children as to who was sovereign of Japan. The study
of the Confucian moral scheme of The Five Relations (i.e., sovereign
and minister, parent and child, husband and wife, elder and younger
brother, and between friends), in which the rst and great requirement is the obedience of the vassal to his lord, aroused an incoercible
348
desire among the samurai to restore and dene that relation so long
obscured. This spirit increased with every blunder of the bakufu; and
when the revolution opened, the war-cry that led the imperial party
to victory was Daigi meibun, or the King and the subject; whereby it
was understood that the distinction between them must be restored,
and the shgun should be reduced to the proper relation of subject or
servant to his sovereign.*
The province of Mito was especially noted for the number, ability,
and activity of its scholars. In it dwelt the learned Chinese refugees as guests of the daimi. The classic, which has had so powerful
an inuence in forming the public opinion which now upholds the
mikados throne, is the product of the native scholars, who submitted
their text for correction to the Chinese scholars. The second Prince
of Mito, who was born 1622, and died 1700, is to be considered, as
was rst pointed out by Mr. Ernest Satow, as the real author of the
movement which culminated in the revolution of 1868. Assembling
around him a host of scholars from all parts of Japan, he began the
composition of the Dai Nihon Shi, or History of Japan. It is written
in the purest Chinese, which is to Japan what Latin is to learning in
Europe, and lls two hundred and forty-three volumes, or matter
about equal to Mr. Bancrofts History of the United States. It was
nished in 1715, and immediately became a classic. Though diligently
studied, it remained in manuscript, copied from hand to hand by
eager students, until 1851, when the wide demand for it induced its
publication in print. The tendency of this book, as of most of the many
publications of Mito, was to direct the minds of the people to the
mikado as the true and only source of authority, and to point out the
historical fact that the shgun was a military usurper. Mito, being a
* Arinori Mori: Introduction to Education in Japan, p. 26.
See article Japan, Literature of, in the American Cyclopdia.
349
350
zation which in Peru and Mexico awoke the wonder and tempted the
cupidity of the Spanish marauders. Defying all precedent, and trampling on Japanese pride and isolation, the American captains refused
to do as the Hollanders, and go to Nagasaki, and appeared even in the
Bay of Yedo. The long scarfs of coal-smoke were becoming daily matters of familiar ugliness and prognostics of doom. The steam-whistle
heard by the junk sailorsas potent as the rams horns of oldhad
already thrown down their walls of exclusion. The black ships of
the barbarians passing Matsuma in one year numbered eighty-six.
Russia, on the north, was descending upon Saghalin; the English,
French, Dutch, and Americans were pressing their claims for trade
and commerce. The bakufu was idle, making few or no preparations
to resist the erce barbarians. Far-sighted men saw that, in presence
of foreigners, a collision between the two centres of government,
Yedo and Kito, would be immediate as it was inevitable. When it
should come, in the nature of the case, the shgunate must fall. The
samurai would adhere to the mikados side, and the destruction of
the feudal system would follow as a logical necessity. It was the time
of luxury, carousal, and the stupor of licentious carnival with most of
the daimis, but with others of gloomy forebodings.
Another current of thought was f lowing in the direction of a
restored mikadoate. It may be called the revival of the study of pure
Shint, and, in examining the causes of the recent revolution, can not
be overlooked. The introduction of Buddhism and Chinese philosophy
greatly modied or corrupted the ancient faith. A school of modern
writers has attempted to purge modern Shinto, and present it in its
original form.
According to this religion, Japan is pre-eminently the Land of the
Gods, and the mikado is their divine representative and vicegerent.
Hence the duty of all Japanese implicitly to obey him. During the
long reign of the shoguns, and of Buddhism, which they favored and
351
professed, few, indeed, knew what pure Shint was. Its Bible is the
Kojiki, compiled a.d. 712. Several other works, such as the Nihongi,
Manyoshiu, are nearly as old and as valuable in the eyes of Shint
scholars as the Kojiki. They are written in ancient Japanese, and can
be read only by special students of the archaic form of the language.
The developments of a taste for the study of ancient native literature
and for that of history were nearly synchronous. The neglect of pure
Japanese learning for that of Chinese had been almost universal,
until Keichiu, Kada, and other scholars revived its critical study. The
bakufu discouraged all such investigation, while the mikado and court
at Kito lent it all their aid, both moral and, as it is said, pecuniary.
Mabuchi (16971769), Motori (17301801), and Hirata (17761843),
each successively the pupil of the other, are the greatest lights of
pure Shint; and their writings, which are devoted to cosmogony,
ancient history, and language, the true position of the mikado and the
Shint cultus, exerted a lively inuence at Kito, in Mito, in Echizen,
Satsuma, and in many other provinces, where a political party was
already forming, with the intention of accomplishing the abolition
of the bakufu and a return to the sei era. The necessary result of
the study of Shint was an increase of reverence for the mikado.
Buddhism, Chinese inuence, Confucianism, despotism, usurpation,
and the bakufu were, in the eyes of a Shintist, all one and the same.
Shint, the ancient true religion, all which a patriot could desire,
good government, national purity, the Golden Age, and a life best
explained by the conception of the millennium among Christians,
were synonymous with the mikado and his return to power. The arguments of the Shintists helped to swell the tide that came to its ood
at Fushimi. Th roughout and after the war of 18681870, there were
no more bitter partisans who urged to the last extremes of logic and
severity the issues of the war and the reformation. It was the study
of the literature produced by the Shint scholars and the historical
352
writers that formed the public opinion that nally overthrew the
shgunate, the bakufu, and feudalism.
Long before foreigners arrived, the seeds of revolution were above
the soil. The old Prince of Mito, a worthy descendant of his illustrious
ancestor, tired of preaching Shint and of persuading the shgun to
hand over his authority to the mikado, resolved, in 1840, to take up
arms and to try the wager of battle. To provide the sinews of war, he
seized the Buddhist monasteries, and melted down their enormous
bronze bells and cast them into cannon. By prompt measures the
bakufu suppressed his preparations for war, and imprisoned him for
twelve years, releasing him only in the excitement consequent upon
the arrival of Perry.
Meanwhile Satsuma, Chshiu, and other Southern clans were
making extensive military preparations, not merely to be in readiness
to drive out the possible foreign invaders, but, as we now know, and
as events proved, to reduce the shgun to his proper level as one of
many of the mikados vassals. The ancestors of these most powerful
clans had of old held equal rank and power with Iyyasu, until the
fortunes of war turned against them. They had been overcome by
force, or had sullenly surrendered in face of overwhelming odds. Their
adhesion to the Tokugawas was but nominal, and only the strong
pressure of superior power was able to wring from them a haughty
semblance of obedience. They chafed perpetually under the rule of
one who was in reality a vassal like themselves. On more than one
occasion they openly deed and ignored the bakufus orders; and the
purpose, scarcely kept secret, of the Satsuma and Chshiu clans was
to destroy the shogunate, and acknowledge no authority but that of
the mikado.
From the Southern clans rose, nally, the voice in council, the
secret plot, the coup detat, and the arms in the eld that wrought the
purpose for which Mito labored. Yet they would never have been suc-
353
cessful, had not a public sentiment existed to support them, which the
historical writers had already created by their writings. The scholars
could never have gratied their hearts wish, had not the sword and
pen, brain and handboth equally mightyhelped each other.
Notably pre-eminent among the Southern daimis, in personal
characteristics, abilities, energy, and far-sightedness, was the Prince of
Satsuma. Next to Kaga, he was the wealthiest of all the daimis. Had
he lived, he would doubtless have led the revolutionary movement
of 1868. Besides giving encouragement to all students of the ancient
literature and history, he was most active in developing the material
resources of his province, and in perfecting the military organization,
so that, when the time should be ripe for the onslaught on the bakufu,
he might have ready for the mikado the military provision to make his
government a complete success. To carry out his plans, he encouraged
the study of the Dutch and English languages, and thus learned the
modern art of war and scientic improvement. He established cannon-foundries and mills on foreign principles. He saw that something
more was needed. Young men must visit foreign countries, and there
acquire the theory and practice of the arts of war and peace. The laws
of the country forbade any subject to leave it, and the bakufu was ever
on the alert to catch runaways. Later on, however, by a clever artice,
a number of the brightest young men, about twenty-seven in number,
got away in one vessel to Europe, and, despite the surveillance of the
Yedo ocials, others followed to England and the United States.
Among these young men were some who are now high ocials of
the Japanese Government.
The renown of this prince extended all over the empire, and numbers of young men from all parts of the country ocked to be his
pupils or students. Kagoshima, his capital, became a centre of busy
manual industry and intellectual activity. Keeping pace with the
intense energy of mind and hand was the growing sentiment that the
354
days of the bakufu were numbered, that its fall was certain, and that
the only fountain of authority was the mikado. The Satsuma samurai and students all looked to the prince as the man for the coming
crisis, when, to the inexpressible grief of all, he sickened and died,
in 1858. He was succeeded in actual power by Shimadzu Saburo, his
younger brother. No master ever left more worthy pupils; and those
most trusted and trusting, among many others, were Saig, kubo,
and Katsu. The mention of these names calls up to a native the most
stirring memories of the war. Saig became the leader of the imperial
army. kubo, the implacable enemy of the bakufu, was the masterspirit in council, and the power behind the throne which urged the
movement to its logical consequences. At this moment, the annihilator of the Saga rebellion, crowned with diplomatic laurels, and the
conqueror of a peace at Peking, he stands leader of the Cabinet, and
the foremost man in Japan. Katsu advised the bakufu not to ght
Chshiu, and his master to resign his position, thus saving Yedo from
destruction. The lesser men of note, pupils of Satsuma, who now hold
positions of trust, or who have become disinterested Cincinnati, to
show their patriotism, are too many to mention.
Familiarity with the facts above exposed will enable one to understand
the rush of events that followed the arrival of the American envoy. The
bakufu was apparently at the acme of power. The shgun Iyyoshi at
Yedo was fainant. The mikado at Kito, Komi Tenn, father of the
present emperor, was a man who understood well his true position,
hated the bakufu as a nest of robbers, and all foreigners as unclean
beasts. Within the empire, all was ripe for revolution. Beneath the
portentous calm, those who would listen could hear the rumble of the
political earthquake. From without came pus of news, like atmospheric
pulses portending a cyclone. On that 8th day of July, 1853, the natural sea
355
and sky wearing perfect calm, the magnicent eet of the barbarian
ships sailed up the Bay of Yedo. It was the outer edge of the typhoon.
The Susquehanna was leading the squadrons of seventeen nations.
There was one spectator upon the blu s at Yokohama who was
persuaded in his own mind that the men who could build such ships
as those; who were so gentle, kind, patient, rm; having force, yet
using it not; demanding to be treated as equals, and in return dealing
with Japanese as with equals, could not be barbarians. If they were,
it were better for the Japanese to become barbarous. That man was
Katsu, now the Secretary of the Japanese Navy.
The barbarian envoy was a strange creature. He was told to leave
the Bay of Yedo and go to Nagasaki. He impolitely refused, and staid
and surveyed, and was dignied. This was anomalous. Other barbarians had not acted so; they had quietly obeyed orders. Furthermore, he
brought letters and presents, all directed To the Emperor of Japan.
The shgun was not emperor, but he must make believe to be so. It
would not do to call himself the mikados general only. This title awed
suciently at home; but would the strangers respect it? A pedantic
professor (not the Prince of Dai Gaku) in the Chinese college (Dai
Gaku K) at Yedo was sent to treat with the barbarian Perry. A chopper of Chinese logic, and a stickler for exact terms, the pedant must,
as in duty bound, exalt his master. He inserted, or at least allowed to
be used in the treaties the title tai-kun, a purely Chinese word, which
in those ocial documents signied that he was the supreme ruler of
all Japan. This title had never been bestowed upon the shgun by the
mikado, nor had it ever been used in the imperial ocial documents.
The bakufu and the pedantic professor, Hayashi, did not mean to lie
to the true sovereign in Kito. The bakufu, like a frog, whose front
is white, whose back is black, could look both ways, and present two
fronts. Seen from Kito, the lie was white; that is, meant nothing.
Looked at by those unsuspecting dupes, the barbarians, it was black;
356
that is, The august Sovereign of Japan, as the preamble of the Perry
treaty says. Yet to the jealous emperor and court this white lie was, as
ever white lies are, the blackest of lies. It created the greatest uneasiness and alarm. The shgun had no shadow of right to this bombastic
gment of authority.
It was a new illustration in diplomacy of sops Fable No. 26. The
great Yedo frog pued itself to its utmost to equal the Kito ox, and it
burst in the attempt. The last carcass of these batrachians in diplomacy
was buried in Shidzuoka, a city ninety-ve miles south-west of Tki,
in 1868. The writer visited this ancient home of the Tokugawas in 1872,
and in a building within a mile of the actual presence of the last and
still living tycoon, and within shouting distance of thousands of
his ex-retainers, saw scores of the presents brought by Commodore
Perry lying, many of them, in mildew, rust, or neglect. They were all
labeled Presented by the of the United States to the
Emperor of Japan. Yet the mikado never saw them. The Japanese
excel at a jibe, but when did they perpetrate sarcasm so huge? The
mikados government, with Pilates irony, had allowed the tycoon to
keep the presents, with the labels on them!
We may fairly infer that so consummate a diplomatist as Perry,
had he understood the true state of aairs, would have gone with his
eet to zaka, and opened negotiations with the mikado at Kito,
instead of with his lieutenant at Yedo. Perhaps he never knew that he
had treated with an underling.
The immediate results of the opening of the ports to foreign commerce in 1859 were the disarrangement of the prices of the necessaries
of life, and almost universal distress consequent thereon, much sickness and mortality from the importation of foreign diseases, to which
was added an exceptional succession of destructive earthquakes,
357
* The premier, Ii, was the Daimi of Hikon, a castled town and ef on Lake
Biwa, in Mino; revenue, three hundred and fty thousand koku. He was at the
head of the fudai. His personal name was Nawosuk; his title at the emperors
court was kamon no kamihead of the bureau of the Ku Nai Sh (imperial
household)having in charge the hangings, curtains, carpets, mats, and the
sweeping of the palace on state occasions. His rank at Kito was Chiuj, or
general of the second class. In the bakufu, he was prime minister, or tairo.
He had a son, who was afterward educated in Brooklyn, New York.
It would be impossible in brief space to narrate the plots and counterplots at
Yedo and Kito during the period 18601868. As a friendly critic (in The Higo
News, June 9th, 1875) has pointed out, I allow that the Prince of Mito, while
wishing to overthrow the shgunate, evidently wished to see the restoration
accomplished with his son, Keiki, in a post of high honor and glory. While in
banishment, secret instructions were sent from Kito, which ran thus: The
bakufu has shown great disregard of public opinion in concluding treaties
without waiting for the opinion of the court, and in disgracing princes so
358
beheaded. Among his victims were many noble scholars and patriots,
whose fate excited universal pity.*
closely allied by blood to the shgun. The mikados rest is disturbed by the spectacle of such misgovernment, when the erce barbarian is at our very door. Do
you, therefore, assist the bakufu with your advice; expel the barbarians; content
the mind of the people; and restore tranquillity to his majestys bosom.Kins
Shiriaku, p. 11, Satows translation. This letter was afterward delivered up to the
bakufu, shortly after which (September, 1861) the old prince died. The Mito
clan was for many years afterward divided into two factions, the Righteous
and the Wicked. There is no proof that the Prince of Mito poisoned Iysada,
except the baseless guess of Sir Rutherford Alcock, which has a value at par
with most of that writers statements concerning Japanese history.
* Among others was Yoshida Shoin, a samurai of Chshiu, and a student of
European learning. He was the man who tried to get on board Commodore
Perrys ship at Shimoda (Perrys Narrative, p. 485488). He had been kept
in prison in his clan since 1854. He wrote a pamphlet against the project of
taking up arms against the bakufu, for which he was rewarded by the Yedo
rulers with his liberty. After Iis arbitrary actions, Yoshida declared that the
shgunate could not be saved, and must fall. When the shguns ministers were
arresting patriots in Kito, Yoshida resolved to take his life. For this plot, after
detection, he was sent to Yedo in a cage, and beheaded. This ardent patriot,
whose memory is revered by all parties, was one of the first far-sighted men to
see that Japan must adopt foreign civilization, or fall before foreign progress,
like India. The national enterprises now in operation were urged by him in an
able pamphlet written before his death.
Another victim, a student of European literature, and a ne scholar in Dutch
and Chinese, named Hashimoto Sanai, of Fukui, brother of my friend Dr.
Hashimoto, surgeon in the Japanese army, fell a martyr to his loyalty and
patriotism. Th is gentleman was the instrument of arousing an enthusiasm for
foreign science in Fukui, which ultimately resulted in the writers appointment to Fukui. Hashimoto saw the need of opening peaceful relations with
foreigners, but believed that it could safely be done only under the restored
and unied government. Under a system of divided authority, he held that the
ruin of Japan would result. Had Perry treated with the mikado, foreign war
might possibly have resulted, though very probably not. By treating with the
counterfeit emperor in Yedo, civil war, foreign hostilities, impoverishment of
the country, and national misery, prolonged for years, were inevitable.
359
The mikado being by right the supreme ruler, and the shgun
merely a vassal, no treaty with foreigners could be binding unless
signed by the mikado.
The shgun or his ministers had no right whatever to sign the treaties. Here was a dilemma. The foreigners were pressing the ratication
of the treaties on the bakufu, while the mikado and court as vigorously refused their consent. Ii was not a man to hesitate. As the native
chronicler writes: He began to think that if, in the presence of these
constant arrivals of foreigners of dierent nations, he were to wait for
the Kito people to make up their minds, some unlucky accident might
bring the same disasters upon Japan as China had already experienced.
He, therefore, concluded a treaty at Kanagawa, and a xed his seal to
it, after which he reported the transaction to Kito.
This signature to the treaties without the mikados consent stirred
up intense indignation at Kito and throughout the country, which
from one end to the other now resounded with the cry, Honor the
mikado, and expel the barbarian. In the eyes of patriots, the regent
was a traitor. His act gave the enemies of the bakufu a legal pretext of
enmity, and was the signal of the regents doom. All over the country
thousands of patriots left their homes, declaring their intention not
to return to them until the mikado, restored to power, should sweep
away the barbarians. Boiling over with patriotism, bands of assassins,
mostly rnins, roamed the country, ready to slay foreigners, or the
regent, and to die for the mikado. On the 23d of March, Ii was assassinated in Yedo, outside the Sakurada gate of the castle, near the spot
where now stand the oces of the departments of War and Foreign
Aairs, and the Gothic brick buildings of the Imperial College of
Engineering. Then followed the slaughter of insolent foreigners, and
in some cases of innocent ones, and the burning of their legations,
the chief object in nearly every case being to embroil the bakufu with
foreign powers, and thus hasten its fall. Some of these amateurs, who
360
in foreign eyes were incendiaries and assassins, and in the native view
noble patriots, are now high ocials in the mikados Government.
The prestige of the bakufu declined daily, and the tide of inuence
and power set in steadily toward the true capital. The custom of the
shoguns visiting Kito, and doing homage to the mikado, after an
interval of two hundred and thirty years, was revived, which caused
his true relation to be clearly understood even by the common people,
who then learned for the rst time the fact that the rule existed, and
had been so long-insolently ignored. The Prince of Echizen, by a special and unprecedented act of the bakufu, and in obedience to orders
from the Kito court, was made premier. By his own act, as many
believe, though he was most probably only the willing cats-paw of
the Southern daimis, he abolished the custom of the daimis forced
residence in Yedo. Like wild birds from an opened cage, they, with all
their retainers, ed from the city in less than a week. Yedos glory faded
like a dream, and the power and greatness of the Tokugawas came
to naught. Few of the clans obeyed any longer the command of the
bakufu, and gradually the hearts of the people fell away. And so, says
the native chronicler, the prestige of the Tokugawa family, which had
endured for three hundred years; which had been really more brilliant
than Kamakura in the age of Yoritomo on a moonlight night when the
stars are shining; which for more than two hundred and seventy years
had forced the daimis to come breathlessly to take their turn of duty
in Yedo; and which had, day and night, eighty thousand vassals at its
beck and call, fell to ruin in the space of one morning.
The clans now gathered at the true miako, Kito, which became
a scene of gayety and bustle unknown since the days of the Taira
Ending their allegiance to the bakufu, they began to act either according to their own will, or only at the bidding of the court. They lled
the imperial treasury with gold, and strengthened the hands of the
Son of Heaven with their loyal devotion. Hatred of the foreigner, and
361
362
363
364
dwelling on rooess earth, pestered by the heat and clouds of mosquitoes, while men in soldiers dress played the robber without fear or
shame. The Blossom Capital became a scorched desert. The Choshiu
were utterly defeated, and driven out of the city. Thirty-seven of them
were decapitated in prison.
The next month the bakufu begged the imperial court to deprive
the Mri family and all its branches of their titles. Elated with success, an order was issued to all the clans to march to the chastisement
of the two provinces of Nagato and Suwo. The Tokugawa intended
thus to set an example to the wavering clans, and give proof of the
power it still possessed. During the same month, September 5th and
6th, 1864, Shimonoski was bombarded by an allied eet bearing the
ags of four foreign nations. After great destruction of life and property, the generous victors demanded an indemnity of three million
Mexican dollars. The brave clan, having deed the bakufu at Kito,
dared the prowess of the civilized world, and stood to their guns at
Shimonoski till driven away by overwhelming numbers of balls and
men, now prepared to face the combined armies of the shgunate.
Then was revealed the result of the long previous preparation in the
South for war. The Chshiu clansmen, united and alert, were lightly
dressed, armed with English and American ries, drilled in European
tactics, and abundantly provided with artillery, which they red rapidly and with precision. They had cast away armor, sword, and spear.
Chshiu had long been the seat of Dutch learning, and translations
of Dutch military works were numerously made and used there. Their
disciplined battalions were recruited from the common people, not
from the samurai alone, were well paid, and full of enthusiasm. The
bakufu had but a motley, half-hearted army, many of whom, when the
order was given to march, straightway fell ill, having no stomach for the
ght. Some of the most inuential clans declined or refused outright to
365
join the expedition, whose purpose was condemned by almost all the
wisest leaders, notably by Katsu, the shguns adviser.
A campaign of three months, in the summer of 1866, ended in
the utter and disgraceful defeat of the bakufu, and the triumph of
Chshiu. The clans not yet in the eld refused to go to the front. The
prestige of the shgunate was now irretrievably ruined.
The young shgun, worn out with ceaseless anxiety, died at zaka,
September 19th, 1866. He had secured the mikados consent to the
treaties, on the condition that they should be revised, and that Higo
should never be opened as a port of foreign commerce. He was succeeded by Keiki, his former rival, who was appointed head of the
Tokugawa family by the court October, 1866. On the 6th of January,
1867, he was made shogun. He had repeatedly declined the position.
He brought to it numerous private virtues, but only the rmness of a
feather for the crisis at hand. The average Japanese lacks the stolidity
and obstinacy of the Chinaman, and ckleness is supposed to be his
chief characteristic. Keiki, as some of his once best friends say, was
ckleness personied. If, with the help of counselors, he could make
up his mind to one course of action, the keenest observers could never
forecast the change liable to ensue when new advisers appeared. It is
evident that the appointment of such a man at this crisis served only
to precipitate the issue. His popularity at the court most probably
arose from the fact that he was opposed to the opening of Higo and
zaka to the foreigners.
In October, 1867, the Prince of Tosa openly urged the new shogun to resign; while many able samurai, Saig, kubo, Got, Kido,
Hirozawa, Komatsu, backed by such men of rank as Shimadzu Sabur,
and the ex-princes of Echizen, Uwajima, Hizen, and Tosa, urged the
formation of the Government on the basis of the ante-shgun era
prior to 1200 a.d. They formed so powerful a combination that on the
366
367
368
and, reaching Yedo on one of his own ships, sought the seclusion
of his castle. His own family retainers and most of the subject clans
(fudai), and the daimis of Aidzu, Sendai, and others of the North
and East, urged him to renew the ght and restore his prestige. One
of his ministers earnestly begged him to commit hara-kiri, urging its
necessity to preserve the honor of the Tokugawa clan. His exhortation
being unsuccessful, the proposer solemnly opened his own bowels.
With a large army, arsenals, munitions of war, and f leet of ships
vastly exceeding those of the mikado, his chances of success were
very fair. But this time the vassal was loyal, the waverer wavered no
more. Refusing to listen to those who advised war, abhorring the
very idea of being a chtki, he hearkened to the counsel of his two
highest ministers, Katsu and kubo Ichiz, and declaring that he
would never take up arms against his lord, the mikado, he retired to
private life. The comparison of this man with Washington because he
refused to head an army, and thus save the country from a long civil
war, does not seem to be very happy, though I have heard it made.
Personally, Keiki is a highly accomplished gentleman, though ambitious and weak. Politically, he simply did his duty, and made discretion the better part of valor. It is dicult to see in him any exalted
traits of character or evidences of genius; to Katsu and kubo is due
the last and best decision of his life. Katsu, the old pupil of Satsuma
and comrade of Saig, had long foreseen that the governing power
must and ought of right to revert to the mikado, and, braving odium
and assassination, he advised his master to resign. The victorious
Southerners, led by Saig, were in the southern suburb of Yedo, waiting to attack the city. To reduce a Japanese city needs but a torch, and
the impatient victors would have left of Yedo little but ashes had there
been resistance. Katsu, meeting Saig, assured him of the submissive
temper of the shgun, and begged him to spare the city. It was done.
The fanatical retainers of Keiki made the temple grounds of Uyno
369
their stronghold. On the 4th of July they were attacked and routed,
and the magnicent temple, the pride of the city, laid in ashes. The
theatre of war was then transferred to the highlands of Aidzu at
Wakamatsu, and thence to Matsuma and Hakodat in Yezo. Victory
everywhere perched upon the mikados brocade banner. By July 1st,
1869, all vestiges of the rebellion had ceased, and the empire was
grateful for universal peace.
The mikados party was composed of the heterogeneous elements
which a revolution usually brings forth. Side by side with high-souled
patriots were disreputable vagrants and scalawags of every description,
rnins, or low, two-sworded men, jo-i, or foreigner-haters, port-closers, and Shint priests and students. There were a few earnest men
whose darling hope was to see a representative government established,
while fewer yet eagerly wished Japan to adopt the civilization of the
West, and join the brotherhood of nations. These men had utilized
every current and eddy of opinion to forward their own views and
achieve their own purpose. The object common to all was the exaltation
of the mikado. The bond of union which held the majority together was
a determination to expel the foreigners or to revise the treaties so as
to expunge the odious extra-territoriality clausethe thorn that still
rankles in the side of every Japanese patriot. For eighteen months the
energies of the jo-i, or foreigner-haters, were utilized in the camp
in ghting the rebellious Tokugawa retainers. The war over, the trials
of the new Government began. The low, two-sworded men clamored for the ful llment of the promise that the foreigners should be
expelled from Japan and the ports closed. The Shint ocials induced
the Government to persecute the native Christians, demanded the
abolition of Buddhism, the establishment of Shint by edict, and the
restoration of the Government on a purely theocratic basis, and echoed
the cry of Expel the barbarian. Even with the majority of the high
ocials there was no abandonment of the purpose to expel foreigners.
370
They intended to do it, but the wisest of them knew that in their present condition they were not able. Hence they simply wished to bide
their time, and gain strength. It was a matter of diculty to keep
patient thousands of swaggering braves whose only tools for earning
bread were their swords. The rst attention was given to reorganizing a national army, and to developing the military resources of the
empire. All this was done with the cherished end in view of driving
out the aliens, closing the ports of commerce, and bringing back the
days of dictatorial isolation. The desire for foreign civilization existed
rather among the adherents of Tokugawa, among whom were many
enlightened gentlemen, besides students and travelers, who had been to
Europe and America, and who wished their country to take advantage
of the inventions of the foreigners. Yet many of the very men who once
wished the foreigners expelled, the ports closed, the treaties repudiated,
who were jo-i, or foreigner-haters, and who considered all aliens as
only a few degrees above the level of beasts, are now members of the
mikados Government, the exponents of advanced ideas, the defenders
and executors of philo-Europeanism, or Western civilization.
What caused the change that came over the spirit of their dreams?
Why do they now preach the faith they once destroyed? It was the
lessons taught them at Kagoshima and Shimonoski, say some.
It was the benets they saw would arise from commerce, say others. The child of the revolution was changed at nurse, and the
Government now in power was put into its cradle by mistake or
design, say others.
Cannon-balls, commerce, and actual contact with foreigners
doubtless helped the scales to fall from their eyes, but these were
helps only. All such means had failed in China, though tried for half
a century. They would have failed in Japan also. It was an impulse
from within that urged the Japanese to join the comity of nations.
The noblest trait in the character of a Japanese is his willingness to
371
change for the better when he discovers his wrong or inferiority. This
led the leaders to preach the faith they once destroyed, to destroy the
faith they once preached.
The great work of enlightening the mikados followers was begun
by the Japanese leaders, kubo, Kido, Got, all of them students,
both of the ancient native literature and of foreign ideas. It was nished by Japanese writers. The kug, or court nobles, wished to ignore
the existence of foreigners, drive them out of the country, or worry
them by appointing ocers of low rank in the Foreign Oce, then
an inferior sub-bureau. kubo, Got, and Kido promptly opposed
this plan, and sent a noble of the imperial court, Higashi Kuz, to
Higo with Datt, Prince of Uwajima, to give the mikados consent
to the treaties, and to invite the foreign ministers to an audience with
the emperor in Kito. The British and Dutch ministers accepted the
invitation; the others declined. The train of the British envoy was
assaulted by fanatic assassins, one resisting bullet, lance, and sabre
of the English dragoons, only to lose his head by the sweep of the
sword of Goto, who rode by the side of the foreigners, determined to
secure their audience of the mikado. At rst sight of the strangers, the
conversion of the kug was thorough and instantaneous. They made
friends with the men they once thought were beasts.
In a memorial to the mikado, kubo further gave expression to
his ideas in a memorial that astounded the court and the wavering
daimis, as follows: Since the Middle Ages, our emperor has lived
behind a screen, and has never trodden the earth. Nothing of what
went on outside his screen ever penetrated his sacred ear; the imperial
residence was profoundly secluded, and, naturally, unlike the outer
world. Not more than a few court nobles were allowed to approach the
throne, a practice most opposed to the principles of heaven. Although
it is the rst duty of man to respect his superior, if he reveres that
superior too highly he neglects his duty, while a breach is created
372
between the sovereign and his subjects, who are unable to convey their
wants to him. This vicious practice has been common in all ages. But
now let pompous etiquette be done away with, and simplicity become
our rst object. Kito is in an out-of-the-way position, and is unt to
be the seat of government. Let his majesty take up his abode temporarily at zaka, removing his capital hither, and thus cure one of the
hundred abuses which we inherit from past ages.
The memorial produced an immediate and lively eect upon the
court. The young mikado, Mutsuhito, came in person to the meetings
of the council of state, and before the court nobles and daimios took
an oath, as an actual ruler, promising that a deliberative assembly
should be formed; all measures be decided by public opinion; the
uncivilized customs of former times should be broken through; and
the impartiality and justice displayed in the workings of nature be
adopted as a basis of action; and that intellect and learning should be
sought for throughout the world, in order to establish the foundations
of the empire. This oath is the basis of the new Government.
These promises are either the pompous bombast of a puppet or the
pregnant utterances of a sovereign, who in magnanimity and wisdom
aspires to lead a nation into a higher life. That such words should in
that sublime moment fall from the lips of the chief of an Oriental
despotism excites our sympathetic admiration. They seem a sublime
echo of armation to the prophetic question of the Hebrew seer, Can
a nation be born at once? They sound like a glad harbinger of a new
and higher national development, such as only those with the strongest faith in humanity believe possible to an Asiatic nation. As matter
of fact, the words were uttered by a boy of sixteen years, who scarcely
dreamed of the tremendous signicance of the language put into his
mouth by the high-souled parvenus who had made him emperor de
facto, and who were resolved to have their ideas made the foundations
of the new Government. The result of the memorial, and the ceaseless
373
activity of kubo and his colleagues, was the ultimate removal of the
Government to Yedo. It is not easy for a foreigner to comprehend the
profound sensation produced throughout the empire when the mikado
left Kito to make his abode in another city. During a millennium,
Kito had been the capital of Dai Nippon, and for twenty-ve centuries, according to popular belief, the mikados had ruled from some
spot near the site of the sacred city. A band of fanatics, red with the
Yamato damashi, religiously opposed, but in vain, his journey eastward. To familiarize his people with the fact that Yedo was now the
capital, its name was changed to Tki, or Eastern Capital.
Then was further developed the impulse to enter the path of modern civilization. While kubo, Kido, Got, Iwakura, Sanj, Itagaki,
ki, and the rising ocials sought to purge and strengthen the political system, the work of enlightening the people and the upstarts
raised suddenly to power was done by Japanese writers, who for the
rst time dared, without suering death, to tell their thoughts. A
large measure of freedom of the press was guaranteed; newspapers
sprung up in the capital. Kido, one of the prime movers and leaders,
himself established one of the most vigorous, still in existencethe
Shimbun Zasshi. The new Government acted with clemency equal to
the standard in Christian nations, and most generously to the literary
and scientic men among the retainers of the Tokugawas, and invited
them to ll posts of honor under the Government. They sent none
of the political leaders to the blood-pit, but by the gracious favor of
the mikado these were pardoned, and the conciliation of all sections
of the empire wisely attempted. Many of those who fought the loyal
forces at Fushimi, Wakamatsu, and Hakodat are now the earnest
advocates of the restoration and its logical issues. Even Enomoto
is envoy of the court of Tki to that of St. Petersburg. All of the
defeated daimios were restored to rank and income. A complete and
happy reunion of the empire was the result. Some of the scholars
374
declined oce until the time when even greater freedom of speech
and pen was permitted.
There were men who in the old days, braving odium, and even death,
at the hands of the bakufu, had begun the study of the English and
Dutch languages, and to feed their minds at the Occidental fountains. They were obliged to copy their books in manuscript, so rare
were printed copies. Later on, the bakufu, forced by necessity to have
interpreters and men skilled in foreign arts and sciences, chose these
students, and sent them abroad to study. When the civil war broke out,
they were recalled, reaching Japan shortly after the ghting began. They
returned, says one of their number, with their faces ushed with enthusiastic sympathy with the modern civilization of Christendom. Then
they began the preparation of those original works and translations,
which were eagerly read by the new men in power. Edition after edition
was issued, bought, read, lent, and circulated. In these books the history
of the Western nations was faithfully told; their manners and customs
and beliefs were explained and defended; their resources, methods of
thought and education, morals, laws, systems of governments, etc., were
described and elucidated. Notably pre-eminent among these writers
was the school-master, Fukuzawa. Western ideas were texts: he clothed
them in Japanese words. He further pointed out the weaknesses, defects,
and errors of his countrymen, and showed how Japan, by isolation and
the false pride that scorned all knowledge derived from foreigners,
had failed to advance like Europe or America, and that nothing could
save his country from conquest or decay but the assimilation of the
ideas which have made the foreigners what they are. There is scarcely a
prominent or rising man in Japan but has read Fukuzawas works, and
gratefully acknowledges the stimulus and lasting benet derived from
them. Many of the leaders of the movement toward restoration, who
joined it with the cry, Expel the foreigners, found themselves, after
perusal of these works, unconsciously involved in the advance, without
375
wish or invitation, and utterly unable to explain why they were in the
movement. Fukuzawa has declined every one of the many attering
oers of oce and power under the Government, and still devotes himself to his school and the work of teaching and translation, consuming
his life in noble drudgery. He has been the interpreter of Western ideas
and life, caring little about the merely external garnish and glitter of
civilization. His books on Western Manners and Customs, and his
volumes of tracts and essays, have had an enormous circulation.
Nakamura, also a school-master, has, besides writing original tracts,
translated a considerable body of English literature, John Stuart Mills
Essay on Liberty, Smiless Self-help, and a few smaller works on
morals and religion, which have been widely read. His memorial on
the subject of Christianity and religious liberty made a very profound
impression upon the emperor and court, and gave a powerful check
to the ultra Shintoists. Mori, Mitsukuri, Kato, Nishi, Uchida, Uriu,
have also done noble service as authors and translators. It is the writers
rm belief, after nearly four years of life in Japan, mingling among the
progressive men of the empire, that the reading and study of books
printed in the Japanese language have done more to transform the
Japanese mind, and to develop an impulse in the direction of modern
civilization, than any other cause or series of causes.
During the past decade the production of purely Japanese literature
has almost entirely ceased. A few histories of recent events, a few
war-poems and pamphlets urging the expulsion of the barbarians,
were issued previous to the civil war; but since then almost the entire
literary activity has been exhibited in translations, political documents, memoirs of mikado-reverencers who had been martyrs to
their faith, and largely in the expression of Western ideas adapted to
the understanding of the Japanese.
The war was ended by July, 1870. Rewards were distributed; and
the Government was still further consolidated by creating de nite
376
oces, and making all titles, which had been for nearly six centuries
empty names, to have reality and power. There was still, however,
much dead wood in the ship of state, a condition of chronic strain, a
dangerous amount of friction in the machinery, wrangling among the
crew, and a vast freight of bad cargo that the purest patriots saw the
good ship must unload, if she was to be saved. Th is unloading was
accomplished in the usual way, by dismissing hundreds of ocials one
day, and re-appointing on the next only those favorable to the desired
policy of the mikado.
Furthermore, it became daily more certain that national development and peace could never be secured while the feudal system existed.
The clan spirit which it fostered was fatal to national unity. So long as
a Japanese meant by my country merely his own clan, loyalty might
exist, but patriotism could not. The time seemed ripe for action. The
press was busy in issuing pamphlets advocating the abolition of feudalism. Several of the great daimis, long before ready for it, now openly
advocated the change. The lesser ones knew better than to oppose it.
The four great clans, Satsuma, Chshiu, Tosa, and Hizen, were the
pioneers of the movement. They addressed a memorial to the throne,
in which it was argued that the daimis efs ought not to be looked
on as private property, but as the mikados own. They oered to restore
the registers of their clans to the sovereign. These were the external
signs of the times. Back of these, there were at least three men who
were determined to sweep feudalism away utterly. They were Kido,
kubo, Iwakura. The rst step was to abolish the appellation of court
noble (kug) and territorial prince (daimi), and to designate both as
kuazoku, or noble families. The former heads of clans were temporarily appointed chiji (governors of their clans). This smoothed the way.
In September, 1871, the edict went forth calling the daimis to Tki
to retire to private life. With scarcely an exception, the order was
quietly obeyed. The men behind the throne in Tki were ready and
377
378
of Tokugawa. The power has been shifted, not changed, and is displayed by moving new machinery and doing new work.
Who are now, and who have been, the actual leaders in Japan since
1868? They are kubo, Kido, Iwakura, Sanj, Got, Katsu, Soyjima,
kuma, ki, Ito, and many others, of whom but two or three are
kug, while none is a daimi. Almost all were simple samurai, or
retainers of the territorial nobles.
The objects of the revolution of 1868 have been accomplished. The
shgunate and the feudal system are forever no more. The mikado
is now the restored and beloved emperor. The present personage,
a young man of twenty-four years of age, has already shown great
independence and rmness of character, and may in future become
as much the real ruler of his people as the Czar is of his. The enterprise of establishing Shint as the national faith has failed vastly and
ignominiously, though the old Shint temples have been purged and
many new ones erected, while ocial patronage and inuence give
the ancient cult a fair outward show. Buddhism is still the religion of
the Japanese people, though doubtless on the wane.
To summarize this chapter: the shgun was simply one of the
many vassals of the mikado of comparatively inferior grade, and
historically a usurper; the term tycoon was a diplomatic fraud, a
title to which the shgun had, ocially, not the shadow of right;
the foreign diplomatists made treaties with one who had no right
whatever to make them; the bakufu was an organized usurpation;
the stereotyped statements concerning a spiritual and a secular
emperor are literary ctions of foreign book-makers; feudalism arose
upon the decadence of the mikados power; it was the chief hinderance to national unity, and was ready for its fall before the shock
came; in all Japanese history the reverence for the mikados person
and the throne has been the strongest national trait and the mightiest
political force; the bakufu exaggerated the mikados sacredness for its
379
own purposes; the Japanese are impressible and ever ready to avail
themselves of whatever foreign aids or appliances will tend to their
own aggrandizement: nevertheless, there exists a strong tendency to
conserve the national type, pride, feelings, religion, and equality with,
if not superiority to, all the nations of the world; the true explanation
of the events of the last eight years in Japan is to be sought in these
tendencies and the internal history of the nation; the shgun, bakufu,
and perhaps even feudalism would have fallen, had foreigners never
landed in Japan; the movement toward modern civilization originated
from within, and was not simply the result of foreign impact or pressure; the work of enlightenment and education, which alone could
assure success to the movement, was begun and carried on by native
students, statesmen, and simple patriots.
A mighty task awaited the new Government after the revolution
of 1868. It was to heal the disease of ages; to uproot feudalism and
sectionalism, with all their abuses; to give Japan a new nationality; to
change her social system; to infuse new blood into her veins; to make
a hermit nation, half blinded by a sudden inux of light, competitor
with the wealthy, powerful, and aggressive nations of Christendom. It
was a problem of national regeneration or ruin. It seemed like entering
into history a second time, to be born again.
What transcendent abilities needed for such a task! What national
union, harmony in council, unselsh patriotism required! What chief,
towering above his fellows, would arise, who by mighty intellect and
matchless tact could achieve what Yoritomo, or the Taik, or Iyyasu
himself, or all, would be helpless to perform? At home were the stolidly conservative peasantry, backed by ignorance, superstition, priestcraft, and political hostility. On their own soil they were fronted by
aggressive foreigners, who studied all Japanese questions through the
spectacles of dollars and cents and trade, and whose diplomatists too
often made the principles of Shylock their system. Outside, the Asiatic
380
Supplement i
Japan in 1883
382
Japan in 1883
383
imperial journey, begun June 2d, was continued until the middle of
July. His return to the capital amid many demonstrations of popular
joy was soon after signalized by another bold stroke of power. On the
5th of August the measure, long before conceived, of extinguishing
the hereditary pensions and life-incomes of the samurai, was proclaimed. Commutation in Government bonds, at from ve to fourteen
years purchase, was made obligatory upon all. The scheme provided
that the largest incomes should be extinguished first, and, when
completed, will relieve the national Treasury of an annual burden
of about $20,000,000. This act of the Government, which lightened
the enforced poverty of thirty millions of people, and compelled the
privileged classes to begin to earn their bread, was warmly welcomed
by the masses.
On the 21st of August another measure in the interest of public
economy and of centralization was carried out: the empire was redivided, and the sixty-eight ken or prefectures were reduced in number
to thirty-ve.
These radical measures enforced by the mikados advisersan
irresponsible ministry, possessing slight facilities for adequately gauging public opinionwere not executed without protest within and
without the cabinet. In the south-west, especially, were many earnest
men, narrow and unprogressive, perhaps, who grieved deeply over the
decay of old customs, the secularization of the Divine Country, the
arbitrary policy and personal extravagance of the bad councillors of
the emperor, and his imprisonment by them, the inuence of foreigners, the toleration of Christianity, and the loss of their swords and
pensions. Among the leaders of these conservatives were Maybara
and Uynothe one a discharged oce-holder, and the other a man
of seventywhose followers organized clubs named Jimp (Divine
Breath, or Wind) and Sonn-Ji (Reverence to the Mikado, and
Expulsion of the Barbarian).
384
Japan in 1883
385
three to two and a half per cent.a loss to the Treasury of about
$8,000,000. The local tax, formerly amounting to one-third of the
land-tax, was reduced to one- fth, or nearly one-half. About the
same time two other sweeping measures of economy, intended as an
oset, were carried out. Besides thus directly relieving the people, the
salaries of nearly all the Government ocers and the expenses of the
departments were reduced, several thousand oce-holders were discharged, the Department of Religion (Ki Bu Sh) and the Prefecture
of Police were abolished, and their functions transferred to the Home
Department, and a saving of about $8,000,000 annually eected, to
balance the loss to the Treasury from reform in the tax on land. Such
a movement in ocial circles, popularly called a jishin (earthquake),
met with the keen satisfaction of the majority, the joy of the citizens
and peasantry being beyond imagination. The Government now
began to be less afraid of Satsuma; less careful, also, perhaps, to keep
informed of the state of public opinion, since the press laws were
excessively stringent, and there was no safety-valve for discontent.
The year 1876 will ever remain memorable as the critical year
in Japanese journalism, when the severity of the press laws and
Government prosecutions was more than equaled by the courage, rmness, and patience of a noble army of editors and writers, who crowded
the jails of Japan, and joyfully suered nes and imprisonment in order
to secure a measure of the freedom of the pressa phrase which is
the watch-word of liberty, not only in Europe and America, but among
the Japanese also, in whose language it has become domesticated in
common speech, like the new words which science, religion, and
advancing political knowledge require for their expression.
Closely connected with all measures of genuine reform is the name
of Kido, the nest intellect and the brain and pen of the revolution. While other leaders were eager and able to break down, Kido was
pre-eminently the builder-up, and his genius essentially constructive.
386
Japan in 1883
387
men, without any sympathy with the nation at large, had led in the
overthrow of their enemies, the Tokugawas. The political education
of most of the clansmen was purely feudal. Their compass of duty,
vibrating between reverence to the mikado and hatred to barbarians, pointed to personal loyalty as their lodestar. Anything broader
in scope than the old elements of Japanese politicsloyalty to their
chief, clan-ghts, struggles between rival factions for the person of the
mikado, the reign of the sword held by the idle and privileged classes,
the grinding of the peasantry, and the expulsion or subordination of
foreignersin a word, the virtues and the vices of feudalismwas not
within their horizon. As for Saig, their leader, with all the qualities
in his character so attractive to a japanese, he lacked genuine patriotism, and probably aspired to be simply another man on horseback,
furnishing to history one more illustration of the Japanese variety of
Csarism. Had not this ninth decade of the nineteenth century been
one of steam and electricity, instead of armor and arrows, the Tki
ministers might have kneeled at the blood-pit as chtki while Saig
dictated to Dai Nippon as Sei-i Tai Shgun. Providence meant it
otherwise. The old style of Japanese Csarism was over.
After the revolution large numbers of Satsuma men had been
appointed to posts of honor in the army, navy, and police force, while
Saig and Shimadzu Sabur were oered seats in the Cabinet; but one
after another the liberal political measures were carried out against the
sentiments of men steeped in the vices of feudalism. Peace with Corea,
commutation of pensions, the abolition of swords, and the contempt
cast upon the wearing of the top-knotas signicant of the feudal
spirit to a Japanese of the old school as a Pawnees war-lock is to the red
rider of the prairiewere too much for both Saig and Shimadzu. The
former, retiring to Kagoshima, founded a military school, which was
soon attended by the ower of Satsumas youth, while nearly twenty
thousand men in Satsuma and zumi, living with their faces to the
388
past, looked to Saig as their master. The writer cherishes very vivid
remembrances of walking unarmed in Tki, and meeting face to face
in narrow streets these ery men of the old swashbuckler spirit. With
their hair shorn o their temples, a general wildness of expression in
their faces, a scowl of mingled deance and contempt in their eyes, with
their protruding swords and long red-lacquered scabbards, they seemed
the incarnation of fanatical patriotism and diabolical pride. Their favorite proverb was, Though the eagle be starving, he will not eat grain,
and rather than earn their living by vulgar trade, and accept the new
order of things, they would gratify their thirst for blood. So great was
the inuence and prestige of Satsuma, that the impression became
general throughout the country that the Government was afraid of this
one sullen clan. What lent additional danger to the situation was, that
a large arsenal, equipped with steam machinery and full of military
stores, together with two powder-mills, capable of turning out thirty
thousand pounds of powder daily, stood near the city of Kagoshima.
Hitherto all revolts against the imperial authority had been minor
and sporadic, and led by men of no special fitness for their task.
That which we shall now describe was organized by the ablest military mind, backed by the best ghting blood in the empire. Had the
Government remained inert much longer, the plans of Saig would
have been matured, and with ampler resources the issue might have
been dierent, or the struggle prolonged to the ruin of the nation.
Wisely the rulers in Tki resolved to precipitate the crisis, or at
least unmask Saigs designs, and a vessel was sent to Kagoshima,
in January, 1877, under Admiral Kawamura, to remove the gunpowder. An attack threatened upon it by boats full of armed men was
avoided by the admiral, but the arsenals and powder-mills were seized
February 1st, 1877, by a body of two thousand ve hundred samurai. At
this time the mikado and most of his Cabinet were in Kito, whence
they had come to inaugurate the opening of the railway between
Japan in 1883
389
Kb, zaka, and Kito, which was celebrated on the 5th of February.
At once recognizing the gravity of the situation, they dispatched the
ower of the army and police to Kiushiu in steamers. All doubts as
to Saigs personal participation in the uprising were set at rest by his
appearing before Kumamoto castle, to which he laid siege.
The Island of the Nine Provinces was ordered to be placed under
martial law, and Saig, now named Saig Takamori, was degraded
from his rank as Marshal of the Empire, and Prince Arisugawa no
Miya was appointed to the supreme command. Saig and his generals,
Kirino, Beppu, and Shinohara, were branded as chtki, but Shimadzu
Sabur remained loyal. The insurgent ports were blockaded, and
fresh levies of troops were made and hurried forward. After a siege of
fty-ve days, during which Kumamoto castle was nobly defended by
Colonel Tani and his little band, Saig was compelled to retreat.
The war soon became scattered. The imperial army, under Yamagata
and Kawaji, marched in two large divisions from Kumamoto and
Kagoshima, intending to inclose the rebels in a cordon. After many
bloody skirmishes and a great battle, the two divisions eected a
junction. Saig Tsukumichi, a brother of the rebel leader, took the
eld in July, during which month, owing to the hard ghting, six
thousand of the mikados troops were killed or wounded. While the
imperialists were largely raw levies from the peasantry and middle
classes, the rebels were in the main the veteran samurai of 1868. Even
their women fought under the rebel banner. Defending themselves in
some instances by making a shield of the light, thick oor-mats, or
tatami, the rebel swordsmen, by a sudden charge, drew the re of the
troops harmlessly, and rushing on them with their swords butchered
them easily.
On the 16th of August, Saig Takamoris forces, reduced to less
than ten thousand men, were attacked at Noboka, an old natural
stronghold, and the bloody con ict resulted in a complete victory
390
for the imperialists. With a few hundred followers the rebel leaders
escaped into Hiuga, whence, on the 2d of September, they made a
dash on Kagoshima, and held it two weeks. Thence they were driven
out to Shiroyama, a few miles from the city. There, on the 24th of
September, Saig, Kirino, and Murata, having less than four hundred
followers, were attacked by fteen thousand troops of the imperial
army, with mortars, cannon, and ries. Armed only with swords, the
little band fought, scorning quarter. Many of them committed harakiri, and Saig was beheaded by one of his friends, who as a favor
performed this act of kindness. Not one of the imperial soldiers was
killed. The three leaders and nearly three hundred of the band gladly
met their death with unquailing courage, proud to die in blood by
their own or at their comrades hands, knowing no greater glory than
to imitate Kusunoki and the ancient models of that ferocious military
virtue of Old Japan Yamato damashii.
This was the mightiest rebellion, inspired by the spirit of the past,
against which the mikados Government has had to cope. It was
the supreme eort of deance of the forces of feudalism and misrule against order and united government. The Old met the New
medivalism was pitted against the nineteenth century, and failed.
What Saig could not achieve, no imitator will presume to attempt.
The rebellion cost Japan fty millions of dollars. The rebel troops of
Satsuma, zumi, and Hiuga numbered 39,760, of whom 3,533 men
were killed, 4,344 wounded, and 3,123 missing. Of the imperial army,
probably an equal number or more suered the fate of war, a very large
proportion of wounds being cuts from the old two-handed swordblades. In the cities and villages of Japan, once quite free from the
sight of legless and armless men and the results of gunshot wounds,
the spectacle of empty sleeves, of men hobbling on crutches, and of
bullet-scarred victims of gunpowder wars, is no longer a rarity. In the
Japan in 1883
391
392
Japan in 1883
393
part in the tasks of civilization. Kido had warned them not to cling
too closely to the traditions of paternal government, and the charge
began to be made that kubo was an enemy to public discussion and
popular rights. Again the assassins sword cast its shadow.
On the evening of May 13th, 1878, having been warned of the
impending danger, kubo expressed before a party of friends his
belief in the decree of Heaven, that would protect him if his work
were not yet done, but which otherwise would permit his death, even
though he were surrounded by soldiers. His words were prophetic. He
spoke better than he knew. His workthe work of personal governmentwas over; the era of representative government had begun. The
next morning, while on his way to the mikados palace, unarmed, he
was murdered by six assassins, who were said to have been runaways
from the Satsuma rebellion. The mikado immediately conferred upon
his dead servant the highest rank, and elevated his sons to the nobility.
The funeral cortege, in which princes, nobles, and the foreign diplomatic corps joined, was the most imposing ever seen in Tki.*
The long step forward toward representative institutions was taken
July 22d, by the proclamation for the calling of Provincial Parliaments,
or Local Assemblies, composed of one delegate from each district
* kubos tall, arrowy form, luxuriant side-whiskers, large, expressive eyes, and
eager, expectant bearing, gave him the appearance of a European rather than an
Asiatic. When in Tki I enjoyed frequent conversations with this distinguished
statesman, the last of which was on the eve of leaving Japan for America (July
16th, 1874), during which kuko asked many questions about American politics. When about to leave I informed him of my intention to write a work on
Japan, explaining as best I could the recent revolutions, that Americans might
understand their true nature. kubos piercing black eyes shone with pleasure
for a moment, but immediately a shadow passed over his handsome face, and he
said, Your purpose is an excellent one. I am glad, and even grateful, that you
intend to explain our aairs to your countrymen, but I wish that some one would
write an instantly popular book explaining to our own people the intentions of
the Government. Too many of them refuse to understand.
394
(kori), which were to sit once a year in each ken. Under the supervision
of the Minister of the Interior, these bodies are empowered to discuss
questions of local taxation, and to petition the central government on
other matters of local interest. The qualications for members and
electors are limited by ability to read and write, and the payment of
an annual land-tax of at least ve dollars. Each registered voter, who
must be twenty years of age, must himself write his own name and
the name of the candidate voted for on a ballot. In this one respect
the Japanese excels the American method. The foundations for further
improvements were now broadly based.
To anticipate, and pass over details, except to notice the constant
agitation kept up by new engines in Japanese politicsthe press, the
lecture platform, and the debating clubthe mikado, yielding to the
irresistible pressure of public opinion, expanded and con rmed his
oath of 1868, in the famous proclamation of October 12th. 1881: We
therefore hereby declare, that We shall in the 23d year of Meiji (1890)
establish a Parliament, in order to carry into full eect the determination We have announced [gradually to establish a constitutional
form of government], and We charge our faithful subjects bearing
our commissions to make, in the mean time, all necessary preparations to that end. With regard to the limitations upon the Imperial
Prerogative, and the constitution of the Parliament, We shall decide
hereafter, and shall make proclamation in due time.
Three political parties in Japan are now distinctly organized, each
with its newspapers, clubs, mass meetings, and peripatetic lecturers, or
stump-speakers. They are the Constitutional Monarchists, Liberals,
and Constitutional Reformers, with minor cliques representing various phases of radicalism or conservatism. Local societies cherishing
socialistic, communistic, and even nihilist principles add to the variety of opinions now distinguishable in a once hermit nation, whose
entire stock of political knowledge, a generation ago, consisted of the
Japan in 1883
395
396
Japan in 1883
397
Corean men, in red, pink, green, violet, and azure visited Tki, to pray
that the opening of the port of In-chiun, near Soul, be postponed.
The Japanese refused their request. The Coreans were now divided into
conservatives and radicals, or progressives and reactionists. Even among
the liberals some favored friendship with and imitation of Japan, while
others looked to China as ally and model. One view of the Japanese
which gained ground in Corea, especially in 1881, was, that the Japanese
were arbitrary and high-handed in their dealing, and an Exclusion-ofthe-Japanese Party began to form. Evidently the same state of feeling
characteristic of Old Japan existed in Corea, in which all the elements
of a political explosion lay ready. To blind hatred of all foreigners there
was added a conservative bigotry willing to fan popular passions and
superstition into a ame, while of two great feudal houses in bitter
hostility to each other, one was in, and the other out of power.
A third party, or embassy, composed of Corean liberals anxious
to study civilization and progress in the neighbor-country, came to
Japan in 1881. At this time it was uncertain whether the reactionists
or progressives would sway the policy of the Soul government. The
young king, who had come to the throne in 1873, was backed in his
enlightened policy by his consort and her relatives, the kings ministers; but arrayed against them were the Tai-wen Kun, the late regent,
and father of the king, with his feudal retainers, and the conservative
and reactionary literati who looked to him as their exponent and
guide. As this old man had persecuted the Christians and driven o
the French in 1866, and the Americans in 1871, and was still full of
physical and mental vigor, he was a hopeful leader. The jealousy and
bitterness between his family (Ni) and that of the queens (Min) kept
increasing daily. (See Corea, the Hermit Nation.)
The treaty with the United States was made May 9th, 1882, at Inchiun, and soon after conventions were signed with Great Britain and
other European nations. Drought prevailed throughout the country,
398
Japan in 1883
399
400
Japan in 1883
401
Under Japans rule the sleepy dragon is waking up. Trade with
Corea has begun, and with the other ports of Japan increased; and
old customs are giving way to more enlightened methods of life. Yet
still the irritation between Japan and China continues. China having
already a large naval force and a numerous soldiery, the questions of
increasing the number of costly iron-clad war vessels, of building new
forts, of enlarging the army, and of levying taxes in order to provide
the sinews of war, have engaged the attention of the Cabinet in Tki
during the past year. A hundred vessels of war and a standing army
of one hundred thousand men are not considered too many in case
of war with China; but to provide and maintain such a force would
require vastly augmented resources, such as Japan, in this century at
least, will never possess, her estimated total revenue for 1883 being
but $66,814,122, of which every dollar is required. Forty ships and
forty thousand soldiers are thought to be the minimum for safety
in defense. Such enlargement of war material means, unfortunately,
curtailment in the amount devoted to education. A national debt of
$349,771,176 (May 31st, 1882) acts as a wholesome check upon too rapid
expenditure. A revision of the treaties with foreign nations which will
secure to Japan the rights of a sovereign state, especially the power,
now wrongfully denied her, of regulating her own tari, may enable
her to swell her revenue, and thus in some measure provide for that
collision with her giant neighbor which seems inevitable.
Christianity in three forms, Greek, Roman, and Reformed, is now
a potent factor in the development of the nation. At the opening of
the ports, in 1859, the Roman Catholics, with the advantage of historic
continuity, began their labors at Yokohama and Nagasaki. The Holy
Synod of Russia, ve Protestant missionary societiesfour American
and one Englishsent their agents to Japan. For ten years they were
unable to make many disciples, and none openly, on account of the
402
Japan in 1883
403
Supplement ii
Japan in 1886
he year of our Lord eighteen hundred and eighty-six, the nineteenth of the Restoration, and of the reign of Mutsuhito, the one
hundred and twenty-third mikado of Japan, nds the empire at peace,
and in full career of progress. The emperor, now thirty-three years of
age, is surrounded with a new generation of advisers. The old heroes
and counsellors of 68 have mostly passed away. The old nobilitiesof
court and of landhave shrunk to a status almost wholly non-political. With new men and times come new measures and problems.
Notable among those of national fame who have changed their
world have been the junior premier Iwakura Tomomi, a noble of
highest rank, and the elder prince Arisugawa. At an age still counted
as mid-life by European statesmen, Iwakura sank in the plenitude of
his inuence, dying of an hereditary disease July 20, 1883. Born in
Kito in 1825, of most illustrious ancestry, whose blood owed from
imperial and Minamoto stock, Iwakura was made personal attendant
upon the Mikado Komi at the age of twenty. Educated in traditions
of antagonism to the Yedo system, he was, in 1861, on account of his
opposition to the marriage of an imperial princess to a Tokugawa,
forced into exile. Living in retirement and with shorn head during
several years, he was yet in active communication with the leaders of the impending crisis; and in 1868, to the surprise of the Yedo
405
406
Japan in 1886
407
408
Japan in 1886
409
410
of pounds. While the yield of tea has increased threefold since 1868,
the price has fallen one-half. In the manufacture and export of artproducts there has been a marked increase. Th is is manifested not
only in the customs returns, but in the houses, gardens, and museums
of Europe and America. Japan is already recognized as the land of
dainty decoration, and her art has added new elements of delight and
surprise to the worlds store.
The social revolution which has aected all classes in the mikados
empire has given rise to new industries and handicrafts. The concentration of capital, the improvement of labor, and the elevation of the
working-classes through the inuence of schools and the cheapening
of justice, have changed the entire industrial system. The pitiful tales
of the laborers wrongs, as told in Mitfords Tales of Old Japan, seem
now mythical. The introduction of machinery and the establishment
of large arsenals, founderies, mills, steamship and railway companies,
seem to prove that Japan is not only providing for her own needs, but
is developing her resources in order to enter as a competitor for the
manufacturing supremacy among Asiatic nations. Fully equipped
railroads, men-of-war, steam and sailing vessels, houses in European
style, the product of native brain and muscle, are no longer curiosities. Patents are issued, inventions are encouraged, and museums are
established in most of the large cities. In exhibitions of industry held
in the provinces and capital, art, mechanical ingenuity, trades, and
business are stimulated to higher excellence. In the expositions held
in Europe, America, Australia, and India, the artistic ability, manual
dexterity, and inventive genius of the Japanese have won abundant
recognition. An exhibition of Asiatic products is to be held at Uyno,
in Tki, in 1890.
It is a noteworthy fact that the opening of Japan to the world
was coincident with the age of iron, steel, steam, and electricity.
The telegraph, introduced in 1869, has become a net-work of fteen
Japan in 1886
411
thousand miles of wire. Four cables connect the island empire to the
Asian main-land, two making landfall at Vladivostok, one at Fusan in
Corea, and one at Shanghai in China. The telephone and the electric
light are seen in the large cities. Of railways there were, in the summer
of 1885, 265 miles open, 271 miles in course of construction, and 543
miles in contemplation. Except the railway from Sapporo to Poronai
in Yezo, these roads are constructed and equipped on the British
model. Most of the survey, engineering, and constructive work, and
all of the mechanical labor on the new roads, are done by natives. The
trains, engines, and oces are worked by Japanese, and the wood and
lighter metal portions are made at home, the heavy castings, engines,
and rails being brought from Great Britain. The Japan Mail Shipping
Company employs a large eet of steamships and sailing-vessels in
their coasting trade and passenger lines to China, Corea, and the
island portions of the empire. In 1885 the postal department forwarded
nearly one hundred million letters and packages.
The return, in 1884, of the principal of the Shimonoski Indemnity,
so long unjustly withheld by the United States from Japan, has been
of some assistance in carrying out her schemes of national improvement. Besides postal and money-order arrangement with the United
States, a treaty of extradition was ratied by the Senate June 21, 1886.
This important diplomatic action places Japan, so far as the American
Government is concerned, upon the same footing as that of the most
enlightened nations in Europe. In these two acts the United States
leads the way in encouragement and recognition of Japans purpose
to assimilate her civilization to that of Christendom.
Ever since the American ag was rst carried round the world
by Major Shaw, of the United States First Artillery, the part played
by our country towards Asiatic nations has been in the main kindly,
honorable, and unselsh. In the renovation of Japan this disposition
to assist and not to retard her progress has been manifest. In 1878,
412
Japan in 1886
413
414
is making rapid progress; and if, as seems very probable the natives
universally adopt the system, the gain to mind and body will be like
that of adding youth and years to a nations life.
By an imperial decree, issued November 29, 1884, the English language was made part of the order of studies in the common-schools.
Over three million children and youth now attend daily the public
institutions of learning. Education is both compulsory and free. English
seems destined to become the speech of the educated and the vehicle of
knowledge for all the mikados subjects.
The progress of Christianity shows no sign of check or halt. To all
three forms of the faith converts are ocking, but indications seem
to show at present (1886) a greater relative gain to the churches of
Reformed Christianity. The majority of the two hundred Protestant
missionaries now working in the white harvest-field of Japan are
Americans. The writer saw the organization of the rst Protestant
Christian church in Japan in 1872. There are now nearly two hundred
organized churches (about half of which are self-supporting), with
a membership of over thirteen thousand. In 1885 the adult converts
baptized numbered 3,115. Native Christian helpers, assisting the foreign teachers, number about two hundred and fty, of whom seventy
are ordained ministers. The native Christians contributed in 1885 over
twenty thousand dollars. The systems of heathenism are waning, and
the chief supporters of Buddhism are now old men and women. The
shaven-pated priests no longer hold the monopoly of fees for the performance of burial rites. Both belief and burial are now free. Religious
liberty has become a fact. The attitude of the intelligent people is that
of friendliness towards what they believe to be the best religion and
the one which Japan ought to have.
Japans opportunity seems unique in history. Under Divine
Providence she began renascence at a time coincident with the highest development of the forcesspiritual, mental, and material that
Japan in 1886
415
control human society. Christianity, the press, and steam are transforming the nation. Under such continuing auspices people and rulers
confront the twentieth year of Meiji (Enlightened Peace), the twentyve hundred and forty-seventh from the foundation of the empire,
and the eighteen hundred and eighty-seventh of the Christian era.
Supplement iii
Japan in 1890
418
Japan in 1890
419
ocers into civil and military, or kug and buk, was a process which, in
the absence of foreign pressure or enemies, ended in a division of the
functions of government into those of the throne and the camp, with
two rulers and two capitals. Gradually this process of dualism became
one of disintegration. Authority slipped from the centres, and was held
locally by province lords, or daimis, each striving for himself; until,
duarchy having degenerated into feudalism, Japan had no unity, but
was a mass of warring factions. Politically or socially, the comminution
could no further go. Even when the man on horseback by military
force was able to clamp together some sort of a political edice, the
order thus kept was only of the sort possible when there was no pressure from the outside, and when no foreign enemy threatened. For over
two centuries the military despotism of Tokugawa held in peace by a
most elaborate and complicated system an empire which consisted of
about three hundred petty kingdoms, within each of which was a social
conglomeration of a dozen or more dierent classes.
Old Japan was a museum of political curiosities, while on the
graded shelves of the social classication was catalogued every specimen, from a god to the creatures labelled not human. Under outward splendor and picturesqueness, only a few far-seeing men saw
that, rst of all, Japan needed unity; fewer discerned that the country
must have government by men and not by custom; fewest yet that to
be a great nation Japan must have a people.
Heretofore public opinion has been the exclusive property of the
samurai. The people, in the modern, not to say the American, sense,
have not yet grown to consciousness, though the 11th of February,
1889, was the day of birth. Nineteen-twentieths of the inhabitants of
Japan have been simply burden-bearers and tax-payers; now they are
becoming the people. Japan, having cast o dualism, feudalism, and
other divisive elements, has entered upon a higher process of unity.
The people are now learning who and what they are.
420
Japan in 1890
421
emerge. The old society, split up by feudalism, priestcraft, and ignorance, must be rst simplied, and by education, enlightenment, and
freedom the nation be strengthened and uplifted. Public opinion, as
the basis of national action, must be the real, though regulated, feeling
of all, from emperor to eta. In the attainable ideal system the humblest
member of the body politic is a man, and the highest nothing more.
That there were men who before 1853, the year of Perrys arrival
at Uraga, thus thought and felt, and to this end devoted their lives,
is manifest from tradition, history, and the writings of such men
as Takno Choy, Watanab Kwazan, Hashimoto Sanai, Fujita
Sinoshin, Sakama Shuri, Yoshida Torajir, Yokoi Hishiro,
Matsudaira Yoshinaga, daimi of Echizen, and many other noble
morning-stars of reformation. Under various pretexts, whether of
opposition to foreigners or to the Bakufu, these far-sighted patriots
veiled their larger purpose. Highest in rank and inf luence, and
most eager for national unity and representative government, the
pupil of Yokoi Hishiro, and probably the ablest of all the daimis,
was Matsudaira, lord of Echizen, who had already begun to form,
in his own dominions, before Perrys arrival, a miniature of the New
Japan of the Meiji era. He was one of the rst to propose to the Yedo
Government the calling of a council of daimis to deliberate upon
the American proposal to enter into treaty relations. In thus seeking
the public opinion of the country as represented by the feudal clans,
and in the holding, during many days and nights in 1854, of the great
council of both active and retired daimios, in Yedo, we see the rst
step towards the national parliament of 1890.
Yet this very step revealed the weakness of the despotism of Yedo
thus called to confront a new problem. To behold the Yedo autocrats,
who had hitherto by force required only instant obedience of their vassals, humbly inviting them to conference was a startling revelation to
men who watched every movement of the Bakufu. The samurai were
422
Japan in 1890
423
424
Japan in 1890
425
least eight years of preparatory training in representative government, Count Ito Hirobumi was sent to Europe to study and compare the constitutions and laws of Western nations. Shortly after his
return, in 1884, it became increasingly evident that the Constitution
of 1890 would approach the German rather than the British model.
In December, 1885 (p. 599), a long step forward was taken in the
reorganization of the cabinet. During the next four years Ito and
Inouy were able guardians of the national policy. Especially were
their abilities manifest during the protracted treaty negotiations, and
the intense political excitement consequent upon the desire of the
liberal agitators that English rather than Prussian principles should
be emphasized in the new Constitution. The fears of the liberals led
by Count Itagaki of Tosa were, however, con rmed by the remarkable imperial rescript of December 25, 1887, by which several hundred
persons were ordered away from the capital.*
In April, 1888, a new body called the Privy Council was formed,
of which It became president, while Kuroda lled the position of
premier. In this body active debate upon the new Constitution began
in May, and proceeded until February 11, 1889, when the long-awaited
instrument was proclaimed.
Exactly to the day, almost to the very hour, thirty-five years
after the American treaty-ships were in sight of Idzu, the emperor
Mutsuhito took oath to maintain inviolate the government according
to the Constitution, the documents attesting which he, before the
*A discussion of Coercion in Japan, in The Nation of February 16, 1888,
precipitated a violent newspaper controversy on both sides of the Pacic.
Among other protests it was declared that the article had a curious air of
anachronism about it. Yet within two years, besides several futile attempts
at violence or assassination, the lives of two cabinet ministers (Mori and
kuma) were assailed, the one by knife and the other by bomb; the ministry
then in power was replaced by one more radical, while a strong reaction in
public sentiment followed.
426
Japan in 1890
427
and of changing the same. Except according to law, they are not to be
arrested, detained, tried, or punished. Trial is always to be by Judges
determined by law. The right of domicile and freedom from search,
the secrecy and inviolability of letters, the freedom of religious belief,
and the liberty of speech, writing, publishing, public meeting, association, and petition within the limits of law, are guaranteed to every
subject. Under the sun of Japan these are indeed new things.
The Diet assembles once a year, and is opened, closed, prorogued,
and dissolved by the emperor, to whom the initiative of amendments
to the Constitution belongs. Deliberations are public. The ministers of
state may take seats and speak in either House, but are responsible to
the emperor and not to the Diet. In the judicature exercised by courts of
law in the name of the emperor the trials are public, and the judges are
persons properly qualied, and irremovable except for oence. Expenses
and revenue of the State require the consent of the Imperial Diet, but
the fixed expenditures based by the Constitution upon the powers
appertaining to the emperor, the organization of the dierent branches
of the administration, and the salaries of all civil and military ocers,
such expenditures as may have arisen by eect of law, or that relate to
the legal obligations of the Government, shall neither be rejected
nor reduced by the Diet without the concurrence of the Government.
Expenses of the Imperial House do not require the consent of the Diet
except for increase. The chief weapon of a hostile majoritythe stoppage of supplies to the ministry in poweris thus removed.
The government of Japan, then, is organized on the basis of immemorial tradition, with modern features that follow the German rather than
the English model. A denite amount of executive power is reserved to
the emperor and the ministers who are responsible to him. Under the
written lines of the Constitution are the watermarks of compromise,
and the party lines are marked out by the instrument itself. Against
the rushing stream of democracy, like their own mountain torrents, the
428
conservatives will be the dikes (or ja-kago) to keep hard and fast the
imperial prerogative. The progressives will at once begin to demand
greater powers for the Diet, a broader electoral base, and greater control
of the nances. Revolutions move but in one direction.
The Upper House, or (mixed) House of Peers, consists partly
of hereditary, partly of elected, and partly of nominated members.
Members of the imperial family, princes, and marquises sit for life.
A certain number of counts, viscounts, and barons, elected by the
members of their respective orders, serve for seven years. Men of
ability and learning nominated by the emperor are life members. A
novel and interesting feature is that from each of the imperial cities
and prefectures a member (noble, gentleman, or commoner) elected by
the fteen highest tax-payers may serve for seven years. The combined
number of nominated and elected men is not to exceed the number of
members holding titles of nobility.
The House of Representatives consists of about three hundred
members, at least thirty years of age, who pay national taxes to the
amount of fteen yen, or dollars, and serve four years. Electors must be
twenty-ve years old, and pay national taxes to the amount of fteen
dollars. The average number of representatives from each prefecture
is not quite seven, the larger having from ten to thirteen members,
and three cities (Tki, zaka, and Kito) twelve, ten, and seven,
respectively. In 1887 there were 1,581,726 persons in the empire paying
taxes to the amount of over ve yen, of whom 1,488,700 had the right of
voting for members of local assemblies. Of those paying over ten dollars in taxes there were 882,517, of whom 802,975 were eligible to vote,
or sit after election in the local assemblies. In these local legislatures
2,172 members sat, the number of standing committees being 292. The
electorate of the National Diet numbers probably 300,000.
Japan in 1890
429
430
old party leaders were chosen as standard-bearers in the new eld. All
things considered, the issue is most hopeful to the lover of humanity
and well-wisher of the Japanese people.
In the reconstruction of her foreign policy Japan has endeavored
to have the treaties revised in the interests of mutual justice, to secure
the removal of the extra-territoriality clauses, and her treatment by the
nations of Christendom as their equal. The long and weary question
cannot here be discussed, but is probably not now far from solution.
Since 1881 the new Criminal Code, based on the best principles of
Western jurisprudence, has been in successful operation; and on the
22d of April, 1890, the new Code of Civil Procedure, and the rst portion of the Civil Code, were promulgated. The fruit of fteen years
labor of foreign and native experts in law are thus set forth. In both
the letter of the documents and the spirit of their execution the sincerity of the Japanese in thus preparing to live up to what is expected of
them by the world is clearly manifest. Contrariwise, the condence
of foreign nations is equally shaken when such relapses, on the part
of the Government, into the vices of despotism and feudalism as
the issue of the so-called Peace Regulations of December 25, 1887, or
when the excesses of the so-shi, such as the assassination of Arinori
Mori, and the attempt by dynamite on the life of kuma, October
18, 1889, chill the hopes of those who believe in the right of Japan to
claim equality with Western nations.
For a solid basis to our hope in Japans future we look to the
large Christian community now increasing daily. In June, 1890, the
churches of reformed Christianity had 34,000 members enrolled;
those of the Roman form of the faith over 50,000 souls under their
care; while 17,000 or more receive spiritual nurture according to the
Greek method. These subjects of the mikado make in all a nominal
household of a half-million who hold the promise of this life and of
that which is to come through Jesus Christ. The celebration of the
Japan in 1890
431
Supplement iv
Japan in 1894
orty years ago the whistle of the American steamers awoke Old
Japan out of her hermit sleep. On the 8th day of July, 1853, the
four men-of-war arrived at Uraga. The signal rockets from the forts
were answered by the rattle of cables and the splash of anchors, and
Japans new era began.
That 8th day of July pregured the forty years of history which we
now survey. The day was ushered in with fog so thick that the land
was hidden. Only at intervals could the rocky outlines of the coast
be discerned. Gradually through the sun-rent curtains of mist the
mountains became visible. At meridian Fujis glorious form loomed
into view, and by mid-afternoon the whole panorama of the landscape
and blue waters greeted the eye. At sunset the peerless mountain wore
a crown of glory. From midnight until four oclock a.m. appeared from
the south-west a meteoric sphere of light that moved towards the
north-east, illuminating the whole atmosphere, nally falling towards
the sea and vanishing. The next day was one of sunny splendor.
So has it been with Japan, political and social. Foreigners in the
morning of their life on the soil found themselves in a fog of ignorance. Everything Japanese seemed veiled in mystery. Hiding the real
facts was a vague embodiment of something which was called The
Law; but what that Law was, by whom enacted, and under what
433
434
Japan in 1894
435
436
Japan in 1894
437
438
Japan in 1894
439
440
Japan in 1894
441
442
Japan in 1894
443
largely of two clans, or shall the clan spirit be banished, and sovereign
and people rule?
The roots of this diculty go back to the days of the Taik and
Iyyasu, to which rulers the great clans of Satsuma and Chshiu
never gave more than nominal submission. Proudly and sullenly they
maintained their semi-independence, and waited over two centuries
and a half for revenge. The coming of the alien in 1853 was the awaited
signal to begin their work. While individuals were unselshly consecrated to patriotism, the clans masked self-interest under the plea
of loyalty to the mikado, overthrowing in 1868 the shgunate. If in
Kito they devoured the prey, in Tki they divided the spoil. No
Benjamin or Saul in ancient Israel, no Fujiwara in medival Nippon,
no American politician, ever so held their grip on the treasury, or
excelled the Sat-ch in distributing oces to clansmen. The inside
view as eye-witness which the writer enjoyed in Tki during three
years, over two decades ago, showed him how grandly the Japanese
exceeded the American spoilsmen in nepotism. In this year of Meiji
the 27th, the lists of government ocers and employs show that the
men of only two clans, Satsuma and Chshiu, still ll a majority of
the most desirable oces. In the many changes of ministries, it is the
mats and not the oor that are rearranged. The Japanese political
edice for twenty-ve years past has been an oligarchy cemented by
clan spirit. This is the real meaning of the long struggle of the people
against the Government, of the Lower House of the Diet against
the Ministry. During the year 1893 the eort has been especially to
reform the navy, which in personnel, declare the Kai-shin politicians,
is virtually an organization of Satsuma men. Great as have been the
services of the illustrious statesmen of the Meiji periods, it is evidently
the deeply settled belief of the people that new times and problems
demand new men, and that clan spirit is now an anachronism not to
444
be tolerated or excused. It is time for the meteor of July to fall into the
sea, so that the new morning of true national life may dawn.
The men of the Meiji era are now aging fast and passing away.
Sanj Sanyoshi, General Yamada, Yoshida Kiyonari, and Terashima
Munnori have changed their worlds since our last chapter was
written. Of some of those still in power and inuence, like Ito and
Inouy, it can be said that they have opposed the clan spirit, served
country and sovereign with pre-eminent ability and faithfulness, and
foreseen the needs of the nation. To such patriots, in and out of oce,
belongs much of the credit of Japans notable progress in wealth,
population, and prestige. For, despite all commotions, dangers, and
calamities, the increase is notably great. Whereas in 1872 the population of the empire was but 33,110,000, the census of 1892 shows a
total of 41,089,940 souls. There has been hopeful increase also of food
supply, savings, manufactures, mines, commerce and industry of all
sorts. The national wealth has doubled in ten years. Once Japan was
reckoned by Europeans as hardly worth trading with. In 1892, the
total of exports (91,102,753 yen) and imports (71,326,079 yen) amounted
to 162,428,832 yen, the increase in one decade being one hundred and
fty per cent. The United States, once having the least of the trade
with Japan, now leads every other nation as a buyer and seller, her
business aggregating in 1892 44,663,024 yen. Five-eighths of Japanese
trade is with English-speaking nations. It is from Anglo-Saxondom
that the leaders of thought and action derive their chief inspiration.
Resisting, for want of space, the temptation to prove and illustrate this
assertion, and to show the inuence on religion, science, philosophy,
and literature, as well as upon politics and national development, of
the nations using English speech, we make passing reference to her
representation at the Worlds Columbian Exposition.
It was wholly tting that Xipangu, the country which the Genoese,
in his Spanish caravels in 1492, was seeking, should join with the
Japan in 1894
445
world in honoring his exploit. The rst Asian nation to send ships to
America across the Pacica sailer to Mexico in 1573, and a steamer
to California in 1860was Japan. In the generosity of her nancial
appropriation, and the variety and interest of her contribution to the
Chicago Exhibition, the mikados empire was exceeded by only two
other countries, while in the permanency and value of her gifts to
Chicago she leads the world. Her total space occupiedfalling far
short of the desire of intending exhibitorswas about 150,000 square
feet. Under the roofs of the halls of Manufactures and Liberal Arts,
of Agriculture, Fine Arts, Horticulture, Forestry, Mining, Fisheries,
and in the street devoted to entertainments, in bazaar and tea-house,
her portable products of native industry and genius were visible.
Yet, strange as it seems, the only permanent edices, except the Art
Exhibition building, that remain in Jackson Park after the White City
has vanished, are the specimens of Japanese historical architecture on
Wooded Island. Of the three separate buildings united so as to form
to the uncritical eye a single structure, called the H-den, or Phnix
Palace, the centre and right and left wings represent three epochs.
On the right the Fujiwara style (a.d. 10001200), before the days of
nails, metal hinges, sliding partitions, but of silken corded and tasselled curtains, such as Sei Shonagon could easily raise (p. 228), may
be studied. On the left stands the house typical of the Ashikaga era
(a.d. 13331579), when matted oors, papered walls and partitions,
elaborate metal-work, and other luxuries came into vogue. The main
edice, with its greater number of roof-timbers and detail of decoration, follows the fashion prevalent in Tokugawa times (16041868).
In its general ground plan the edice follows the lines of the Phnix
Temple built in Uji in the year 1050.
While the United States has celebrated its rst centennial of political
union, and the four hundredth anniversary of the discovery of America
by Columbus, Ti Koku Nippon proposes in 1895 to commemorate the
446
Japan in 1894
447
* The New Book in New Japan, The Literary World, May 6, 1893. The Literary
Movement in New Japan, The Outlook, January 27, 1894.
Supplement v
450
451
452
deeply rooted tree was able to survive a prolonged storm of persecutions, the cruelty of which could be matched only in the annals of the
Inquisition. The bigotry that banned and the tortures that followed
were the direct result of a narrow Confucianism. A Corean scholar,
Choi, impressed with the convictions, zeal, and consecration of the
foreign priests and native Christians, withal astonished at their tremendous success, pondered deeply as to whether theirs might not be
the true religion. While thinking long upon the subject, he became
ill even to the point of death. In a trance he received a revelation
from God, whom he himself named, after the Roman Catholic title,
Lord of Heaven. Called, as he believed, to found a new religion,
Choi forthwith proceeded, from the elements of the three systems of
Confucius, Buddha, and Lao Tsze, to compose a sacred book, and
to write the prayer which his followers still daily repeat. Thus began
a great movement which, originating in religion, ended in politics,
in time degenerating into lawlessness. It caused a great uprising of
the most oppressed people on the face of the earth, which the feeble
government at Seoul could not suppress. It inamed Japan and China
in war. Only by that new force in modern history, the Japanese soldier,
was the revolt quelled.
The name of this new sect or party is Tong Hak, or Eastern
Culture. Its Great Sacred Scripture, penned by Choi, combines what
he deemed best in the three religions already known to Chinese
Asia. In its literary features this cultus bears likeness at many points
to the Shin Gaku, or Heart-Learning movement, which, in Japan
in the rst half of the nineteenth century, was started to cleanse the
abysses of Japanese immorality and irreligion. Eclecticism in doctrine,
earnestness of conviction, intensity of purpose, and practicality in
benevolence marked both movements. The Tong Haks took from the
Chinese classics the idea of the ve relations governing human duty,
from the sutras and shastras the law of purity of life, and from the Tao
453
the rules for cleansing the body from lust and lth. One term for the
so-called Tong Hak Bible combines the names of the three old religions, while in the title used for the Deity in the daily prayer we see
the debt to Roman Christianity. The founder intended his scripture
and work to be set over against So Hak, or Western Culture. In Japan
the coming of Perry and the foreigners from Christendom paled the
Shin Gaku as the sun drowns the tapers beams in daylight. To the
hermits of Corea no such morning dawned.
Within six years persecution broke out, and the founder, Choi,
was charged with being a foreign-Corean and follower of the Lord
of Heaventhat is, a Roman Catholic Christian. After trial and
torture he was beheaded, and his doctrines outlawed. Nevertheless,
the new religion grew through a whole human generation, winning
many followers. At a time of oppression and rapacity, extraordinary even in Corea, it was not astonishing that poor peasants should
be goaded to rebellion. Nerved by their new zeal, they struck even
against authority, though abominably misused, for enough freedom
to make life tolerable. Early in 1893 fty followers of the Tong Hak
creed entered the Corean capital. On a table before the palace gate
they spread a red cloth, and laid thereon a petition, praying that their
martyred founder might be declared innocent, receive posthumous
rank, be allowed a monument in his honor, that the ban on their
religion be removed, and that they be put on a political equality with
the Roman Catholics. The alternative, if their petition were rejected,
was expressed in a threat to expel all foreigners from the country. The
king refused their prayer. They were driven away, and some of their
local leaders arrested.
No sooner had the snow of the next winter vanished than a widespread uprising in the southern provinces of Corea took place. The
military sent from Seoul in April melted before the Tong Haks like
frost in the sun. The civil magistrates were driven from their oces,
454
455
456
attitude, with repudiation of every suggestion of intellectual or political vassalage the Chinese Government has been doing tacitly ever
since. When, in 1879, Japan and China were on the verge of war over
the question of the ownership of the Riu Kiu islands, the two governments, at the suggestion of General U. S. Grant, agreed to settle the
matter by reference to a joint High Commission. Prince Kung, with
colleagues, and Mr. Shishido were appointed as plenipotentiaries,
and the conference began at Peking August 15th, 1880. On the 21st
of October, by Chinese ocial notice, the Articles of Agreement
were ready for signature. The commissioners indulged in mutual
congratulations, and agreed to sign the instruments ten days later,
when lo! on the 17th of November, sixteen days after the date xed,
the Emperor of China turned the whole aair into a burlesque. In a
word, his majesty virtually cancelled the commission of the plenipotentiaries, transferring their function in a modied and incomplete
form to the Northern and Southern Superintendents of Trade. The
profession which the Chinese Government made in conferring full
powers upon any one but the emperor was an empty farce.
After such an experience, the Japanese statesmen were not likely
to be lured into another similar humiliation. Furthermore, since in
the unhappy Corean aair of 1885, in which the Japanese Legation
guard of ninescore men had been attacked by fteen hundred Chinese
troopsone-half of the three thousand which had been encamped
near Soulthe mikados ministers were fore-warned by experience
not again to be caught napping. Hence, on the 12th of June, 1894,
Japan, asserting her treaty rights, replied to China, announcing the
despatch of a body of troops under strictest discipline to Corea.
The next step, ve days later, was highly creditable to the government which had made the rst treaty with Corea. It was an invitation
from Japan to China to undertake jointly some needed reforms, nancial and administrative, in the peninsular state, in order to preserve the
457
peace of the East. This oer was curtly refused, China demanding the
immediate withdrawal of the Japanese troops. Japans reply was that,
pending an amicable settlement of the questions in dispute, any further
despatch of Chinese troops into Corea would mean war. China, having
already chartered the Kow-Shing, a British transport, lled it with soldiers and despatched it to A-San, a well-fortied camp in a peninsula a
formed by two rivers owing into Prince Jerome Gulf, some forty miles
southwest of Soul. At the same time the Tartar forces in Manchuria
began the march overland to Corea.
All this, through their spies, regular servants, and the telegraph,
the Tki Government knew well. Resolving once for all to settle the
long string of questions inherited from the past; to break the power
of Chinese insolence, and if possible shatter the old Chinese world
of ideas, with its perpetual menace of implied or explicit claim of
supremacy; to compel the elimination of Corea as a factor of disturbance in the aairs of the Far East; to assert her imperilled rights and
dignity; to make proof of her duty and power to graduate from foreign
tutelage and dependence; to reveal to her own people their power in
union, and to impress the world with her ability to hold and maintain
her place as equal among the great nations of the world, Japan called
forth her military strength. With a secrecy, order, precision, celerity,
and punctuality incredible, except to those who, as helpers and friends,
had lived inside the country, away from the seaports, Japan landed
rst a brigade and then an army corps at Chemulpo. Her engineers
completed in twenty minutes, a pontoon-bridge over the Han River.
Within twelve days after orders received in camp in Japan a military
cordon had been drawn around Seoul, in Corea. On the 23d of July,
after a skirmish in front of the palace between the military escort of
the Japanese minister, Mr. Hoshi Toru, and some pro-Chinese native
troops, the question of Coreas independence and willingness to stand
by her treaty was answered by the king in the armative.
458
On the water the Chinese were the rst aggressors, the Chen-yuen
ring on the Naniwa. The Chinese troops on the transport Kow-Shing,
not knowing or unwilling to believe that the Japanese had adopted
civilized rules of warfare, refused to surrender. After keeping his
signals ying four hours, and these armed men refusing to surrender,
the captain of the Naniwa quickly sank the transport. Th is was on
July 25th. Four days later General shimas mixed brigade moved out
from Soul, and after a battle at Song-kwan, in which the brave Major
Matsusaki lost his life, A-San was occupied July 30th, and the Chinese
driven back from their stronghold. The declaration of war came from
the Japanese emperor on August 1st, in a document strikingly clear in
phrase and temperate in tone.
The reinforcements despatched by way of Gensan, as well as
Chemulpo, formed with the pioneer regiments the First Army. As
geography is half of war, it was matter of foreordination and necessity that the decisive battle should in a.d. 1894 be fought just where
the decisive battles in Corean annals always had been foughtat
Ping Yang. Here, three centuries before, Konishi had lost a battle and
retreated southward before an overwhelming Ming and Tartar host.
Now the pendulum of history, despite forty days time for defence and
fortication by the Chinese, was to swing to reverse eect.
The Chinese declaration of wara new thing in the history of the
Middle Kingdom, showing strikingly the progress of international
lawwas also dated August 1st, and was characteristic of mandarins
who were not yet willing either to learn or to forget. From beginning
to end the writing displayed utter ignorance of the enemy to be fought
and the work to be done. It was declared that the Wo-jen, or pygmies
(Japanese), had, without any cause whatever, invaded our small
tributary; that Japan had violated the treaties, and was running
rampant with her false and treacherous actions, while we [China]
have always followed the paths of philanthropy and perfect justice.
459
The Chinese braves were called upon to hasten with all speed to root
the Wo-jen out of their lairs. A comparatively small number of really
disciplined soldiers, armed and drilled in the European manner, was,
with the usual mob of native military, hurried forward to Ping Yang,
which, aided by the fugitives from A-San, they began to fortify.
China actually went to war without a hospital corps, or any organization of surgeons, nurses, or accommodations for the wounded or
sick worthy of the name. Except detachments from Li Hung Changs
private army, very few of the Chinese ocers or men had been educated in modern tactics. In their equipment all sorts of prehistoric
accoutrementsags, banners, umbrellas, and fans were mingled
with modern imported weapons, in a medley which resembled the
diplomacy of Peking. On the other hand, besides a thoroughly wellofficered, armed, drilled, equipped, and provisioned army of fifty
thousand young men, the ower of the Japanese nation, the Tki
Government was able to call out for service a reserve of one hundred
thousand strong and healthy. Patriots, burning with enthusiasm and
familiar with the weapons, machinery, and practice of modern war.
Furthermore, besides her numerous public and private hospitals, her
splendid medical eld-corps, her four hundred surgeons and pharmacists, and her fourteen hundred trained nurses, she had an ecient Red
Cross society. Immediately both the nation and the government began
the organization and consolidation of all public and private resources
in order to strike as a unit. At home and abroad all sons and daughters
of Nippon vied in diligence and sacrice for the ecient carrying on
of the war, and for securing the comfort of the soldiers at the front.
The secrets of Japanese success are patent to the student. In such a
time as this, life for the average man in Nippon is worth living. With
a aming patriotism that surprises Europeans who have imagined the
Japanese to be only average Asiatics and mere imitators, all classes,
sexes, and ages rallied intelligently to the support of the national
460
461
462
463
In their third attempt to gain time, advantage, and peace the Tsung
Li Yamen acted with honesty. The emperor, recalling from disgrace,
real or nominal, Li Hung Chang, despatched him with full powers to
Japan. At the historic city of Shimonoski the peace conference was
opened March 21st. The rst request of Li was for an armistice, which
at rst was refused. On Sunday, the 24th of March, a fanatical soshi,
attempting to assassinate the venerable Chinaman, red a pistol, the
bullet of which lodged in the cheek of the envoy. Thus again the old
murderous spirit which has so repeatedly stained Japans recordthe
same spirit in which the ruan ronins used to cut down unsuspecting
foreigners from behind, which has again and again butchered ministers
of the Government, which has disgraced the nation in the eyes of the
world by the insult and attempted murder even of the nations guests,
which has made a river of blood ow through her history, which is the
exponent of one of her greatest dangers, and which may yet deluge her
soil with an inundation of sanguinary anarchy broke forth.
May 8th, the date appointed to exchange ratifications of the
Shimonoski treaty at Chifu, China, was an auspicious one. On that
day in 1853 Perrys squadron lay at rst morning anchor o Yokohama.
On May 8, 1858, Townsend Harris and the shguns commissioners
completed in Yedo the negotiations that opened Japan to light, science, and the gospel, introducing missionaries, teachers, physicians,
and merchants, and making possible to Japan her new career. On this
same day in 1895, in the era of Meiji, or enlightened appropriation of
Western ideas, Japan obtained from China, as the results of her forty
years training and eight months war:
The independence of Corea
Permanent cession of Formosa
Opening of China to manufactures and commerce
Cash indemnity to cover cost of the war
464
465
466
Appendix
468
Appendix
469
Professor Grigsby further remarks that there is one great dierence between this and all other early codes, viz., its secrecy. It was
in express terms forbidden to be promulgated. The perusal of it was
only allowed to the chief councilors of state (rjiu). How can people
obey laws if they do not know their nature? A parallel is found in
the history of the Aryan race. In Greece and Rome, at the beginning
of their history, the knowledge of the laws and their administration
was con ned to the aristocratic class, and the rst struggle of the
commons was to force this knowledge from thema struggle which
ended in these codes being reduced to writing and promulgated. The
parallel is not complete in respect to writing. In the case of Greece and
Rome, the laws were unknown because not written: in Japan, though
written, they were yet to be unknown. In early communities, custom
has absolute sway. The magistrates, as Iyyasu says, are the reectors
of the mode of government; they interpret, not make, the law. Any
additions to the old customs were to reach the multitudes by ltering
down through the magistrates, who alone would be conscious that
they were new. To the multitude they would only be slight modications of the customs they had always observed. As a code of laws, this
was the character of the testament of Iyyasu, who claims merely to
be a transmitter, not a framer, of the law. His work is a compilation,
not a creation; a selection from old, not a series of new, laws.
The Legacy is invaluable in representing to us the condition of
society in feudal Japan. The basis of Japanese life, the unit of civilization, is the family, which is a corporation, the most characteristic
mark of which was its perpetuity. The head of the family held a power
similar, in nearly all respects, to that of the paterfamilias at Rome,
having complete power over the persons and property of his children,
and doing as he pleased with both, fettered only by that custom which
is the great hinderance to despotism in all early communities. But
470
his liabilities were equally great with his rights. He was responsible
for all the ill-doings of any of his family. A Japanese family was not,
however, what we understand by the word. It was often not natural,
but articial. Persons whom we should exclude from the family were
admitted into it, and those who with us are constant members were
sometimes excluded from it. Adoption (yoshi ni naru) on the one hand,
and emancipation, or the sending-away (kand suru) of a son from the
family, on the other, were in constant practice. In Rome, adoption was
employed merely to enlarge the family; in Japan, solely to perpetuate
it. The son adopted by a man having no male heir lled exactly the
place of a natural child; and, in early times at least, he must take the
name of the adopting parent. If the adopting parent had a daughter,
the adopted son married her, becoming heir himself, in which respect
the Japanese custom diered from the Roman, which held that the
natural tie of brother and sister was formed by adoption, and hence
their marriage was illegal. Only an adult could adopt; but if the head
of the family were an infant, he could adopt. This practice was often
resorted to in Japan for two reasonsthe religious and the feudal;
to prevent the extinguishment of the ancestral sacrices, with the
consequent disgrace to the family; and because the land, being held
only on condition of military service, if a vassal died leaving no male
children, the lands escheated to the lord. The second method which
rendered the family articial were the expulsion and disinheritance
of a son from the family, which, however, were only eected when he
was of an irredeemably bad character.
Marriage in Japan, which was allowedrather, enjoinedin the
case of a man at sixteen, of a woman at thirteen, was not a contract
between the parties or a religious institution, but a handing-over of
the bride to the family of her husband by her own family, she passing
completely under the control of her husband, both as to person and
property, subject to reference to a council of family relations.
Appendix
471
So far the internal aspect of the family. Each family, however, was
connected with other families, as in early Greece and Rome; and
thus about fty great clans were formed, of which the four principal
were the Minamoto, Fujiwara, Taira, and Sugawara, all the families
of which were, or claimed to be, descended from a common ancestor.
Certain sacrices were peculiar to each, and certain dignities conned
to certain families. Thus the oce of kuambaku was monopolized by
the Fujiwara, and the shogunate by the Minamoto clans (the families in succession being, the line of Yoritomo, the Ashikaga, and the
Tokugawa). Th is condition of society was analogous to that in Italy
and Greece from 1000 b.c. to 500 a.d. But what is peculiar to Japan is
that, with this primitive form of society remaining unchanged, we nd
a system that did not arise in Europe till about the eleventh century
a.d. Thus the superstructure of feudalism was reared on the basis of
the familyan incongruous social edice, as it seems to our minds.
In Japan, then, at the time of the formation of the code, the mikado
and the imperial court were above, and not included in, the theory
of feudalism, at the head of which was the shgun, and beneath him
the daimis, each with a territory of greater or lesser extent, which he
farmed out to the samurai, or vassals, in return for military service. In
the greater daimiates these vassals underlet their lands on the same
conditions; in other words, subfeudation was common. A vassal not
able, by reason of age or sickness, to perform this service abdicated in
favor of his son. If a man died without leaving any children, natural
or adopted, his property was retained for him by a legal ction, for his
death was concealed till permission was given by his lord for him to
adopt a son, and only after such permission was given was his death
announced. The necessity of having an heir, that the vassals land
might not escheat to the lord, but be kept in the vassals family, greatly
extended the practice of adoption. If the vassal proved faithless to his
lord, both escheat and forfeiture were incurred.
472
Notation of Time
474
rom 645 a.d., under the mikado Ktoku, the system of reckoning
the years by chronological periods called nen-g, or year-names,
has been in use. In historical works, and in Japanese literature generally, these year-periods are always referred to, and formerly many
natives committed the entire list to memory. Others used little reference-tables, kept in their pocket books or near at hand. No special
rule or system was observed in changing the names, though the accession of a new sovereign, the advent of war or peace, a great national
calamity or blessing, a profound social change or great national event,
was made the pretext for adopting a new name. It thus results that
from 645 to 1868 a.d. there have been 249 year-names, including those
used by the northern dynasty during the period 13361392, treated of
in Chapter XIX. The year-names are appointed by the mikado, and
are chosen from sixty-eight Chinese words or characters specially
reserved for that purpose. They are often very poetic and striking.
(See in Dr. J. J. Homans Grammar, page 157.) In the following list,
it will be noticed that the same syllables recur often. The dates can
not exactly correspond to our years, since the Japanese New-Yearsday was often as much as six weeks later than January 1st. A few
years ago1872the Government xed upon the year 660 b.c. as
that in which Jimmu Tenno ascended the throne, and Christmas,
475
476
December 25th, as the day. Hence, in the newspapers, ocial documents, and books printed since 1872, the time is expressed in years
of the Japanese empire, or from the foundation of the empire, or
from the accession of Jimmu Tenn. These phrases have a value at
par with the Roman Ab urbe condita, the date of Jimmus ascension being purely arbitrary.
a.d.
Taikua
645
Hakuchi
650
Sujaku
672
Hakuho
673
Shucho
686
Taikua
695
Taicho
697
Taiho
701
Keiun
704
Wado
708
Hoki
715
Yoro
717
Jinki
724
Tempio
729
Tempio Shoho 749
Tempio Hoji 757
Tempio Jingo 765
Jingo Keiun
767
Hoki
770
Tno
781
Enrki
782
Daido
806
a.d.
Konin
Tencho
Jowa
Kasho
Ninjiu
Saiko
Tenan
Jokuan
Genkei
Ninna
Kuampei
Shotai
Engi
Encho
Shohei
Tengio
Tenrki
Tentoku
Owa
Koho
Anwa
Tenroku
810
824
834
848
851
854
857
859
877
885
889
898
901
923
931
938
947
957
961
964
968
970
a.d.
Tenyen
Jogen
Tengen
Eikuan
Kuanwa
Eiyen
Eiso
Shorki
Chotoku
Choho
Kuanko
Chowa
Kuannin
Chian
Manjiu
Chogen
Chorki
Chokiu
Kuantoku
Ejo
Tenki
Kohei
973
976
978
983
985
987
989
990
995
999
1004
1012
1017
1021
1024
1028
1037
1040
1044
1046
1053
1058
Appendix
Chirki
Enkiu
Joho
Jorki
Eiho
Otoku
Kuanji
Kaho
Eicho
Shotoku
Kowa
Choji
Kajo
Tennin
Tenyei
Eikiu
Genyei
Hoan
Tenji
Daiji
Tensho
Chosho
Hoyen
Eiji
Koji
Tenyo
Kiuan
Nimpei
Kinjiu
Hogen
Heiji
1065
1069
1074
1077
1081
1084
1087
1094
1096
1097
1099
1104
1106
1108
1110
1113
1118
1120
1124
1126
1131
1132
1135
1141
1142
1144
1145
1151
1154
1156
1159
Eirki
Oyei
Chokuan
Eiman
Ninan
Kawo
Shoan
Angen
Jijo
Yowa
Juyei
Monji
Kenkiu
Shoji
Kennin
Genkiu
Kenyei
Shogen
Kenrki
Kempo
Jokiu
Jowo
Gennin
Karoku
Antei
Kuanki
Joyei
Tembuku
Bunrki
Katei
Rkinin
1160
1161
1163
1165
1166
1169
1171
1175
1177
1181
1182
1185
1190
1199
1201
1204
1206
1207
1211
1213
1219
1222
1224
1225
1227
1229
1232
1233
1234
1235
1238
477
Enwo
Ninji
Kuangen
Hoji
Kencho
Kogen
Shoka
Shogen
Bunwo
Kocho
Bunyei
Kenji
Koan
Showo
Einin
Shoan
Kengen
Kagen
Tokuji
Enkei
Ocho
Showa
Bumpo
Genwo
Genko
Shochiu
Karki
Gentoku
Genko
Kemmu
1239
1240
1243
1247
1249
1256
1257
1259
1260
1261
1264
1275
1278
1288
1293
1299
1302
1303
1306
1308
1311
1312
1317
1319
1321
1324
1326
1329
1331
1334
478
SOUTHERN
DYNASTY
Engen
1336
Kokoku
1340
Shohei
1346
Kentoku
1370
Bunchiu
1372
Tenjiu
1375
Kowa
1381
Genchiu
1384
Eikio
Kakitsu
Bunan
Hotoku
Kiotoku
Kosho
Choroku
Kuansho
Bunsho
Onin
Bummei
Chokio
Entoku
Meiwo
Bunki
Eisei
Taiyei
Kioroku
Tembun
Koji
Eiroku
Genki
Tensho
Bunroku
Keicho
Genwa
Kuanyei
Shoho
Keian
Showo
Meirki
NORTHERN
DYNASTY
Rkiwo
1338
Koyei
1342
Teiwa
1345
Kuanwo
1350
Bunwa
1352
Embun
1356
Owa
1361
Toji
1362
Oan
1368
Eiwa
1375
Korki
1379
Eitoku
1381
Shitoku
1384
Kakei
1387
Kowo
1389
Meitoku
1390
Oyen
1394
Seicho
1428
1429
1441
1444
1449
1452
1455
1457
1460
1466
1467
1469
1487
1489
1492
1501
1504
1521
1528
1532
1555
1558
1570
1573
1592
1596
1615
1624
1644
1648
1652
1655
Manji
Kuambun
Empo
Tenwa
Jokio
Genroku
Hoyei
Shotoku
Hokio
Gembun
Kuampo
Enkio
Kuanyen
Horki
Meiwa
Anyei
Temmei
Kuansei
Kiowa
Bunkwa
Bunsei
Tempo
Kokwa
Kayei
Ansei
Manyen
Bunkiu
Genji
Keiwo
Meiji
1658
1661
1673
1681
1684
1688
1704
1711
1716
1736
1741
1744
1748
1751
1764
1772
1781
1789
1801
1804
1818
1830
1844
1848
1854
1860
1861
1864
1865
1868
Index
A in Japanese, pronounced as a in
arm. See also under Ha
Ha..
Abb Sidotti, 301.
Abdication, 124, 218.
Aborigines of America, 17.
Aborigines of Japan.
Actors, 91, 135, 271, 326
Acupuncture, 235.
Adams, Mr. F. O., author of History of
Japan, x
Adams, Will, 300, 301.
Adoption, 123, 197, 226, 227, 250, 297,
322, 340, 417, 439, 466, 470, 471.
Adzuma, 70, 71, 305, 306.
Agricultural class, 384.
Agriculture, 41, 61, 90, 95, 114, 225,
434, 445.
Aidzu, Prince of,. 361363, 366369
Ain, 1524, 68, 89, 90, 93, 98, 129.
Akamagaski, See Shimonoski
Shimonoski..
Akchi, 265, 266, 273.
Alaska, 1.
Alcock, Sir Rutherford, 358.
Alphabets, 95, 186
Ama. See Nun
Nun,, and 155.
Amakusa, 291.
Amatrasu. 6062, 65
America, relations with Japan.
See, under Perry, United States.
States.
Amida, 188, 260, 290.
Amulets, 187, 194, 260.
And, 176.
Animals, domestic, 10.
479
480
Bells, 38, 92, 229, 234, 290, 331, 332, 334, 352.
Benkei, 234, 235.
Bett, 271.
Birds, 10, 11, 81, 116, 120, 232, 334, 360.
Bishamon, 215.
Biwa, Lake, 5, 78, 120, 121, 122, 200, 233,
239, 266, 267, 308, 309, 312, 357.
Blakiston, Captain.
Blacksmith, 37, 46.
Boats, 5, 15, 60, 69, 134, 147, 200, 201, 202,
203, 314, 343, 380, 388.
Bzu, 29, 236.
Bonin Islands, 395.
Bonzes, 23, 29, 157, 187, 190, 195, 197, 220,
227, 230, 236, 264, 266, 267, 268, 269,
270, 276, 287, 290, 291, 292.
Botan Savages, 400.
Botany, 9, 10.
Bows, 21, 38, 202, 251, 253.
Bread, 8, 299, 370, 383.
Breath-sucking. 261
Breech-loaders. 302
Bridgeford, Captain. 13
Bridges, 199, 230, 275, 327, 363.
Brown, Rev. S. R., 31, 184, 302.
Buddhism, 23, 45, 57, 84, 85, 86, 92, 94, 99,
101, 107, 109, 112, 124, 181, 182, 183, 184,
185, 186, 187, 191, 194, 196, 197, 226, 227,
242, 260, 268, 288, 289, 290, 303, 325,
340, 343, 347, 350, 351, 369, 378, 403, 414,
440, 451, 465.
Bungo, 4, 30, 51, 75, 284, 286, 287, 291.
Burial, 60, 96, 154, 316, 414.
Burmah, 182, 282.
C. See under K or S.
Calendar, 60, 123, 124, 134, 187, 455.
California, 61, 324, 349, 445.
Camellia, 307, 335.
Camphor-trees, 215.
Cannon, 5, 279, 282, 311, 316, 352, 363, 367,
384, 390, 422.
Capital, 15, 53, 70, 82, 83, 86, 91, 109, 112,
113, 114, 120, 121, 122, 123, 125, 127, 131, 133,
140, 149, 156, 157, 159, 177, 199, 208, 209,
212, 216, 218, 220, 221, 223, 232, 246, 266,
Index
276, 279, 283, 286, 298, 305, 307, 314, 316,
319, 321, 322, 336, 341, 353, 360, 362, 363,
364, 366, 367, 372, 373, 383, 391, 398, 399,
410, 423, 425, 426, 446, 453, 455, 461.
Capron, General Horace. 4
Carpenters, 37, 147, 321, 326.
Carving, 22, 98, 230, 231, 240, 255.
Castira. See Sponge-cake
Sponge-cake..
Castles, 200, 220, 221, 249, 268, 319, 327,
331.
Catapults, 201.
Cemeteries, 122, 190, 331.
Chamberlain, 31, 128, 426, 435, 437, 438.
Character of the Japanese. 289
Charcoal, 8, 21, 141, 228, 234.
Charlevoix quoted, 283, 291, 301.
Chemulpo, 457, 458.
Chin (lap-dog), 18, 46, 88, 239.
China, 3, 21, 24, 26, 50, 54, 77, 85, 86, 88,
89, 105, 106, 107, 112, 120, 134, 140, 155,
158, 162, 163, 165, 166, 174, 182, 186, 188,
197, 199, 200, 202, 203, 210, 211, 221,
222, 226, 233, 235, 240, 243, 276, 277,
278, 280, 282, 284, 285, 292, 296, 300,
345, 347, 359, 370, 380, 397, 399, 400,
401, 411, 413, 449, 450, 451, 452, 454, 455,
456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 462, 463, 464.
Chishima (Kuriles), 1, 3, 4, 8, 18, 20, 282,
396.
Chiuzenji, 329.
Chopsticks, 254.
Chshiu clan.
Chtki, 207, 208, 363, 367, 368, 384, 387,
389.
Christianity, 28, 181, 185, 190, 196, 283,
284, 285, 290, 292, 293, 295, 297, 298,
299, 301, 302, 303, 307, 308, 343, 375,
383, 401, 402, 403, 414, 415, 430, 431,
436, 439, 440, 451, 453, 465, 466.
Chronology, 55, 85, 222, 434, 455.
Chrysanthemum, 7, 65, 209, 211, 213, 297.
Cipango. See Jipangu
Jipangu..
Civilization, 13, 18, 22, 23, 27, 57, 64, 71,
77, 78, 84, 85, 86, 89, 95, 98, 110, 114,
115, 123, 226, 284, 297, 339, 340, 341, 358,
369, 370, 373, 374, 375, 379, 380, 393,
481
482
Index
Executions. See Laws
Laws..
Exile, 128, 133, 143, 144, 148, 159, 172, 184,
175, 188, 197, 205, 207, 208, 223, 301,
399, 405. See Banishment
Banishment..
Extra-territoriality, 369, 430.
Eyes, 18, 20, 41, 78, 90, 91, 122, 164, 200,
207, 208, 213, 214, 218, 237, 240, 249,
252, 272, 287, 306, 337, 344, 351, 371, 359,
360, 370, 380, 388, 393, 463.
F, for words in Dutch books, or in writings copied therefrom, see under
H, or A. In foreign books,f
books,f or is
often inserted, or made terminal in a
Japanese word which ends in an open
vowel. Thus Shikoku and Hokusai,
appear as Shikokf, Hoksai, etc.
Faces, Ain and Yamato, 18.
Falconry, 238.
Fans, 459, 217, 459.
Farmers, 60, 64, 294, 296, 345, 326, 404,
418.
Fauna, 10, 334.
Faxiba. See Hidyoshi
Hidyoshi..
Female divinity, 3536.
Festivals, 22, 47, 96, 98, 103, 123, 156, 239,
260, 289.
Feudalism, 26, 53, 65, 90, 98, 110, 111, 112,
159, 205, 209, 234, 245, 2448, 248, 249,
250, 255, 261, 305, 308, 315, 336, 341, 345,
352, 376, 377, 378, 379, 384, 386, 387,
390, 406, 419, 420, 421, 430, 435, 447,
467, 471.
Feuds, 127, 247, 255, 265.
Firando. See Hirado
Hirado..
Fire-lookouts, 331.
Fish, 238, 398.
Fishing, 238.
Flowers, 7.
Food, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 14, 18, 23, 41, 90, 94,
96, 104, 146, 147, 161, 221, 227, 230, 238,
259, 325, 345, 444.
Foot-ball, 168, 238.
Foreigner-haters. See J-i.
Forests, 8, 23, 329.
Formosa, 14, 21, 81, 251, 296, 297, 386, 395,
396, 399, 400, 461, 463, 464.
483
Franciscans, 292.
Francis Xavier, 295300, 318.
Freedom of the press, 373, 385.
French, 55, 87, 226, 296, 298, 299, 350, 397,
402, 437, 464.
Fudai, 261, 319, 320, 320, 321, 332, 357, 368.
Fuji san, or Fuji yama (mountain), 160.
Fuji River, 146.
Fujiwara, 25, 118, 118, 119, 120, 127, 128, 129,
132, 133, 142, 150, 160, 166, 170, 171, 177,
245, 272, 313, 314, 333, 418, 443, 445, 471.
Fukui, 20, 184, 195, 197, 199, 214, 215, 215,
263, 274, 358, 377, 422.
Fukuwara, 133, 150, 151.
Fusan, 279, 381, 411.
Fushimi, 177, 213, 275, 300, 308, 312, 316,
351, 367, 373.
Fusi yama. See Fuji san
G, pronounced hard. From k by nigori
nigori,, or
in combination. Few pure
Japanese words begin with g.
Games, 159, 238, 239.
Garlic, 72, 268.
Gas, illuminating, 6, 72.
Gates, 47, 72, 123, 234, 249, 253, 326, 335,
343, 362, 363, 366, 461.
Gazetteers of Echizen, 199.
Gisha, 238.
Gen. See Minamoto
Minamoto..
Genghis Khan, 162, 163.
Genji. 129, 135, 234, 240, 243, 314 See
Minamoto..
Minamoto
Genji Monogatari, 240, 243.
Genro-in, 391, 424.
Gensan, 396, 458.
Geography of Japan, 2.
Geology of Japan, 3.
Germans, 437.
Ghosts, 154.
Gifu, 309.
Go, honorary pre x. See under letters following go
go..
Goa, 285.
Goddesses, 26, 124.
Go-Daigo, 172174, 177, 205, 207, 213216,
218, 248.
484
Index
Hizen clan, 377.
Ho man, Dr. J. J., 55, 475.
Hj family, 144, 168, 169.
Hj of Odawara, 248, 273.
Hokk, classic, 330.
Hokusai, 116, 256.
Hmi, 330.
Hondo, 2, 5, 8, 11, 15, 16, 17, 67, 69, 87, 90,
113, 129, 141, 247, 288, 319, 322.
Hnen, 164, 194, 197.
Honguanji, 197, 269.
Honnji, 266.
Honor, code of, 176, 249.
Hosokawa family, 319.
Hosokawa Yoriyuki, 220.
Hotels, 327.
Hot springs, 6, 407.
I, pronounced as i in machine
machine;; before a
nal liquid, as i in tin
tin.. For names in
Dutch books, see under Y or E.
Ibukiyama, 72, 236, 266.
Ice, 12.
Idzu, 67, 134, 143, 144, 168, 169, 175, 189,
425.
Ii, Kamon no Kami, 422.
Ikda, 264.
Ikgami, 183.
Ik Island, 279.
Ikk. See Shin sect.
Imperial College of Tki, 130, 355, 359,
412, 422, 467.
In-chiun, 397, 398.
Inamura Saki, 175.
India, 22, 24, 62, 106, 107, 120, 124, 182,
188, 282, 285, 289, 347, 358, 410.
Indians of North America, 21, 24, 69.
Inns. See Hotels.
Inland Sea, 51, 52, 78, 86, 131, 133, 155, 300.
Inouye Kaoru, 425, 442, 444.
Inquisition, 284, 290, 302, 452.
Interpreters, 243, 302, 374.
Iron, 7, 37, 46, 98, 141, 147, 153, 201, 202,
229, 251, 252, 258, 275, 278, 294, 342,
384, 392, 410, 450.
Irrigation, 4, 61, 230.
485
486
Kiyomidzu, 277.
Kiyomori, 131, 133, 140, 151.
Kb Daishi, 190, 310.
Kdzuk, 5, 67, 71, 74, 128, 174, 205, 309.
Kgen, 135, 209, 213, 218, 477.
Kojiki, 26, 27, 44, 50, 55, 351.
Kojima Takanori, 173.
Kokatana, 254, 255.
Koku, 54, 210, 318, 319.
Kokura clan, 361.
Kokushiu daimis, 334
Komatsu, 217, 365.
Kmei Tenn, 43, 332, 343, 381.
Kominato, 186.
Konishi, 278, 279, 293, 310.
Koshi no kuni, 31.
Kuambaku, 118, 120, 276,
Kuammu, 118, 128, 136, 169, 267.
Kuangun, 208, 367
Kuanri, 220.
Kuant, 69
69,, 145,
145, 164, 212, 261, 273, 277, 295,
296, 327.
Kublai Khan, 199, 283.
Kub sama, 219, 223.
Kug, 90, 117, 118, 119, 133, 241, 242, 248,
249, 258, 276, 320, 326, 361, 362, 371, 376,
378, 407, 419. See
Court noble.
Kugi, 168.
Kumagay. See Naozan
Naozan..
Kumamoto, 319, 336, 384, 389,
Kuno Zan, 329.
Kuriles, 1, 3, 4, 8, 18, 20, 262.282, 396,
Kuro Shiwo, 12, 14, 52, 349.
Kuroda family, 319.
Kusanagi sword, 68.
Kusanojiro, 201
Kusunoki Masashig, 173, 205, 214,
215, 216, 217.
Kusunoki Masatsura, 217.
Kuwana, 363, 367.
L. There is no letter l in Japanese. The name
Liu Kiu is Chinese; Japanese, Riu Kiu.
The Kurile, or Kuril, Islands derive their
name from the Russian Kuril, to smoke,
Index
from the active volcanoes on them.
Saghalin is Russian. See under R .
Laborers, 147, 326, 346. See Coolies
Coolies..
Lacquer, no, 105, 179, 232, 255, 259, 335.
Lake Biwa, See Biwa.
Land, 5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 30,
33, 35, 36, 41, 42, 43, 46, 53, 63, 69, 70,
74, 79, 81, 86, 89, 92, 95, 98, 100, 115,
116, 121, 134, 145, 164, 181, 188, 200, 201,
202, 203, 209, 212, 215, 216, 217, 221, 247,
248, 257, 261, 265, 268, 276, 277, 280,
281, 283, 290, 296, 308, 315, 316, 320,
323, 326, 344, 346, 350, 385, 399, 410,
411, 420, 433, 434, 442, 447, 461, 468,
470, 471.
Landscape. See Scenery
Scenery..
Language, Ain, 17, 21.
Lanterns, stone, or bronze, 332334.
Laws, 84, 89, 96, 169, 226, 233, 293, 327,
329, 344, 353, 362, 374, 385, 425, 426, 469.
Lecky, Mr., 298.
Legacy of Iyyasu, 341, 467, 469.
Letters, 78, 84, 85, 89, 95, 96, 115, 128, 144,
145, 162, 192, 200, 243, 291, 299, 300,
343, 355, 363, 411, 413, 426, 427, 431.
Li Hung Chang, 450, 459, 463.
Lilies, 147.
Lists of shguns, 177178, 223, 317.
Literature, 6, 17, 21, 26, 27, 28, 35, 50, 64,
84, 85, 96, 98, 120, 128, 162, 170, 178,
181, 226, 232, 233, 235, 239, 241, 242, 243,
259, 271, 278, 289, 336, 347, 348, 351, 353,
358, 371, 375, 402, 412, 422, 431, 434,
438, 440, 444, 447, 467, 474, 475.
Liu Kiu, 3, 6, 14, 134, 210, 277, 284, 318,
321, 399.
Longevity, 57.
Lost Tribes of Israel, 24.
Lotus, 229.
Love, 34, 82, 102, 140, 143, 144, 192, 227,
229, 238, 240, 274, 275, 343, 344.
Luzon, 14, 282.
Lyman, Prof. B. S., 4, 14.
Mabuchi, 351.
Mada family, 276, 318.
487
488
Mineral wealth, 7.
Mines, 37, 46, 61, 141, 294, 328, 444, 450.
Mino, 5, 9, 72, 74, 265, 273, 306, 307, 309,
357.
Minobu mountain, 190.
Mint, 437.
Mirror, 29, 37, 38, 39, 42, 43, 45, 46, 53,
58, 59, 102, 105, 139, 144, 217, 316, 329,
426, 467.
Missionaries, Buddhist, 85, 183,
Missionaries, Christian. 283304
Mitford, Mr. A. B., quoted, 332.
Mito family, 318.
Mito, Prince of, 318, 352, 357, 358.
Miya, 59, 101, 172, 175, 330, 336, 366, 389,
406.
Moats, 249, 326.
Monasteries, 29, 92, 122, 124, 125, 133, 149,
157, 179, 194, 196, 197, 198, 202, 220, 227,
229, 230, 231, 232, 266, 267, 270, 290,
291, 343, 352.
Money, 42, 112, 113, 193, 221, 229, 235, 278,
321, 324, 327, 384, 412.
Mongols, 163, 200, 201, 204.
Monkeys, 10, 271272.
Monks, 30, 124, 125, 149, 198, 228, 230,
267, 290.
Monogatari, 28, 135, 240, 243.
Monto. 194, 198, 267, 269 See Shin sect.
Monuments, 44, 60, 179, 192, 228, 231, 260,
281. See Tombs, Memorial Stones.
Moon-goddess, 40, 41.
Morality, 182, 468.
Mori Arinori, 107, 348, 380, 381, 426, 430.
Mri family, 37, 40, 41, 71, 85, 95
Moriyoshi, 172, 207, 208, 213.
Mountains, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12, 16, 17, 23,
40, 62, 69, 71, 81, 88, 93, 94, 95, 120,
122, 130, 144, 145, 146, 155, 175, 221, 239,
241, 253, 277, 329, 332, 433.
Motori, 106, 351, 447.
Moxa, 236, 237.
Mulberry, 37, 40, 41, 71, 85, 95.
Munmori, 148, 153, 156.
Munroe, Prof. Henry S., 14.
Musashi, 67, 70, 71, 74, 146, 205, 212, 309,
333.
Index
Nirvana, 182, 186, 229, 231.
Nitta Yoshisada, 174, 175, 214, 314.
No, Japanese particle of, sometimes
omitted, sometimes expressed. E.g.,
Fuii yama or Fuji no yama.
Nobles, orders of, 112.
Nobunaga, 224, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267,
269, 270, 271, 273, 274, 275, 276, 279,
287, 293, 307, 308, 313, 314, 418.
Northern dynasty, 218, 475.
Nuns, 198, 227, 228, 290.
O, pronounced as o in bone
bone..
denotes prolonged o.
, pre x, meaning great, large, imperial.
(king), 17.
O, honorary pre x, to be neglected
in analyzing a word.
Kura Sh, 111.
Oak, 8, 259.
Oath, 81, 82, 144, 169, 372, 391, 392, 394,
418, 423, 425, 441.
Obiko, 63.
Ocean, 1, 3, 5, 7, 11, 12, 13, 14, 86, 121, 155,
175, 188, 341, 349.
Odawara, 248, 273, 307, 327, 336.
Ocials, 331.
Ofumi, 195.
gaki, 309, 310.
Oho. See .
jin, Tenn, 92.
Okasaki, 307.
Oki Island, 74.
Okinawa, 3, 6, 14, 134, 210, 277, 284, 318,
321, 399 See Liu Kiu, kubo, Governor
of Sado,
kubo Ichiz, 368, 377.
kubo Toshimiti, 380.
Omens, 131, 465.
mura, 275, 287, 291.
Oo, sound of oo in boot
boot.. See under U.
Origin of Ain, 15.
sei era, 99, 351.
shima, 14, 134, 175, 458.
Ota, 130, 248, 263, 264, 266, 279, 307, See
Nobunaga..
Nobunaga
Ota Dkuan, 306.
489
Otani, 277.
Otokodate, 325.
Owari family, 318.
Owo. See .
yama, 175, 461.
ye no Hiromoto, 158, 162
zaka, 5, 52, 67, 85, 99, 120, 121, 195, 267,
269, 275, 281, 295, 296, 298, 300, 308, 312,
322, 327, 328, 356,
365, 367, 372, 389, 406, 428.
P is the second modication of h or f, and
the rst of b. Probably no pure Japanese
word begins with p except onomatopes,
or childrens words. Double p (pp) in a
compound word is the strengthening of
a vowel and an aspiraye into two explosives, a sign of careless speaking, and
lack of cultivation. The repetition of the
vowel and aspirate is the mark of good
lingual breeding. Nihon and Yohodo of
the Japanese gentleman are far more
elegant than Nippon and Yoppodo of the
common people. One can tell a person
of cultivation by this one sound.
Pag, Lon, 283, 291.
Pagodas, 92, 122, 179, 190, 227, 233, 275.
Palace, 16, 27, 37, 40, 46, 51, 53, 58, 59, 60, 64,
65, 71, 103, 109, 111, 122, 129, 130, 132, 133,
140, 150, 151, 161, 164, 171, 176, 189, 196,
197, 212, 219, 223, 225, 227, 233, 236, 237,
239, 241, 257, 265, 275, 286, 305, 308, 357,
362, 363, 366, 393, 398, 423, 445, 453, 457.
Palm-trees, 92.
Pappenberg (island), 275.
Parental authority, 166, 450.
Pariahs. 325, 460 See Eta
Eta..
Parkes, Sir Harry, quoted, 406.
Parliament, 393, 394, 408, 409, 421, 423,
424, 441.
Paulownia imperialis, 65.
Peasantry, 131, 221, 294, 379, 385, 387, 389.
Peking, 107, 210, 278, 283, 347, 354, 400,
450, 454, 455, 456, 459, 462.
Perfumes, 239.
Perry, Commodore, 69, 86, 113, 114, 340,
356, 358, 436.
490
Peru, 350.
Phallic symbols, 22.
Philip II. of Spain, 287.
Philippine Islands, 287.
Picnics, 287.
Pigeon, 143, 380.
Pilgrims, 187, 295, 436.
Pillory, 212, 215.
Pinto, 284, 285.
Pipes, 21.
Pirates, 131, 221, 277, 282, 292, 464.
Poetry, 35, 42, 45, 52, 70, 121, 168, 233, 238,
239, 240, 241, 243, 275, 306, 329.
Polygamy, 21, 90, 97, 117.
Portuguese, 272, 279, 280, 282, 283, 284,
285, 286, 287, 292, 309, 342.
Posthumous names and titles, 333.
Prayers, 80, 83, 96, 103, 104, 184, 187, 189,
201, 203, 204, 216, 229, 260, 261, 288.
Priests. See Bonzes, Shint.
Princes of the blood, 71, 118, 128, 171.
Processions, 156, 233, 289.
Prostitutes, 326.
Proverbs, 71, 116, 166, 273, 312, 388.
Provinces, names of, 7475.
Pseudo-mikado, 212.
Purgatory, 261, 290.
Q. See Kiu, Kua,
Kua, or Ka
Ka..
R in ri sounds like dr
dr..
Races in Japan, 8990.
Rai Sany, 65.
Rain-coat, 94, 306, 307.
Ranks, 105, 111, 132, 224, 227, 407.
Ranters, 187.
Rationalists, 30.
Reception at Washington, 380.
Regalia of the Japanese sovereigns,.
Relics, 13, 17, 22, 28, 47, 58, 274, 290, 298,
299, 318, 382.
Religion, 18, 22, 26, 45, 55, 77, 78, 84, 85,
86, 89, 91, 92, 93, 100, 101, 102, 103, 105,
106, 107, 111, 118, 120, 181, 183, 184, 185,
187, 191, 195, 196, 197, 221, 226, 227, 230,
232, 260, 264, 283, 285, 286, 288, 289,
290, 292, 293, 294, 295, 297, 299, 347,
Index
Sanjo Sanyoshi, 339, 343, 359.
Sank, 299, 314.
Sanskrit, 186.
Santan, 21.
Sapporo, 396, 411.
Satow, Mr. Ernest, 13, 27, 101, 348.
Satsuma, clan, 308, 310, 312, 318, 321,
352354, 366367, 376.
Savatiers, Enumeratio, 19.
Sawa Nobuyoshi, 362.
Scenery, 133, 145, 188, 232, 233, 275, 309,
329, 332.
Sculling, 39.
Seasons, 12, 51.
Sea-weed, 11, 19, 94.
Sects of Buddhism, 186.
Sei-i Tai Shgun, 160, 167, 209, 248, 261,
265, 313, 314, 315, 317, 318, 328, 330, 366,
387.
Skigahara, 254, 293, 305, 310, 324.
Semman. 168 See Santomo
Santomo..
Soul, 381, 396, 397, 398, 454, 455, 456,
457, 458.
Sppuku, 172, 205, 240, 258, 345.
Stouchi. 51, 52, 78, 86, 131, 133, 155, 300
See Inland Sea.
Sea.
Sttsu, 71.
Shaka. See Buddha
Buddha..
Shanghai, 31, 411, 455.
Shi, 134, 150, See under Ji
Ji..
Shiba, 272, 332, 346.
Shibata Katsuiy, 264, 276.
Shidzuoka, 317, 356.
Shikken, 189.
Shikoku, 15, 99, 113.
Shimabara, 296.
Shimadzu family. See Satsuma Clan.
Clan.
Shimadzu Sabur, 365, 387, 389.
Shimonoski, 78, 155, 300, 341, 370.
Shimotsuk, 31, 67, 74, 212, 219, 314.
Shinano, 2, 74, 144, 309.
Shinn, 212.
Shinran, 194, 195, 197.
Shin sect, 187, 253, 379.
Shint, 84, 92, 101, 106, 118, 184, 350;
model of temple, 107.
Ships, 81, 219
491
Shiribeshi, 25.
Shd, 329.
Shgun, 27, 63, 113, 119, 129, 167, 168, 170,
223, 261, 265, 272, 276, 295, 313, 314, 315,
317, 322, 323, 331, 332, 340, 344, 357, 365,
368, 377, 379, 382, 471.
Shgunate, 115, 206, 209, 223, 224, 308, 318,
340, 344, 347, 350, 352, 357, 358, 364, 365,
378, 443, 478.
See Bakufu
Bakufu..
Shyen, 156.
Shyu, 225.
Si. See under Shi
Shi..
Siam, 120, 182, 282, 300.
Siberia, 26, 182.
Silk, 147, 231, 237, 252, 384.
Singing-girls, 91. See Gisha
Gisha..
Single combats, 237.
Sonn-Ji, 383. See J-i.
Sosanoo, 51, 52, 5561.
Sotelo, Louis, 382.
Spiritual emperor, 154.
Sponge-cake, 299.
Stone Age, 36.
Sjin, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 68, 89,
97, 123, 135.
Sumida River, 146.
Sump. See Shidzuoka
Shidzuoka..
Sun-goddess, 36, 37, 41
T in combination, d.
Tachibana him, 79.
Tadamori, 130, 131.
Tai-wen Kun, 397, 398, 399.
Taik, 272, 273, 276, 308, 316, 328, 379. See
Hidyoshi..
Hidyoshi
Taikun, 344.
Taira family, 118, 133, 156, 158.
Taka Island, 203.
Takeno Choy, 421.
Takda, 248.
Tama-gushi, 37.
Tamtomo, 133, 134.
Tangashima, 284.
Taromai, 284.
Tartars, 163, 199, 200, 201, 347.
Tartary, 2.
492